Oil: Pollution

John Horam: To ask the Secretary of State for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs 
	(1)  what estimate he has made of the proportion of oil spills at  (a) residential and  (b) commercial properties that are not officially recorded by his Department;
	(2)  how many oil spills at  (a) residential and  (b) commercial premises were recorded by his Department in each of the English regions in the last five years for which figures are available.

Huw Irranca-Davies: The numbers of oil spills at both residential and commercial premises are set out in the following table. These figures are from the Environment Agency's National Incident Recording System and as such are split into Environment Agency regions.
	The Environment Agency cannot estimate the number of oil spills that are not reported. As soon as they are aware of an oil spill, it is officially reported.
	
		
			   2004  2005  2006  2007  2008  2009 
			  Oil pollution incidents—residential   
			 EA Wales 32 40 43 36 34 36 
			 Anglian 73 76 68 80 78 59 
			 Midlands 49 49 56 64 51 35 
			 North East 19 26 25 19 22 13 
			 North West 9 21 15 16 16 11 
			 Southern 87 76 73 53 63 38 
			 South West 116 114 108 93 92 83 
			 Thames 39 53 37 49 32 41 
			
			  Oil pollution incidents—commercial   
			 EA Wales 97 120 84 69 73 59 
			 Anglian 240 222 177 155 134 90 
			 Midlands 335 220 274 207 255 141 
			 North East 178 161 105 112 113 103 
			 North West 113 108 94 72 56 53 
			 Southern 149 116 96 94 80 85 
			 South West 206 200 190 169 136 100 
			 Thames 164 145 134 97 117 78

Bus Services: Concessions

Jeremy Corbyn: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what his estimate is of the level of take-up of the Freedom Pass in Islington; and what estimate he has made of the cost of the pass to (i) Islington Borough Council, (ii) London-wide funding bodies and (iii) his Department in each of the last three years.

Sadiq Khan: London freedom passes are administered by London Councils. The Department for Transport does not hold figures for the number of freedom passes issued by individual London boroughs. However, as part of a planned reissue, London Councils reported to the Department that as of April 2009, an estimated 1.188 million concessionary passes were in circulation in London.
	(i) Islington borough council's budgeted spend on concessionary travel, as reported to the Department for Communities and Local Government (CLG) was £5.2 million for 2006-07, £5.5 million for 2007-08 and £5.8 million for 2008-09.
	(ii) The total reported concessionary travel spending of all London boroughs was £203 million in 2006-07; £222 million in 2007-08 and the budgeted spend for 2008-09 was £220 million. In addition, London Councils reported in the minutes of their Transport and Environment Committee meeting of 11 December that the additional costs of the national bus concession were forecast to be £5.1 million in 2008-09.
	Before April 2008, funding for the mandatory bus concession was provided exclusively through the formula grant system administered by CLG. Formula grant is an unhypothecated block grant, that is, recipient local authorities may use it on any service they wish, providing statutory duties are met. This freedom means that CLG are not able to calculate how much grant has been provided for any particular service (such as concessionary travel).
	(iii) In 2008-09, the Department for Transport provided an extra £212 million to fund the extension of the concessionary travel scheme to cover England-wide travel, of which, £55.4 million was provided to London Councils. London Councils reported in the minutes of their Transport and Environment Committee meeting of 11 December that the additional costs of the national bus concession were forecast to be £5.1 million in 2008-09.

Bus Services: Concessions

Jeremy Corbyn: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what his most recent estimate is of the cost to  (a) his Department and  (b) London local authorities of the Freedom Pass in each of the last three years.

Sadiq Khan: The freedom pass scheme is the name of the concessionary travel scheme that is operated in London. It incorporates the England-wide bus concession that was introduced in 2008.
	Before April 2008, funding for the mandatory bus concession was provided exclusively through the formula grant system administered by CLG. Formula grant is an unhypothecated block grant, that is, recipient local authorities may use it on any service they wish, providing statutory duties are met. This freedom means that CLG are not able to calculate how much grant has been provided for any particular service (such as concessionary travel).
	In 2008-09, the Department for Transport provided an extra £212 million to fund the extension of the concessionary travel scheme to cover England-wide travel, of which, £55.4 million was provided to London Councils. London Councils reported in the minutes of their Transport and Environment Committee meeting of 11 December that the additional costs of the national bus concession were forecast to be £5.1 million in 2008-09.
	The total reported concessionary travel spending of all London boroughs was £203 million in 2006-07, £222 million in 2007-08 and the budgeted spend for 2008-09 was £220 million.

Bus Services: Rural Areas

Chris Ruane: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how much his Department has spent on local bus services in rural communities in each of the last 10 years.

Sadiq Khan: The Government provide funding through the rural bus subsidy grant, the rural bus challenge scheme and the kickstart funding scheme to help local authorities support rural bus services in England.
	Rural and urban bus services in England are also supported by the Department's bus service operators grant (BSOG—worth over £420 million a year) which is paid to operators of local bus services.
	The Government allocate integrated transport (IT) block to local transport authorities in England for capital investment in transport projects, as well as providing grants for major public transport capital projects. These funding sources could be used to support local bus services in rural areas, though as IT block funding is not ring-fenced, local authorities are free to spend their allocations in line with their priorities.
	Rural bus services are also supported by local authorities' revenue support grant (RSG) funding. It is for local authorities to decide what bus services to support in their area according to local needs and priorities.
	The following table shows the amounts paid over the last 10 years to rural local authorities in England through the rural bus subsidy grant (RBSG), rural bus challenge (RBC) and kickstart schemes in rural areas, and to all English authorities through the IT block allocation.
	
		
			  £ million 
			   Rural bus subsidy grant  Rural bus challenge  Kickstart scheme (rural areas)  IT block allocation 
			 2000-01 31.7 9.5 — 250.0 
			 2001-02 40.4 12.1 — 542.7 
			 2002-03 46.8 18.2 — 564.6 
			 2003-04 48.0 18.4 — 612.5 
			 2004-05 50.8 18.1 — 658.0 
			 2005-06 53.0 12.0 1.7 552.5 
			 2006-07 54.3 6.3 0.8 547.0 
			 2007-08 55.6 4.5 0.2 571.0 
			 2008-09 57.0 2.5 0.5 576.8 
			 2009-10 58.5 n/a n/a 589.4 
			 Total 496.1 101.6 3.2 5,464.5

Departmental Pay

Stephen Hammond: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how many civil servants his Department employs; how much his Department spent on  (a) salaries,  (b) allowances,  (c) national insurance and  (d) pension contributions in relation to civil servants in 2008-09; how much he expects his Department to spend in each category in 2009-10; how many of his Department's civil servants earn more than (i) £66,000 and (ii) £175,000 per annum; how many receive a London weighting; and what the cost to his Department of such weighting was in 2008-09.

Chris Mole: The Department for Transport Annual Report and Resource Accounts 2008-09 identifies the number of civil servants (p. 228) in the Department in 2008-09, as well as, planned headcount for the next two financial years.
	Total paybill expenditure (p. 227) in 2008-09 is also available but we cannot provide expenditure broken into the requested categories of  (a) salaries,  (b) allowances,  (c) national insurance and (d) pension contributions. Such information could be provided only at disproportionate cost. Planned expenditure for 2009-10 is unavailable.
	For Department for Transport civil servants who earn more than (i) £66,000 and (ii) £175,000 per annum, I refer the hon. Member to the answer of 11 February 2009,  Official Report, column 2013W, and to the answer of 9 December 2008,  Official Report, column 33W.
	The information requested on London Weightings can be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Departmental Procurement

Mark Prisk: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what percentage of procurement contracts  (a) his Department and  (b) its agencies awarded to small businesses in (i) 2006-07, (ii) 2007-08, (iii) 2008-09 and (iv) 2009-10; and if he will make a statement.

Chris Mole: The Department for Transport does not hold the information centrally and it could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
	Where the information is available it has been set out in the following table:
	
		
			  Table 1. Percentage of contracts awarded to small businesses of 50 or less employees 
			   2006-07  2007-08  2008-09  2009-10 
			 Department for Transport Central(1) 15.29 14.77 8.00 5.00 
			 Vehicle and Operator Services Agency 27.27 33.52 30.60 30.90 
			 Government Car and Despatch Agency 66.67 59.67 70.37 (2)— 
			 Driving Standards Agency 13.95 8.47 11.58 6.38 
			 (1) DFTC—figures only include contracts let by the central procurement team and excludes local or low value procurement activity. (2) The Government Car and Despatch Agency figure for 2009-10 has been excluded as there have been no contracts awarded during this period.

Departmental Public Expenditure

Stephen Hammond: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport with reference to page 222 of his Department's Annual Report and Resource Accounts 2008-09, under what budget headings the £247 million capital budget for central administration for 2009-10 will be spent.

Chris Mole: The Department's Capital DEL budget for Central Administration includes the items shown in the following table.
	
		
			  2009-10 plans  £ million 
			 Departmental unallocated provision 227 
			 Capital investment in departmental infrastructure 20 
			 Total 247 
		
	
	Departments are encouraged not to allocate their DELs fully against their programmes at the start of a financial year but to hold some provision back to deal with unforeseen pressures. These amounts are then allocated to manage pressures as the year progresses.

Motor Vehicles: Urban Areas

Bill Wiggin: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport 
	(1)  what estimate he has made of levels of use of  (a) cars and  (b) buses in urban areas in the latest period for which figures are available;
	(2)  what estimate he has made of levels of use of motorcycles in urban areas in the latest period for which figures are available.

Sadiq Khan: The following table shows the estimated average number of trips per person per year by the requested modes of travel for people living in urban areas of Great Britain.
	This table covers all trips made by urban residents (including children aged under 16), counting travel in or through non-urban areas where this occurs.
	
		
			  Estimated average number of trips per person per year, by mode, for residents of urban areas in Great Britain in 2008 
			  Number of trips 
			   London  b oroughs  Metropolitan built up areas  Other urban areas: population over 250,000  Urban areas: population 25,000 to 250,000  Urban areas: population 10,000 to 25,000  Urban areas: 3,000 to 10,000  All urban areas 
			 Car/van driver 216 369 407 440 455 AST 391 
			 Car/van passenger 131 214 232 248 248 246 221 
			 Car/van total 347 583 639 688 703 713 613 
			 
			 Motorcycle (1)— (1)— 5 4 (1)— (1)— 4 
			 Local stage bus 135 98 68 47 36 35 71 
			 Other modes 353 299 305 280 320 282 339 
			 
			 All modes 838 982 1,017 1,019 1,062 1,035 990 
			 
			 Unweighted sample size (trips) 38,036 50,057 58,383 94,485 27,428 27,290 295,678 
			 (1) Sample sizes are too small for reliable estimates.  Source: National Travel Survey

Park and Ride Schemes

Chris Ruane: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what park and ride schemes have been established in each of the last five years; and which existing schemes have been extended in each of those years.

Sadiq Khan: The following schemes costing over £5 million, which are or include a Park and Ride element, have been or are being funded by the Department for Transport in England over the last five years.
	Durham Park and Ride (Durham county council)
	Scarborough Integrated Transport Scheme (North Yorkshire county council)
	Bridlington Integrated Transport Scheme (East Riding of Yorkshire county council)
	Salisbury Transport Package—Petersfinger Park and Ride (Wiltshire county council).
	Similar schemes are currently being considered for future funding.
	In addition, the Department provides capital funding to local transport authorities for small transport improvements—£589 million in 2009-10. Funding is not ring-fenced and local authorities have discretion to spend allocations in line with their priorities, including on new or extended Park and Ride sites.
	Funding for Park and Ride sites in other parts of the United Kingdom are the responsibility of the relevant devolved Administrations.

Shipping: Training

Julian Brazier: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport whether he plans to make a public response on the joint proposals submitted to his Department by the Chamber of Shipping, Nautilus UK and the National Union of Rail, Maritime and Transport Workers stimulating seafarer training and employment; and whether his Department has costed these proposals.

Paul Clark: The Government are committed to maximising employment opportunities for UK seafarers.
	The proposals for improving the training and employment opportunities for UK seafarers submitted by the trade unions and industry are being discussed with colleagues across Whitehall. However, even with an increased contribution from industry, funding remains a key issue.
	In 2008-09, the Government made available through the Support for Maritime Training (SMarT) scheme some £12.4 million which equated to around 43 per cent. of the training costs of UK officer cadets. The proposals call for an increase to SMarT funding to 100 per cent. of all training costs.

Southern Railway: Franchises

Stephen Hammond: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport how much in premium payments the Government will receive from Southern Railway Ltd. in respect of the new South Central franchise in each year of the franchise's operation.

Chris Mole: The new South Central franchise will provide a premium of £534 million Net Present Value over the core five years 10 month franchise length.
	The premium profile for the South Central franchise is:
	
		
			   £000 
			 March 10 (1)1,254 
			 March 11 35,518 
			 March 12 80,297 
			 March 13 122,123 
			 March 14 155,891 
			 March 15 201,211 
			 July 16 (1)80, 801 
			 (1) = part year Nominal £000. 
		
	
	There will be a reduction in premium in Net Present Value over the core five years 10 month franchise length for the Additional Showcase Stations option purchased of £1.6 million and for the GSM-R option purchased of £9.6 million.

Travel: Concessions

Jeremy Corbyn: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what representations he has received on the future of the Freedom Pass in London, and from whom; how much was spent on the scheme in London in each of the last three years; how much is projected to be spent in  (a) 2009-10 and  (b) 2010-11; and if he will make a statement.

Sadiq Khan: holding answer 10 November 2009
	The right to free travel for older and disabled people is enshrined in Primary Legislation.
	The Freedom Pass scheme is operated by London Councils on behalf of all 33 London boroughs. The cost of the Freedom Pass is a matter for negotiation between London Councils and Transport for London.
	London boroughs have been obliged to offer London-wide travel to their eligible residents since the introduction of the GLA Act in 1999. Therefore the only increase in costs London faced as a result of the improved England-wide bus concession—which was introduced in 2008—was for the cost of non-London residents who are aged over 60 or eligible disabled now travelling free on the London bus network at off-peak times.
	It was expected that a sizeable grant would be needed to meet the cost of these non-London resident travellers. However, there have been far fewer of these trips than anticipated.
	I have met with London Councils to discuss the special grant funding that has been made available by Government to fund the additional costs of the improved statutory minimum bus concession from April 2008. I have also received letters from a number of London MPs, members of the House of Lords and Councillors of London Boroughs about the special grant funding. Many of these representations were based on misunderstandings over the purpose of the special grant funding.
	The purpose of the Special Grant has only ever been to fund the change in the concession referred to above. The majority of funding for concessionary travel continues to be provided through formula grant.
	London boroughs report their spending on concessionary travel to the Department for Communities and Local Government (CLG) as part of their annual local government spending returns. The London Boroughs reported concessionary travel spending of £203 million in 2006-07 and £222 million in 2007-08.
	The outturn figures for 2008-09 are not due to be published by CLG until later this month, however the Boroughs' reported concessionary travel budget for 2008-09 was £220 million. For 2009-10 the Boroughs' reported concessionary travel budget is £189 million. 2010-11 budget figures are not due to be published until next year.
	London Councils reported in the minutes of their Transport and Environment Committee meeting of 11 December 2008 that the additional costs of the national bus concession were forecast to be £5.1 million in 2008-09. This compares to special grant funding provided to London Councils of £55.4 million in 2008-09.
	The projection of special grant funding required in 2010-11 is based on the additional costs that authorities have actually incurred following the change to the statutory minimum bus concession.
	Although the new special grant distribution that is currently being consulted on would reduce London's grant, it would leave the London boroughs with significantly more funding than the actual burden that has been imposed by the change in the statutory minimum concession.

West Coast Railway Line

Chris Ruane: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Transport what funding his Department has provided to upgrade the West Coast Main Line in each year for which figures are available.

Chris Mole: The Department for Transport defined the strategy and outputs required from the upgrade of the West Coast Main Line and authorised funding of £8.9 billion to date for the works to be provided by Network Rail, supported by Government Grant.

Looped Blind Cords

Gordon Banks: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what recent discussions officials of his Department have had with the British Blind and Shutters Association on the safety of looped blind cords; what progress has been made in such discussions; and if he will make a statement.

Rosie Winterton: Officials met in July with representatives from the British Blind and Shutter Association. The industry initiative 'Make it Safe—how to reduce the risks from looped blind cords and chains' was discussed. The Department and industry agreed a plan make their guidance available to the widest possible audience, including working with the Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents.

Regional Development Agencies

Phil Wilson: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what assistance regional development agencies are providing to businesses during the economic downturn; and if he will make a statement.

Ian Lucas: The RDAs have helped more than 50,000 businesses to survive the recession, and are bringing forward regeneration projects worth more than £100 million in order to boost the economy. They have also provided transition loans to 300 companies, protecting more than 10,000 jobs.

Business: South West

Julia Goldsworthy: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many businesses received assistance from the South West Regional Development Agency in each local authority area in each of the last five years; and how many employees each such business had at that time.

Rosie Winterton: The South West Regional Development Agency has provided assistance to businesses as set out in the following table and is reported in its annual report and accounts. It does not record these figures by local authority area, nor does it record the number of employees of the businesses concerned.
	
		
			   Number 
			 2005/06 (1)8,766 
			 2006/07 15,898 
			 2007/08 16,163 
			 2008/09 17,928 
			 (1) Business Link figures not included.  Note: The definition used in the figures above is two days advisory consultancy or grant or equivalent of at least £1,000. 
		
	
	The agency also engages with businesses in a variety of other ways including area action force work and the regional enterprise gateway. Business Link provides the primary channel for business support within the region, with 103,000 businesses accessing support during 2008/09.

Carers: Training

David Willetts: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how much expenditure has been assigned to cover the costs of the £500 training entitlement for carers and adults on the working tax credit, as referred to in the New Opportunities White Paper, Cm 7533.

Kevin Brennan: The total budget for this entitlement is £9.2 million which is split equally across the financial years 2009-10 and 2010-11.

Disabled

David Willetts: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills which organisations representing disabled people Ministers in his Department have met in 2009; and with which of those organisations the delays in the payment of student loans and grants was discussed.

Patrick McFadden: BIS (and prior to that DIUS) Ministers met a number of organisations that brought concerns about people with disabilities to their attention. Of organisations representing disabled people specifically, both Lord Young and Siôn Simon held meetings with the RNIB. Lord Young also met Skill (National Bureau for Students with disabilities), Natspec (Association of national Specialist Colleges) and the Alliance for Inclusive Education. Siôn Simon also met the RNID and Scope. In none of these meetings was the question of student loans or grants discussed.

Exports: White Phosphorus

Menzies Campbell: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills pursuant to the answer of 2 June 2009,  Official Report, column 339W, on exports: white phosphorus, in respect of which countries of destination a licence was granted for export of white phosphorus in the  (a) ML3a and  (b) ML4a category.

Ian Lucas: As previously stated the Export Control Organisation in BIS had identified 67 licences for munitions designed to create illumination or act as an incendiary. These munitions may have contained white phosphorous but because the export licence application does not require the exporter to provide the chemical composition of munitions to be exported, it is not possible to say how many—if any—of those 67 actually related to the export of military devices containing white phosphorous. However the 67 licences referred to were issued for exports to the following countries:
	Abu Dhabi (part of United Arab Emirates)
	Afghanistan
	Australia
	Bermuda
	Brazil
	Brunei
	Canada
	Cyprus
	Denmark
	Estonia
	Germany
	Greenland
	Honduras
	Hong Kong Special Administrative Region
	India
	Iraq
	Irish Republic
	Israel
	Italy
	Jordan
	South Korea
	Kuwait
	Latvia
	Lithuania
	New Zealand
	Norway
	Pakistan
	Saudi Arabia
	Sierra Leone
	Singapore
	Sri Lanka
	Thailand.

Further Education

Stephen Williams: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many 19 to 24 year-olds are studying  (a) full-time and  (b) part-time on first Level 2, first Level 3, subsequent Level 2 and subsequent Level 3 qualifications.

Kevin Brennan: Table 1 shows LSC-funded further education participation by mode of attendance and level, for learners aged between 19 and 24 in 2008/09 (provisional).
	In 2007/08, of the 740,100 adult learners (aged 19+) participating on full level 2 courses, 542,800 were first full level 2. Of the 328,100 adult learners (aged 19+) participating on full level 3 courses, 248,000 were first full level 3. Provisional full- year learner numbers for 2008/09 were published in a statistical first release on 22 October 2009:
	http://www.thedataservice.org.uk/statistics/sfroct09
	Supplementary information, including participation on first full level 2 and first full level 3 qualifications in 2008/09 will be available shortly. Information on first full level 2 and first full level 3 specifically for 19 to 24-year-olds is not published.
	
		
			  Table 1: LSC-funded participation for learners aged between 19 and 24, by mode of attendance and level in 2008/09 (provisional) 
			   Full-time full-year  Full-time part-year  Part-time  Unknown  Total learners 
			 Total learners aged 19 to 24 90,500 32,500 620,000 900 743,900 
			  of which:  
			 Full level 2 20,000 1,900 225,900 — 247,700 
			 Full level 3 43,200 800 129,600 — 173,600 
			  Notes:  1. Source data includes ASL, LR and ER ILR datasets.  2. Figures have been rounded to the nearest hundred, and may not sum to total due to rounding. "—" indicates a figure of less than 50.  3. Age is based on academic age, at 31 August of the academic year.  4. Part-time includes part-time distance learning, open learning, E-learning and evening learning.  5. FE students classified for statistical purposes as full-time are defined as those enrolled on programmes of at least 450 guided learning hours per year, or for at least 150 guided learning hours per tri-annual period or more than 16 guided learning hours per week for shorter courses. Full-time students who enrol on a programme of at least 450 guided learning hours per year are classified as full-time full-year. This includes those students who withdraw from the programme during the year and actually attend for less than 450 guided learning hours. Also counted as full-time full-year are students who enrol on programmes of less than 450 guided learning hours but stay longer than expected and actually attend for more than 450 guided learning hours. Full-time students who are not classified as full-time full-year are classified as other full-time. All other students are classified as part-time.

Further Education: Government Assistance

David Willetts: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many career development loans are expected to be made available in the  (a) 2009-10 and  (b) 2010-11 academic year.

David Lammy: We currently have a portfolio of £65 million this financial year 2009-10 which when based on the current average loan value of £6,441 provides for 10,092 loans. We are pleased with the engagement from two banks—Barclays and the Co-operative. This gives us a good platform to build on and to ensure that supply meets the demand we expect over the coming years for PCDLs.

Inward Investment

Chris Ruane: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills 
	(1)  how many inward investment projects have been established in each region in each of the last 20 years;
	(2)  what estimate he has made of the number of jobs created through inward investment in each region in each of the last 20 years.

Ian Lucas: I have arranged for separate listings of UKTI's (and its predecessors') recorded inward investment successes by UK regions for each of the last 20 years to be placed in the Libraries of the House. Figures for London are available only from when an RDA for London was established in 1994/95.
	These figures are based on information provided by companies at the time of the announcement of the decision to invest in the UK. They are based on the companies' best estimates of the number of new and safeguarded jobs associated with each investment.
	There is no requirement on companies to notify inward investment decisions to UKTI, so the figures include only those projects where UKTI or its regional partners were involved or which have come to their notice.

Manufacturing Insight: Finance

Lorely Burt: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what funding Manufacturing Insight has obtained from the private sector.

Ian Lucas: EEF, the Manufacturers Association has allocated £35,000 per annum for two years towards start-up costs, as part of a package of core funding, which is to come from the wider business community.

Manufacturing Technology Centre: Ansty

Claire Curtis-Thomas: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what the role of the Manufacturing Technology Centre at Ansty is; what estimate he has made of the number of jobs to be created at the Centre; what funding his Department has allocated to the Centre; what projects the Centre is undertaking; and if he will make a statement.

Ian Lucas: The Manufacturing Technology Centre at Ansty Park near Coventry will be a world-class manufacturing research, development and demonstration organisation which will support industrial companies, and their supply chains, in bringing about major improvements in their manufacturing competitiveness. The centre represents a £130 million investment over 10 years, and should employ between 100 and 150 highly skilled staff. The Government have allocated over £40 million to the centre through grant funding from Advantage West Midlands and the East Midlands Development Agency. Initially, 20 projects have been identified to use the new centre.
	The centre represents one of the largest investments in a manufacturing research facility for many years and will help UK businesses and universities to test out new and innovative products and processes on an industrial scale—cementing our position as a world-class manufacturing nation.

Motor Vehicles: Manufacturing Industries

Claire Curtis-Thomas: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills what recent assessment he has made of the effect of the car scrappage scheme on the number of vehicles sold in the UK by each manufacturer; how much funding his Department has allocated to the scheme to date; and if he will make a statement.

Ian Lucas: BIS has made no such assessment. According to latest industry figures published on 5 November 2009, the vehicle scrappage scheme has contributed to the fourth month of growth for new car registrations, with the October figures showing this year's biggest monthly increase. The recent £100 million addition to the original £300 million Government funding will extend the positive impacts on the automotive sector and wider manufacturing into next year.

Royal Mail

John Thurso: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how much his Department has spent on financial and legal advice in respect of the proposed sale of shareholdings in Royal Mail in the last two years.

Patrick McFadden: The Department spent £4.6 million on financial and legal advice to take forward the implementation of the Hooper Review's recommendations (which included work on securing a minority strategic partner for the Royal Mail).

Unemployment: Young People

Sandra Gidley: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills how many and what proportion of people aged 16 to 24 years old were not in education, employment or training in each local authority area in the South East in each of the last 12 quarters for which figures are available.

Kevin Brennan: Table 1 shows the number and percentage of people aged 16 to 24 not in education, employment or training in local education areas (LEA) in the south-east in 2006 to 2008. These estimates are from the Annual Population Survey.
	Due to small sample sizes, estimates cannot be provided small areas on a quarterly basis or for areas smaller than LEAs. Please note that these estimates are subject to large sampling variability and should therefore be treated with caution and viewed in conjunction with their Confidence Intervals (CIs), which indicate how accurate an estimate is. For example, a CI of+/-4.6 percentage points (pp) means that the sampling variability ranges from 4.6pp above the estimate and 4.6pp below the estimate. Confidence Intervals for table 1 have been provided as follows.
	Numbers have been rounded to the nearest thousand.
	
		
			  Table 1: Numbers and percentages of people aged 16 to 24 not in employment, education or training 
			   Number  Proportion of all 16 to 24-year-olds  Confidence intervals (CI) in percentage points (+/-) 
			  LEA  2006  2007  2008  2006  2007  2008  2006  2007  2008 
			 Bracknell Forest 1,000 1,000 2,000 10.9 10.8 13.1 4.7 5.2 6.2 
			 Brighton and Hove 4,000 5,000 4,000 11.2 13.3 11.6 4.8 4.7 4.4 
			 Buckinghamshire 5,000 4,000 5,000 10.6 9.9 10.5 5.2 5.8 5.4 
			 East Sussex 4,000 7,000 8,000 8.8 15.2 16.8 5.2 6.0 6.2 
			 Hampshire 14,000 19,000 16,000 10.5 14.1 11.3 3.1 3.6 3.3 
			 Isle of Wight 2,000 2,000 2,000 16.9 12.7 17.5 6.1 5.4 6.6 
			 Kent 23,000 24,000 25,000 15.9 17.1 17.5 3.6 3.8 4.0 
			 Medway 5,000 4,000 5,000 15.8 12.0 17.7 5.4 4.8 6.1 
			 Milton Keynes 3,000 4,000 2,000 15.6 13.6 9.1 6.8 5.9 5.3 
			 West Berkshire 3,000 2,000 1,000 18.5 11.1 9.1 6.9 5.9 5.7 
			 Oxfordshire 7,000 11,000 6,000 9.1 13.6 7.6 4.0 4.9 3.5 
			 Portsmouth 4,000 3,000 3,000 15.4 9.4 8.2 5.3 4.1 3.7 
			 Reading 2,000 2,000 2,000 15.1 11.0 11.4 5.9 4.6 5.4 
			 Slough 3,000 2,000 2,000 18.2 14.9 14.4 5.3 5.1 5.1 
			 Southampton 6,000 6,000 4,000 13.9 18.1 10.0 4.4 6.0 4.4 
			 Surrey 9,000 12,000 8,000 8.6 11.0 7.6 3.2 3.8 3.1 
			 West Sussex 9,000 8,000 8,000 13.2 11.1 11.2 4.4 3.9 4.2 
			 Windsor and Maidenhead 1,000 2,000 1,000 12.2 14.5 10.1 5.7 6.8 5.6 
			 Wokingham 2,000 (1)— 2,000 8.9 (1)— 11.4 4.3 (1)— 6.31 
			 (1) Numbers are unavailable.  Note: Age used is the respondents' academic age, which is their age at the preceding 31 August.

Written Questions: Government Responses

Andrew Selous: To ask the Minister of State, Department for Business, Innovation and Skills when he expects to answer question 262066, on Dunstable College, tabled on 5 March 2009.

Kevin Brennan: Due to an administrative error, question 262066 was not answered by the former Department for Innovation, Universities and Skills despite a draft reply being approved by Ministers. The question has now been answered. I apologise for this error.
	However, the Learning and Skills Council's, then chief executive, Mark Haysom, did write in response to question 262066 on 23 March 2009. A copy of the letter was placed in the House Library on the 31 March 2009.

Coal: North East

Stephen Hepburn: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what estimate he has made of the number of tonnes of coal reserves in  (a) Jarrow constituency,  (b) South Tyneside,  (c) the North East and  (d) the UK.

David Kidney: The Coal Authority estimates that the UK has 3,405 million tonnes (Mt) of coal resources.
	Of this 260 Mt is economically recoverable coal in the 'reserves category' (i.e. proved and probably mineable coal) at current deep mines and sites subject to conditional deep mine licences.
	A further 70 Mt are at existing surface mines, those with planning approval granted and those currently in the planning process.
	Estimates suggest there to be 260 Mt of previously proven reserves remaining in closed deep mines still in licence. A further 2,030 Mt of potential deep mine prospects and 785 Mt at potential surface mine prospects, including those in pre-planning and resources within former conditional licences.
	The Coal Authority has confirmed that the following reserves are available in the north-east:
	 Coal remaining in licence :
	 Surface mines
	Potland Burn 2.03 Mt (Northumberland)
	Shotton 2.69 Mt (Northumberland)
	Steadsburn 0.80 Mt (Northumberland)
	Park Wall North 1.27 Mt (Durham)
	Total 6.79 Mt
	 Underground
	Ayle Colliery 0.07 Mt (Northumberland)—still open
	Ellington 1.92 Mt (Northumberland)—closed
	Total 2.01 Mt
	 Sites approved or in planning:
	 Surface mines
	Approved
	Prestwick Pit Remainder 0.03 Mt (Northumberland)
	Planning
	Bradley 0.56 Mt (Durham)
	Brenkley Lane 2.40 Mt (Newcastle)
	Butterwell 1.10 Mt (Northumberland)
	Halton Lea 0.14 Mt (Northumberland)
	Total 4.2 Mt
	 Note: There may be other reserves with surface mining potential which have not been appraised to the planning application stage at present.
	 Underground
	There are no underground reserves in this category.
	 Underground mine prospects identified by British Coal :
	Amble 50 Mt (Northumberland)
	East Durham 200 Mt (Durham)
	Neither of these prospects were developed to the planning application stage by British Coal.

Departmental Conferences

Greg Clark: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change pursuant to the answer of 10 March 2009,  Official Report, column 401W, on departmental conferences, what the cost to his Department was of the  (a) regional delivery of biomass heat and power conference on 29 October 2008,  (b) London meeting of international energy and oil Ministers on 18 and 19 December 2008,  (c) hydrogen workshop on 29 January 2009,  (d) stakeholder workshop on 30 January 2009,  (e) business forum held in Ashgabat on 4 February 2009,  (f) advanced power generation technology forum annual workshop on 11 and 12 February 2009 and  (g) launch of the consultation on Heat and Energy Saving Strategy event on 12 February 2009; which (i) Ministers and (ii) senior officials participated in each event; what the names of the attendees at each of those events were; and if he will place in the Library a copy of the (A) agenda and (B) minutes of each event.

Joan Ruddock: The information is as follows:
	 (a) Cost £17,938. My right hon. and noble Friend the Minister of State for Energy and Climate Change and Simon Virley (DECC) were present.
	 (b) I refer to written answer 267996 of 20 April 2009,  Official Report, column 305W.
	 (c) Cost £442. No Ministers or senior officials were present.
	 (d) This event was not organised by DECC.
	 (e) Costs £4,654. No Ministers were present from the UK. John Neve (DECC), and Peter Butcher the British ambassador attended.
	 (f) Details of this event are not held centrally and can be obtained only at disproportionate cost.
	 (g) Cost £22,013. My right hon. Friends the Secretaries of State for DECC and CLG, the Minister for Housing, my right hon. and noble Friend the Minister of State for Energy and Climate Change and I were present. Senior officials attending were Hergen Haye and Simon Virley.
	Agendas and minutes, where they are held by my Department, will be placed in the Libraries of the House.

Departmental Freedom of Information

Eleanor Laing: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how many staff in his Department have been employed on the management of freedom of information requests submitted to his Department since its inception; and how much was spent on the management of such requests.

Joan Ruddock: Since its inception in October 2008, the Department has used a shared service with the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (DEFRA) and the Department for Business, Enterprise and Regulatory Reform (BERR) (now the Department for Business, Innovation and Skills (BIS)) to provide a range of information management-related services including the management and support of FOI case management. The total costs for the FOI element of the service only include staff employed for more than 50 per cent. of their time on FOI work and are broken down as follows:
	
		
			   Staff  Costs (£) 
			 2008-09 2.15 108,928

Departmental Political Activities

Don Foster: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change pursuant to the answer of 27 October 2009,  Official Report, column 278W, on party conferences, how much the  (a) Nuclear Decommissioning Authority and  (b) Chair of the Fuel Poverty Advisory Group spent sending representatives to attend each of the party political conferences in 2009; and whether prior permission was sought from the Cabinet Office for the Nuclear Decommissioning Authority.

David Kidney: The Nuclear Decommissioning Authority (NDA) spent approximately £2,000 in total sending representatives to attend the party political conferences in 2009. The NDA considered Cabinet Office guidance on attending party conferences and in line with that guidance sought permission of its sponsoring department, the Department of Energy and Climate Change, before attending the conferences.
	The total amount claimed by the Chair of the Fuel Poverty Advisory Group for attending the party conferences was £658.20.

Energy: Government Assistance

Lindsay Roy: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what assistance with energy costs the Government provides to those diagnosed with cancer.

David Kidney: holding answer 9 November 2009
	The Government's fuel poverty policies are targeted at vulnerable households in receipt of specific benefits. Cancer patients in receipt of benefits—whether income or pension-related, with children under 16 or on disability living allowance, will qualify for additional heating and energy efficiency help under the Warm Front Scheme. In addition, any household can qualify for subsidised energy saving measures from energy supply companies under the Government's carbon emissions reduction target.

Energy: Prices

Vincent Cable: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what estimate he has made of the cost of social tariffs to (a) energy companies and  (b) consumers currently on standard tariffs.

David Kidney: Ofgem monitors the energy suppliers' social programmes on behalf of Government. Their latest report, published 18 August 2009, gave details of suppliers spend from 1 April 2008 to 31 March 2009. This showed that the total spend across all suppliers on social programmes in 2008-09 was £157 million, compared with the £100 million agreed under the voluntary agreement.
	Ofgem also report that £130 million of this total spend was attributable to social tariffs and have made an estimate that this represented an average cost of £2.73 per customer account for that year. However, this is an estimate which is based on a customer with average consumption and assumes suppliers apportion these costs equally across all their customers.
	A copy of the Ofgem report can be found online at:
	http://www.ofgem.gov.uk/Sustainability/SocAction/Suppliers/CSR/Documents1/Monitoring_suppliers_social_spend_2008_09_final.pdf

Housing: Construction

Lembit �pik: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change whether his Department provides  (a) grants and  (b) other financial incentives to encourage (i) the use of environmentally-friendly materials in housebuilding and (ii) the use of energy-conserving domestic appliances.

Joan Ruddock: The Department is providing 6 million for a Renewable Construction Demonstration Project which aims to increase the use of renewable construction materials in affordable homes. The project is administered by the Government's housing and regeneration body, the Homes and Communities Agency. Funding is available to registered social landlords to help create a series of greener homes using renewable materials such as timber frames, natural insulation and timber windows. Developers are also required to install smart meters to track energy use.
	The carbon emissions reduction target (CERT), and similar previous policies, place a carbon saving obligation on energy suppliers to be met through promoting energy efficiency to households. One approach that suppliers follow is to subsidise the cost of the most efficient domestic appliances at retail or through appliance trade-in schemes.
	Over the three years, 2005-08, eight million efficient cold and wet appliances were delivered and these were all A-rated or better. In the first year of CERT (2008-09) a further two million appliances were delivered providing lifetime emissions savings of about two million tonnes of CO2.

Industrial Diseases: Compensation

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how many  (a) miners and  (b) miners' widows have received industrial health compensation in each region of the UK in each of the last 20 years.

David Kidney: The Government assumed responsibility for British Coal's health compensation liabilities in January 1998.
	The following tables show the number of claimants who have received damages since 1998 in each region of the UK. The data are broken down into Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD), Vibration White Finger (VWF), Noise Induced Hearing Loss (NIHL) and 'Other' disease types where 'Other' includes all accident claims in addition to miscellaneous diseases.
	
		
			  COPD data as at 31 October 2009 
			  Number 
			   1998  1999  2000  2001  2002  2003  2004  2005  2006  2007  2008  2009 
			 Midlands 0 5 57 214 704 1,414 3,400 14,608 20,760 7,957 2,677 828 
			 North East 0 226 721 2,529 7,050 14,264 18,112 30,735 18,448 12,519 7,257 2,160 
			 Notts, Derbys and Leics 0 53 173 958 2,349 3,561 3,477 7,456 2,937 1,045 627 284 
			 Other 0  1 6 14 36 83 306 892 674 850 1,046 
			 Scotland 0 70 146 718 1,492 2,363 3,084 5,899 5,166 2,557 764 602 
			 South/South East 0 31 64 215 556 1,288 1,576 3,674 2,831 864 708 183 
			 Wales 0 117 252 824 7,110 7,521 5,734 11,030 10,402 8,908 5,735 1,192 
			 Yorkshire 0 133 1,039 3,129 7,731 16,929 18,754 42,560 34,163 23,202 9,965 4,006 
		
	
	
		
			  VWF d ata as at 31 October 2009 
			  Number 
			   1998  1999  2000  2001  2002  2003  2004  2005  2006  2007  2008  2009 
			 Midlands 51 85 84 172 584 879 403 429 235 369 396 24 
			 North East 188 422 686 1,292 4,973 6,106 4,170 3,971 2,616 4,726 8,818 563 
			 Notts, Derbys and Leics 14 762 399 1,073 1,949 3165 1491 1643 675 2,777 3,225 57 
			 Other 1  4 5 25 55 48 32 40 91 216 34 
			 Scotland 307 83 408 611 408 598 628 1,008 1,034 1,419 1,964 131 
			 South/South East 3 14 11 171 563 896 459 433 126 238 393 38 
			 Wales 307 516 433 733 1,683 1,508 2,019 657 942 1,231 2,385 71 
			 Yorkshire 178 672 664 1,500 4,945 7567 4,873 5,541 4,044 5,570 10,251 413 
		
	
	
		
			  NIHL data as at 31 October 2009 
			  Number 
			   1998  1999  2000  2001  2002  2003  2004  2005  2006  2007  2008  2009 
			 Midlands 0 24 171 300 259 178 222 292 132 38 20 45 
			 North East 0 32 256 609 445 293 295 459 181 52 24 23 
			 Notts, Derbys and Leics 0 138 1,900 4,473 2,683 1,212 1,223 1,293 637 49 7 17 
			 Other 0 152 568 417 133 62 55 58 26 6 1  
			 Scotland 0 13 109 219 250 304 190 395 153 77 19 2 
			 South/South East 0 8 51 110 98 77 59 100 48 11 6  
			 Wales 0 19 159 298 284 244 184 340 165 96 43 48 
			 Yorkshire 0 100 866 2,054 1,323 1,051 985 1,107 440 131 48 62 
		
	
	
		
			  Other data as at 31 October 2009 
			  Number 
			   1998  1999  2000  2001  2002  2003  2004  2005  2006  2007  2008  2009 
			 Midlands 10 6 1 7 4 7 5 4 11 5 4 4 
			 North East 13 5 2 4 6 6 5 6 16 1 2 4 
			 Notts, Derbys and Leics 15 2 1  2 4 2 4 6 4  4 
			 Other 31 13 18 12 5 11 3 3 24  3 3 
			 Scotland 4 1 4 1 7 1 1 4 
			 South/South East  1  1 2  4  6  1 0 
			 Wales 4 6 2 3 2 2 6 3 8 1 3 1 
			 Yorkshire 13 7 63 36 17 22 9 15 21 9 4 9

Industrial Diseases: Compensation

Don Touhig: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how much his Department has paid to Capita Group plc for the administration of the two miners' compensation schemes  (a) in each year in which the schemes operated and  (b) in each year since the schemes closed.

David Kidney: Capita took over the administration of the coal health compensation schemes in 2004, when the claim handling operations were sold by AON, who had previously managed the schemes on behalf of the Department.
	The chronic obstructive pulmonary disease scheme was closed to new application in March 2004 and vibration white finger scheme closed to application in October 2002 for live claims and January 2003 for deceased claims.
	From 1 April 2004 to 31 October 2009, the Department has paid Capita Business Services c.418 million for the administration of the coal health compensation schemes.

Nuclear Power Stations: Sellafield

Claire Curtis-Thomas: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change whether land north of Sellafield earmarked for a nuclear power station has been sold by the Nuclear Decommissioning Authority.

David Kidney: A consortium of GDF SUEZ SA, Iberdrola SA and Scottish and Southern Energy plc has secured an option to purchase land to the north of the existing Sellafield facility for the development of a new nuclear power station. Following the sale run by the Nuclear Decommissioning Authority (NDA), the consortium set out plans to build up to 3.6 gigawatts of new nuclear capacity in the UK, with work beginning in 2015. The site, purchased for 70 million, follows previous sales of NDA land at Wylfa, Oldbury and Bradwell. Any new nuclear power station development will be subject to the regulatory and other consenting processes.

Renewable Energy

Lynne Jones: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change in which geographical areas the community energy savings programme is to operate; what the allocation and timescale of funding to each area is; what recent assessment he has made of progress in the implementation of the programme; and if he will make a statement.

Joan Ruddock: The Community Energy Savings Programme aims to provide around 350 million of energy efficiency measures to the most vulnerable homes. Projects can take place in areas falling in the lowest income decile of the Income Domain of the Indices of Multiple Deprivation in England, and the lowest 15 per cent. of Income in Scotland and Wales. My Department has published a list of all the eligible areas (of which there are around 4,500) which is available on the DECC website.
	There is no allocation of funding to each area, but we expect around 100 projects around GB to help approximately 90,000 of the most vulnerable households. We are also about to tender a project to undertake a detailed evaluation of the programme as a whole, and are pleased by the recent announcement by British Gas who have agreed in principle to work with 10 local authorities across the country: Glasgow, Dundee, Swansea, Preston, Knowsley, Birmingham, Walsall, Blacon in Cheshire, Southwark and Haringey.

Renewable Energy: Developing Countries

Nigel Evans: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change how much the Government have spent on the transfer of technology to harness renewable energy in developing countries in the latest year for which figures are available; and how much it plans to spend in the next 12 months.

David Kidney: holding answer 5 November 2009
	The UK funds the promotion of renewable energy in developing countries through multilateral funds and international organisations. It is not possible to quantify how much the UK has spent on the transfer of technology to harness renewable energy in developing countries distinct from other clean technologies. It is currently difficult to quantify expenditure in technology as the primary purpose as the objectives of these funds and organisations include other issues, such as adaptation to climate change or capacity building, and we need to avoid double counting. However, with increased international climate finance in the future, it will become important to develop a system which can track this level of detail.
	Multilateral funds supported by the UK include the Clean Technology Fund (within the Climate Investment Funds), to which the UK is contributing 385 million in this CSR and the Global Environment Facility, to which we are providing 140 million over four years. They cover a range of technologies and activities, including renewables. The UK has also committed to funding the Scaling-up Renewable Energy Program, which is also part of the Climate Investment Funds, which will focus solely on renewable energy programmes in a small number of low income countries once it reaches its target capitalisation of $250 million.
	The UK directly supports a number of organisations operating in developing countries, including the Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Partnership (REEEP), to which the Department of Energy and Climate Change (DECC) contributes 2.5 million per annum, the International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA), to which DECC has contributed l million in 2009-10 (the first year of IRENA's existence), and plans to contribute 2.2 million in 2010-11 and GVEP International (an international non-profit organisation seeking to reduce poverty through accelerated access to modern energy services), to which the Department for International Development (DFID) is providing 4 million over four years, running to 2011.

Wind Power

Claire Curtis-Thomas: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what funding Ofgem has provided to connect each offshore windfarm to the mainland; and what estimate he has made of the gigawatts each windfarm will transmit.

David Kidney: Ofgem is currently running the first transitional round of competitive tenders to grant offshore transmission owner (OFTO) licences for the grid connections from offshore wind projects that qualified. The new OFTOs will reimburse the developers for their efficiently incurred connection costs determined by Ofgem. For the first round of tenders, this is estimated to be around 1.1 billion. In return developers will pay OFTOs an annual transmission charge for 20 years to use the connections. The OFTOs will be responsible for the operation and maintenance of the connections for that period.
	The British Wind Energy Association provides information on the actual or anticipated output of offshore wind farms. This information is available at:
	http://www.bwea_com/ukwed/offshore.asp

Wind Power: Lincolnshire

Claire Curtis-Thomas: To ask the Secretary of State for Energy and Climate Change what consideration he has given to the recent consent for the construction of an onshore wind farm in Lincolnshire; what his most recent estimate is of  (a) the cost of the project,  (b) the number of watts it will generate and  (c) the approximate number of domestic properties which will be supported by its power generation.

David Kidney: I understand this question relates to an offshore wind farmLineswhich was consented on 21 October 2008 following a public consultation exercise and the thorough consideration of a consent application that included an environmental impact assessment. The project, to be sited five miles off the Lincolnshire coast, will generate 250 MW of electricity, enough, according to the developer, Centrica, to supply around 200,000 properties. Centrica has indicated that the project will require an investment of 725 million.

Departmental Motor Vehicles

Andrew Stunell: To ask the Minister for Women and Equality how much the Government Equalities Office spent on hire vehicles in each of the last five financial years.

Michael Jabez Foster: Since the Government Equalities Office was established on 12 October 2007, the following amounts have been spent of vehicle hire.
	
		
			  Financial year  Expenditure () 
			 2007-08 n/a 
			 2008-09 53 
			 2009-10 3,709

Discrimination: Older Workers

Anne McIntosh: To ask the Minister for Women and Equality what recent discussions she has had with the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions on prevention of discrimination against persons aged over 60 years who apply for paid employment.

Michael Jabez Foster: GEO Ministers work closely with their DWP counterparts on issues affecting older people. We fully support the work being undertaken by DWP under the Government's 'Building a society for all ages' strategy, which tackles many issues affecting older people in the UK.
	GEO Ministers also work closely with Ministers at the Department for Business Innovation and Skills, which leads on legislation on age discrimination in the workplace.

Equal Opportunities

Bob Neill: To ask the Minister for Women and Equality with reference to page 38 of the Government Equalities Office's Annual Report and Resource Accounts 2008-09, HC 874, what the other evidence is which contradicts the findings of the Citizenship survey that there are no significant gaps between groups in perceptions of unfair treatment.

Michael Jabez Foster: Government made a commitment in PSA15 to narrow the gap between advantaged and disadvantaged groupsfor example, between men and women, and between non-disabled people and disabled peoplein relation to perceptions of fair treatment, and to measure performance through responses to new questions in the Citizenship Survey.
	However, when GEO analysed data responses to the new questions, there was little evidence of significant gaps in perceptions of fair treatment between groups. The gaps that do exist are all small, usually between 1-2 percentage points. While we should not discount these findings, they do conflict with other evidence on the issue:
	The 2008 Citizenship Survey found that 34 per cent. of black and minority ethnic people believed that one or more from a range of listed public services would treat them worse than people of other races
	A May 2008 Department of Health report (Report on self reported experience of patients from black and minority ethnic groups) found that BME groups are less likely to report a positive experience of healthcare
	Organisations representing older people consistently present anecdotal evidence that this group are significantly disadvantaged in relation to treatment by public services (for example in the 2007 Help The Aged report, The Challenge of Dignity in Care: Upholding the rights of the individual).
	GEO will be reporting on progress for each of the PSA15 indicators in our Autumn Performance Report 2009.

Females

Bob Neill: To ask the Minister for Women and Equality with reference to the Women in Power: Milestones document of the Government Equalities Office, for what reason the UK's first woman Prime Minister is not mentioned by name in the document; and if she will make it her policy to revise the document to include her name.

Michael Jabez Foster: The omission of Baroness Thatcher's name on the milestone fact sheet was not intentional. This was an oversight. When it was brought to our attention it was corrected. This particular fact sheet was produced for a specific purposeto coincide with the 80th and 90th anniversaries of the 'democratic' franchise of 1918(1) and the Equal Franchise Act of 1928(2).
	It is not a comprehensive list but provides a snapshot of some key advances made by women in political and public life over the years. We will be publishing a revised women's milestones fact sheet shortly.
	(1) The Democratic Franchise of 1918 gave the right to vote only to women over the age of 30).
	(2) The Equal Franchise Act of 1928 granted women the right to vote on the same terms as men.

Political Parties: Equal Opportunities

Peter Bone: To ask the Minister for Women and Equality what assessment she has made of the extent of gender discrimination in registered political parties represented in Parliament.

Michael Jabez Foster: None.
	However, the Speaker's Conference is looking at gender discrimination as part of its remit to investigate and make recommendations to address the lack of women, disabled people and ethnic minorities in the House of Commons.
	The findings are expected to be published at the end of the year.

Olympic Games 2012: Voluntary Organisations

Clive Efford: To ask the Minister for the Olympics what steps she is taking to ensure that third sector community organisations play a part in planning for the legacy from the London 2012 Olympics; and if she will make a statement.

Tessa Jowell: The Government are committed to ensuring a lasting legacy from the London 2012 Olympic and Paralympic Games.
	The Government Olympic Executive has worked with Volunteering England and YouthNet to convene an advisory group to ensure that Third Sector organisations are fully involved in legacy planning.
	In addition, the Office of the Third Sector has provided 1.6 million to YouthNet and Volunteering England in order to strengthen existing third sector infrastructure in advance of the Games.

Olympic Games 2012: Voluntary Organisations

Clive Efford: To ask the Minister for the Olympics what funding her Office has allocated to third sector community organisations to enable them to bid for the plans for the legacy from the London 2012 Olympics; and if she will make a statement.

Tessa Jowell: The Office of the Third Sector in the Cabinet Office is funding two programmes that will support third sector involvement in the Olympic legacy. The first is a 1.6 million programme, managed by third sector organisations Youthnet and Volunteering England. It will enable 1,500 organisations to promote 100,000 more volunteering opportunities inspired by the London 2012 Games through the National Volunteering Database and help 100,000 people to register for these.
	The second programme will be delivered through the youth volunteering charity 'V'. In early 2010; 'V' will announce further details of a 5 million national programme to boost youth volunteering leading up to the 2012 Games. 'V' has been consulting with young people and a range of other stakeholders, including the voluntary sector, 2012 delivery bodies and Government Departments to inform this programme.

Advertising: Scotland

Jennifer Willott: To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland how much his Department  (a) spent on advertising in 2008-09 and  (b) has so spent in 2009-10 on the latest date for which figures are available; and if he will make a statement.

Ann McKechin: The Scotland Office incurred no expenditure on advertising in 2008-09 and to date have incurred no costs in 2009-10.

Christmas

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland how much his Department has spent on Christmas  (a) cards,  (b) parties and  (c) decorations in the last 12 months.

Ann McKechin: The Scotland Office spent 456 on Christmas cards, but no expenditure was incurred from official funds on internal Christmas parties or decorations in the last 12 months.
	All expenditure was incurred in accordance with the principles set out in Managing Public Money and the Treasury handbook on Regularity and Propriety.

Departmental Pay

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland how much was claimed in reimbursable expenses by press officers in his Department in 2008-09.

Ann McKechin: The total amount of reimbursable expenses claimed by press officers in the Scotland Office in 2008-09 was 633.

Departmental Statistics

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for Scotland what proportion of the statistical datasets collected by his Department are published.

Ann McKechin: The Scotland Office holds one dataset onlythe Scottish Parliament sub-constituency results data from the 2007 electionswhich has been published on the Scotland Office website.

Departmental Pay

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport how much was claimed in reimbursable expenses by press officers in his Department and its agency in 2008-09.

Si�n Simon: The amount of reimbursable expenses claimed in 2008-09 by press officers in the Department was 33,894.29.
	The amount of reimbursable expenses claimed in 2008-09 by press officers in the Department's agency, The Royal Parks, was 267.07.

UK Film Council

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for Culture, Media and Sport what recent assessment he has made of the performance of the Film Council in promoting the British film industry.

Si�n Simon: The UK Film Council consistently demonstrates its success in promoting the British film industry. Through production funding it helps support new filmmakers and new British films. Its exhibition funding ensures a wider choice of films to audiences throughout the UK. The UK Film Council also invests in training, promoting Britain as an international filmmaking location and in raising the profile of British films abroad. They have also demonstrated great success in securing inward investment to the UK with spend value at 436 million for the first half of 2009.
	Examples of films recently supported by the Film Council include In The Loop, Jane Campion's Bright Star and Dorian Gray. Also, following the phenomenal success of Slumdog Millionaire the UK Film Council Export Development Unit will bring the best of recent British independent film to cinemas across southern India next year (26 February to 11 March 2010).

Departmental Pay

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for Wales how much was claimed in reimbursable expenses by press officers in his Department in 2008-09.

Peter Hain: The Wales Office is based over two sites in London and Cardiff. A limited number of staff are required to work in both London and Cardiff and some staff are on detached duty from the Welsh Assembly Government whereby their accommodation expenses while staying in London are reimbursed in addition to the travel expenses incurred while on official business.
	In 2008-09 press officers in my Department claimed 38,827 in such reimbursable expenses.

Devolution

Alun Michael: To ask the Secretary of State for Wales what proposals before Parliament involving  (a) primary and  (b) secondary legislation contain framework powers for Wales; and if he will make a statement.

Peter Hain: Powers are transferred to the National Assembly for Wales via framework powers in UK Acts of Parliament and through Orders in Council (Legislative Competence Orders).
	Three Bills currently before Parliament include framework powersthe Constitutional Reform and Governance Bill, the Marine and Coastal Access Bill and the Local Democracy, Economic Development and Construction Bill.
	One draft Legislative Competence Order (LCO), on the Welsh Language, is currently before Parliament for approval. Four proposed LCOs are currently subject to pre-legislative scrutiny in Parliament. These cover domestic fire sprinklers, culture, local government and school governance. A further two proposed LCOs, on the environment and mental health, have recently completed pre-legislative scrutiny.

Devolution: Publications

Alun Michael: To ask the Secretary of State for Wales what the most recent published and electronic information which lists those powers which have been transferred to the National Assembly for Wales.

Peter Hain: Schedule 5 to the Government of Wales Act 2006 lists those powers which have been transferred to the National Assembly for Wales. The latest version of schedule 5 is set out on the National Assembly for Wales's website at:
	http://www.assemblywales.org/bus-home/bus-legislation/bus-legislation-guidance/bus-legislation-guidance-documents/legislation_fields/schedule-5.htm
	This page can also be accessed via the Wales Office website.
	I have placed a copy of the current schedule 5 in the Members Library.

Afghanistan: Peacekeeping Operations

John Hemming: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the political objectives are of the Government's military strategy in Afghanistan; and on what evidential basis the Government evaluate the effectiveness of that strategy in achieving those objectives.

Bob Ainsworth: The document UK policy in Afghanistan and Pakistan: the way forward published by the Prime Minister in April sets out HM Government's political objectives in Afghanistan. It can be found at the following link:
	http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/media/204173/afghanistan_pakistan.pdf
	As the Prime Minister said in his recent speech, our progress is not measured in enemies killed, or battles wonit must be measured in the progress made each season in improving the quality of life of Afghan citizens, the quality of governance, and the capability of the Afghans to protect themselvesas we slowly but surely make it more and more difficult for the Taliban and al-Qaeda to rebuild their base in Afghanistan and the wider region.

Afghanistan: Peacekeeping Operations

Willie Rennie: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the average tour interval for each unit deployed in Afghanistan has been in the last 12 months.

Bill Rammell: The following table shows the operational tour details for each unit deployed to Afghanistan in the last 12 months, as 11 November 2009, and the date of their previous deployment to illustrate their tour intervals.
	
		
			  Infantry 
			   Latest i nformation  Previous i nformation 
			  Unit deployed  End date  Last operational deployment (as a unit)  Start date  Previous operational deployment (as a unit)  End date  Last unit tour interval (months) 
			 l(st) Battalion Grenadier Guards  Afghanistan October 2009 Afghanistan October 2007 24 
			 l(st) Battalion Coldstream Guards  Afghanistan October 2009 Afghanistan March 2007 30 
			 l(st) Battalion Welsh Guards October 2009 Afghanistan April 2009 Balkans April 2007 24 
			 3(rd) Battalion The Royal Regiment of Scotland October 2009 Afghanistan April 2009 Iraq January 2005 51 
			 2(nd) Battalion The Royal Regiment of Fusiliers October 2009 Afghanistan April 2009 Northern Ireland November 2003 64 
			 3(rd) Battalion The Yorkshire Regiment(1)  Afghanistan October 2009 Iraq May 2005 52 
			 l(st) Battalion The Royal Welsh  Afghanistan October 2009 Cyprus April 2008 18 
			 2(nd) Battalion The Royal Welsh(2)  Afghanistan October 2009 Iraq November 2007 23 
			 2(nd) Battalion The Mercian Regiment October 2009 Afghanistan April 2009 Afghanistan November 2007 17 
			 l(st) Battalion The Rifles(3) March 2009 Afghanistan October 2008 Iraq November 2006 23 
			 2(nd) Battalion The Rifles October 2009 Afghanistan April 2009 Iraq May 2007 23 
			 3rd) Battalion The Rifles  Afghanistan October 2009 Iraq February 2007 31 
			 4(th) Battalion The Rifles October 2009 Afghanistan April 2009 Iraq November 2007 17 
			 2(nd) Battalion The Royal Gurkha Regiment April 2009 Afghanistan October 2008 Afghanistan October 2005 36 
			 (1) 3 Yorks have elements of the Battalion deploying on HERRICK 10 and HERRICK 11. (2) Royal Welsh have elements of the Battalion deployed on HERRICK 10 and HERRICK 11 and are due to deploy a further element on HERRICK 13. (3) 1 RGBW and 1 DDLI amalgamated in March 2007 to form 1 RIFLES. 1 RIFLES has deployed for the first time as a formed unit in October 2008 on Herrick 9. 
		
	
	
		
			  Royal Armoured Corps 
			  Unit deployed  End date  Last operational deployment (as a unit)  Start date  Previous operational deployment (as a unit)  End date  Last unit tour interval (months) 
			 HCR April 2008 Afghanistan October 2007 Iraq October 2004 36 
			 QDG April 2009 Afghanistan October 2008 Iraq November 2006 23 
			 LD October 2009 Afghanistan April 2009 Afghanistan October 2007 18 
			 2 RTR October 2009 Afghanistan April 2009 Iraq August 2003 67 
		
	
	
		
			  Royal Artillery (6) 
			   End date  Last operational deployment (as a unit)  Start date  Previous operational deployment (as a unit)  End date  Last unit tour interval (months) 
			 1 RHA  Afghanistan October 2009 Iraq December 2007 21 
			 7 PARA RHA October 2008 Afghanistan April 2008 Afghanistan October 2006 18 
			 29 Cdo Regt RA April 2009 Afghanistan October 2008 Afghanistan April 2007 18 
			 40 Regt RA October 2009 Afghanistan April 2009 Iraq May 2007 23 
		
	
	'Unit' is defined as any regiment deploying with a regimental headquarters and more than two sub units and 'deployment' as any unit deploying for four months or more.
	The Army's Harmony Guidelines recommend that Army units achieve 24 months between each six-month operational tour. While there are necessary exceptions for certain trades and units, the situation continues to improve and we are generally succeeding in this aim.

Air Force: Aircraft

Liam Fox: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many RAF aircraft of each type are  (a) in service,  (b) in the forward fleet and  (c) fit for purpose.

Bill Rammell: I will write to the hon. Member with the information requested shortly.

Air Force: Finance

Gerald Howarth: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what amount of in-year savings he expects the Royal Air Force to achieve in 2009-10; and in which principal areas.

Kevan Jones: The Air Command Top Level Budget has implemented savings worth some 14 million to contain in-year expenditure within its budgetary allocation for 2009-10. Savings have been made in the marketing and service personnel areas, and by adjusting activity levels, including exercises. Other measures affecting the RAF have been taken in defence equipment and support, where expenditure of some 30 million has, in the main, been deferred into next year. Further savings measures may yet need to be taken. None of the measures will affect support to operations in Afghanistan.

Armed Forces: Coroners

Joan Humble: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence on which occasions his Department was legally represented at inquest proceedings in  (a) 2006,  (b) 2007 and  (c) 2008; and what the cost to his Department was on each occasion.

Kevan Jones: The information requested for 2008 is provided in the following table:
	
		
			   Name  Date inquest convened  Cost  () 
			 1. Ranger S Shilliday 22 January 2008 23,530.35 
			 
			 2. Lance Corporal PB Muirhead 25 January 2008 3671.80 
			  Ranger A Draiva   
			 
			 3. Private AB Cutts(1) 25 January 2008 539.81 
			 
			 4. Mr. Bradley 28 January 2008 14,077.48 
			  Mr. Green   
			  Mr. Evans   
			  Mr. Meirs   
			  Mr. Buckley   
			 
			 5. Sergeant JS Hollingsworth 1 October 2008 12,198.91 
			 6. Captain J Philippson 15 February 2008 3911.41 
			 7. Lieutenant E Douglas 25 February 2008 59,479.57 
			 
			 8. Captain D Patten 27 February 2008 7,447.23 
			  Sergeant P Bartlett   
			 
			 9. Lance Corporal M Jones RM 18 March 2008 7,794.11 
			 10. Marine TG Curry 27 March 2008 3,655.21 
			 
			 11. Gunner SR Wright 18 April 2008 5,477.51 
			  Gunner S Vanua   
			 
			 12. Ellen Paddock 22 April 2008 23,934.04 
			 13. Marine RJ Watson 2 May 2008 3,096.78 
			 
			 14. Nimrod 6 May 2008 102,336.84 
			  Flight Lieutenant S Johnson   
			  Flight Lieutenant L Mitchelmore   
			  Flight Lieutenant GR Nicholas   
			  Flight Lieutenant J Squires   
			  Flight Lieutenant S Swarbrick   
			  Flight Sergeant GW Andrews   
			  Flight Sergeant S Beattie   
			  Flight Sergeant GM Bell   
			  Flight Sergeant A Davies   
			  Sergeant BJ Knight   
			  Sergeant JJ Langton   
			  Sergeant GP Quilliam   
			  Corporal OS Dicketts   
			  Marine JD Windall   
			 
			 15. Lieutenant R Palmer 6 May 2008 8,463.37 
			 16. Corporal DW Bonner 2 June 2008 2,118.71 
			 17. Private T Rawson 2 June 2008 808.17 
			 18. Marine G Wright 27 June 2008 3,748.51 
			 
			 19. Lance Bombardier R Clark 18 July 2008 2,312.66 
			  Lance Bombardier L McLaughlin   
			 
			 20. Lance Corporal D McGregor 12 August 2008 33,081.68 
			 21. Captain J McDermid 12 September 2008 5,215.68 
			 22. Lance Corporal B Young 4 September 2008 15,173.98 
			 23. Mr J Garnons-Williams 22 September 2008 24,590.68 
			 24. Lance Bombardier JE Dwyer 26 September 2008 3690.52 
			 
			 25. Hercules 30 September 2008 236,140.34 
			  Squadron Leader P Marshall   
			  Flight Lieutenant DK Stead   
			  Flight Lieutenant A Smith   
			  Flight Lieutenant P Pardoel   
			  Master Engineer G Nicholson   
			  Chief Technician R Brown   
			  Flight Sergeant M Gibson   
			  Sergeant R O'Connor   
			  Corporal D Williams   
			  Lance Corporal S Jones   
			 
			 26. Corporal M Wright 6 October 2008 74,002.81 
			 27. Private D Jackson 9 October 2008 708.77 
			 28. Sergeant M A Stansfield 3 November 2008 6,392.22 
			 29. Private A J Borketas 17 November 2008 31,841.25 
			 30. Private K Thompson 26 November 2008 8574.90 
			 
			 31. Colour Sergeant M Powell 2 December 2008 44,307.26 
			  Sergeant M McLaren   
			 
			 32. Lance Corporal M Ford 4 December 2008 20,477.27 
			  Total  792,799.83 
			 (1) Inquest halted by coroner in September 2007 when further evidence of incident emerged from witness: reconvened on 25 January 2008. 
		
	
	The cases in the table are those where the inquest completed in 2008, although the expenditure may have been spread over a number of years. The figure represents all costs associated with the inquest, including disbursements and VAT.
	I provided the information sought for 2006 and 2007 in a written answer on 29 February 2008,  Official Report, column 2002W. Regrettably, in constructing this answer it has come to light that the information provided previously was inaccurate. I will write with the correct information once it is available.

Armed Forces: Housing

Willie Rennie: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer of 27 October 2009,  Official Report, column 234W, on armed forces: housing, what cost was incurred in each region.

Kevan Jones: The following tables list the location, number and total monthly rent of all Substitute Service Family Accommodation and Substitute Service Single Accommodation properties.
	
		
			  Substitute service family accommodation 
			  Location  Number of properties  Total monthly rent () 
			 Aberdeen 2 2,900.00 
			 Birmingham 109 118,327.09 
			 Bath 22 36,420.40 
			 Blackburn 5 2,881.30 
			 Bradford 1 1,200.00 
			 Bournemouth 29 32,346.42 
			 Bolton 8 5,770.00 
			 Brighton 4 6,156.00 
			 Bromley 1 2,605.00 
			 Bristol 13 13,781.55 
			 Carlisle 4 2,870.00 
			 Cambridge 20 22,606.50 
			 Cardiff 13 12,031.63 
			 Chester 7 6,148.20 
			 Chelmsford 9 10,542.40 
			 Colchester 2 1,630.00 
			 Croydon 3 2,735.00 
			 Canterbury 4 3,825.00 
			 Coventry 24 20,551.36 
			 Crewe 1 2,250.00 
			 Dundee 3 3,341.55 
			 Derby 2 1,470.00 
			 Dumfries 2 1,975.00 
			 Durham 5 3,335.00 
			 Darlington 34 24,386.99 
			 Doncaster 3 2,156.65 
			 Dorchester 29 28,468.93 
			 Dudley 2 3,395.00 
			 London E 3 5,965.41 
			 Exeter 26 22,440.98 
			 Falkirk 11 11,307.20 
			 Glasgow 8 9,285.00 
			 Gloucester 10 10,429.19 
			 Guildford 18 25,722.87 
			 Harrow 17 35,389.12 
			 Huddersfield 2 1,328.55 
			 Harrogate 1 1,195.00 
			 Hemel Hempstead 128 246,264.94 
			 Hereford 96 74,163.56 
			 Hull 9 7,909.18 
			 Halifax 4 3,150.00 
			 Ipswich 9 8,841.15 
			 Kilmarnock 3 2,925.00 
			 Kensington upon Thames 5 14,115.00 
			 Liverpool 18 18,145.00 
			 Lancaster 14 10,404.36 
			 Lanrindodd Wells 2 1,330.00 
			 Leicester 7 6,370.00 
			 Llandudno 12 9,615.15 
			 Leeds 8 7,410.00 
			 Luton 5 7,531.80 
			 Manchester 4 3,510.00 
			 Milton Keynes 10 11,009.70 
			 London N 3 5,658.33 
			 Newcastle 5 5,656.50 
			 Nottingham 55 41,133.83 
			 Newport 9 8,107.00 
			 London NW 5 10,493.16 
			 Oldham 4 3,070.00 
			 Oxford 179 211,953.44 
			 Paisley 2 1,588.75 
			 Peterborough 3 4,825.00 
			 Plymouth 94 72,626.78 
			 Portsmouth 18 24,922.00 
			 Preston 10 7,190.70 
			 Reading 4 5,900.00 
			 Redhill 1 1,425.00 
			 Sheffield 11 9,245.00 
			 Swansea 15 11,119.55 
			 London SE 5 10,726.67 
			 Stevenage 3 4,745.00 
			 Stockport 7 6,155.41 
			 Slough 21 50,167.83 
			 Sutton 1 3,225.00 
			 Swindon 24 24,187.80 
			 Southampton 71 70,741.11 
			 Salisbury 56 78,263.49 
			 Sunderland 2 1,628.70 
			 Southend on Sea 1 875.00 
			 Stock on Trent 4 3,025.00 
			 London SW 12 34,816.24 
			 Shrewsbury 6 7,218.00 
			 Taunton 18 14,791.10 
			 Berwick upon Tweed 3 1,820.00 
			 Tonbridge 6 10,800.75 
			 Torquay 3 3,220.00 
			 Truro 32 29,435.89 
			 Middlesbrough 17 15,753.45 
			 Twickenham 3 7,409.45 
			 Uxbridge 4 8,125.00 
			 London W 12 34,093.30 
			 Warrington 4 3,065.75 
			 Watford 3 6,150.00 
			 Wakefield 1 853.00 
			 Wigan 1 800.00 
			 Worcester 5 6,270.00 
			 Walsall 1 1,063.70 
			 Wolverhampton 2 2,370.00 
			 York 25 21,445.50 
			 Shetland Islands 1 1,150.00 
			 Total 1,563 1,821,172.31 
		
	
	
		
			  Substitute service single accommodation 
			  Location  Number of properties  Total monthly rent () 
			 Aberdeen 17 10,022.25 
			 Bath 169 121,030.79 
			 Belfast 3 1,595.00 
			 Berwick upon Tweed 2 1,070.00 
			 Birmingham 271 185,421.87 
			 Blackburn 6 3,615.00 
			 Blackpool 60 38,020.12 
			 Bolton 17 8,336.06 
			 Bournemouth 9 6,345.00 
			 Bradford 2 1,165.00 
			 Brighton 19 14,254.25 
			 Bristol 437 295,682.26 
			 Bromley 7 7,212.75 
			 Cambridge 45 29,211.04 
			 Canterbury 31 20,398.47 
			 Cardiff 52 31,270.55 
			 Carlisle 24 11,224.86 
			 Chelmsford 8 5,515.62 
			 Chester 36 24,177.16 
			 Colchester 132 60,325.87 
			 Coventry 30 17,731.21 
			 Crewe 3 1,640.00 
			 Croydon 9 6,521.08 
			 Darlington 87 45,301.61 
			 Dartford 3 2,966.05 
			 Derby 5 3,305.00 
			 Doncaster 8 4,144.68 
			 Dorchester 10 6,442.25 
			 Dudley 2 1,529.90 
			 Dumfries 3 1,525.00 
			 Dundee 29 17,337.51 
			 Durham 4 2,350.00 
			 Edinburgh 69 44,926.28 
			 Enfield 2 2,000.00 
			 Exeter 36 20,815.76 
			 Falkirk 24 12,645.55 
			 Glasgow 235 144,580.99 
			 Gloucester 39 26,610.42 
			 Guildford 168 123,113.84 
			 Halifax 2 1,147.00 
			 Harrow 11 8,208.95 
			 Harrrogate 13 7,802.12 
			 Hemel Hempstead 4 2,896.12 
			 Hereford 146 91,118.16 
			 Huddersfield 2 1,052.33 
			 Hull 82 39,146.00 
			 Ilford 6 4,948.21 
			 Inverness 18 9,184.99 
			 Ipswich 87 41,721.34 
			 Kensington upon Thames 16 15,998.97 
			 Kilmarnock 39 21,400.98 
			 Kirkcaldy 8 4,710.45 
			 Kirkwall 3 1,478.59 
			 Lancaster 151 72,118.04 
			 Lanrindodd Wells 34 16,896.87 
			 Leeds 35 20,253.45 
			 Leicester 24 17,165.98 
			 Lincoln 1 527.50 
			 Liverpool 72 42,547.89 
			 Llandudno 42 23,756.42 
			 London E 214 219,114.09 
			 London EC 10 9,767.08 
			 London N 32 31,521.49 
			 London NW 64 76,611.62 
			 London SE 180 202,879.37 
			 London SW 470 563,050.99 
			 London W 72 83,211.80 
			 London WC 1 1,516.67 
			 Luton 17 10,190.00 
			 Manchester 43 27,277.95 
			 Medway 5 3,528.33 
			 Middlesbrough 19 11,192.00 
			 Milton Keynes 33 35,142.92 
			 Motherwell 2 1,140.00 
			 Newcastle 92 56,265.03 
			 Newport 46 27,281.08 
			 Northampton 1 525.00 
			 Norwich 7 4,218.00 
			 Nottingham 26 15,478.10 
			 Oldham 3 1,924.30 
			 Oxford 28 23,238.08 
			 Paisley 7 4,114.75 
			 Perth 14 8,135.24 
			 Peterborough 9 4,960.00 
			 Plymouth 31 15,337.63 
			 Portsmouth 57 40,144.18 
			 Preston 47 28,589.76 
			 Reading 17 13,283.12 
			 Redhill 10 7,300.45 
			 Romford 6 4,666.55 
			 Salisbury 122 80,003.81 
			 Sheffield 38 21,537.17 
			 Shrewsbury 7 4,417.50 
			 Slough 23 21,029.65 
			 Southampton 26 18,255.03 
			 Southend on Sea 3 1,842.00 
			 Stevenage 6 2,805.84 
			 Stock on Trent 13 7,522.30 
			 Stockport 4 2,710.00 
			 Sunderland 4 2,370.00 
			 Sutton 2 1,438.70 
			 Swansea 18 10,967.60 
			 Swindon 86 56,431.64 
			 Taunton 14 8,444.36 
			 Telford 8 3,935.00 
			 Tonbridge 47 31,413.24 
			 Torquay 2 1,310.00 
			 Truro 16 9,605.87 
			 Twickenham 63 64,573.15 
			 Uxbridge 1 775.00 
			 Wakefield 15 7,325.52 
			 Walsall 7 4,891.05 
			 Warrington 23 14,062.70 
			 Watford 5 3,875.00 
			 Wigan 3 1,875.00 
			 Wolverhampton 4 2,491.65 
			 Worcester 7 3,298.96 
			 York 61 42,257.77 
			 Total 5,100 3,768,532.50

Armed Forces: Housing

Willie Rennie: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how much his Department spent on  (a) Substitute Single Service Accommodation and  (b) Single Living Accommodation in each region in each year since 2004.

Kevan Jones: For details of the current monthly expenditure on substitute single service accommodation (SSSA) broken down by region, I refer the hon. Member to the answer I have given him today.
	Details of the actual amounts spent in each year by region on SSSA and SLA are not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
	However, the following total amounts were spent on SSSA in each year since 2004:
	
		
			   Expenditure ( millions) 
			 2004 32.9 
			 2005 36.8 
			 2006 40.5 
			 2007 44.5 
			 2008 50.9

Armed Forces: Training

Liam Fox: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer of 23 June 2009,  Official Report, column 743W, on armed forces: training, what the percentage shortfall of  (a) night vision goggles and  (b) body armour used for pre-deployment training was in the latest period for which figures are available.

Bill Rammell: Our priority is to get new equipment to the front line as quickly as possible for use by personnel facing the greatest risk. However, we also look to ensure that sufficient new equipment is provided for troops during pre-deployment training. All new urgent operational business cases now include a clear requirement that sufficient quantities of equipment are procured and delivered for training before they are deployed operationally.
	The last period for which figures are available was the Mission Rehearsal Exercise (MRX) for 11 (Light) Brigade in July 2009. Body armour was available to all those taking part in the exercise. Theatre Entry Standard 'Osprey' body armour was prioritised to those whose roles take them out of base locationsapproximately two thirds of the total force. Theatre Entry Standard Osprey was available at pre-deployment training to 45 per cent. of these troops. The availability in theatre is 100 per cent. for those who deploy outside of base locations. 1,000 additional sets of Osprey will have been delivered for training by the time of the MRX for the next brigade to deploy to Afghanistan.
	This will result in an availability rate of 62 per cent. for those whose roles take them out of base locations and will continue to rise as industry delivers. By sharing equipment, all troops have an opportunity to train on theatre entry standard Osprey prior to deployment. The inventory of night vision devices covers a range of equipment including weapon sights. For some of these deliveries are not yet complete. For the 11 (Light) Brigade MRX, availability ranged from 100 per cent. to 12 per cent. Priority was given to those who will be required to use it most in theatre and all will have been trained in the use of night vision devices in theatre. As with Osprey, additional equipment is being constantly delivered to ensure UK forces have the best equipment available and there will be improved availability in time for the MRX for the next brigade to deploy.

Armed Forces: Uniforms

Willie Rennie: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how much his Department spent on replacing the ceremonial uniforms of  (a) the Grenadier Guards,  (b) the Coldstream Guards,  (c) the Scots Guards,  (d) the Irish Guards and  (e) the Welsh Guards in each of the last five years.

Quentin Davies: The annual expenditure for ceremonial uniforms for each of the listed Guard's Regiments in the last five financial years is provided in the following table. These figures include expenditure on hats, boots, belts, jackets, trousers and gloves.
	
		
			m illion 
			  Guard Regiment  FY 2004-05  FY 2005-06  FY 2006-07  FY 2007-08  FY 2008-09 
			 Grenadier Guards 0.154 0.038 0.170 0.349 0.282 
			 Coldstream Guards 0.056 0.151 0.290 0.146 0.188 
			 Scots Guards 0.045 0.028 0.172 0.069 0.185 
			 Irish Guards 0.330 0.033 0.172 0.114 0.872 
			 Welsh Guards 0.011 0.129 0.163 0.109 0.086

Armoured Fighting Vehicles

Liam Fox: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what the  (a) required and  (b) actual level of spare part availability is for each (i) armoured vehicle type and (ii) aircraft type in the armed forces (A) overall and (B) in Afghanistan.

Quentin Davies: The information for armoured vehicles is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
	Information on spares availability for rotary-wing aircraft is not held in the form requested and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
	The required level of spares for fixed-wing aircraft is included in contractual agreements with industry or is set by the Front Line Command. The achieved level of available spares is measured as part of these agreements.
	The following information for the required and achieved level of spares for each fixed-wing aircraft fleet is provided as at September 2009 unless otherwise stated. The level of spares for operational deployments to Afghanistan is not recorded separately unless otherwise stated.
	
		
			  Fixed Wing Aircraft 
			  Aircraft  Requirement (1)  Achieved( 1) 
			 Typhoon Provided under an aircraft availability contract with industry  
			 Tornado GR4(2)   
			 Tornado F3   
			 Harrier GR7/GR9/T10/T12 90 per cent. of spares to be delivered within the required delivery date. 94 per cent. 
			 Nimrod MR2/Rl Provided under an aircraft availability contract with industry  
			 Tristar 85 per cent. 82 per cent. 
			 VC10 80 per cent. 91 per cent. 
			 Sentry Provided under an aircraft availability contract with industry(3)  
			 Sentinel 75, 95 and 95 per cent. of spares(4) to be delivered within the required delivery date 83, 100 and 97(5) per cent. 
			 Hercules C-130J/K Provided under an aircraft availability contract with industry  
			 C-17   
			 BAE 146 Spares availability is not measured(6)  
			 BAE 125   
			 Dominie Spares availability is not measured  
			 Hawk T1/T2 Provided under an aircraft availability contract with industry  
			 Tucano   
			 Jetstream Spares availability is not measured  
			 Vigilant Glider   
			 Viking Glider   
			 Islander and Defender 80 per cent. 66 per cent. 
			 (1) Percentage figures have been rounded to the nearest whole per cent. (2) The actual deployed level of spares in Afghanistan on 1 September 2009 was 99 per cent. (3) This corrects an earlier answer I gave on 27 January 2009,  Official Report, columns 310-12W. (4) 75 per cent. figure is for mission non-critical spares, 95 per cent. is for mission critical spares and 95 per cent. is for consumables. (5) This was for the period July to September 2009. (6) These aircraft are military derivatives of civil aircraft. Spare parts are procured on a 'just-in-time' basis from the civil market to supplement minimum stock holdings held at the main and forward operating bases.

Defence Estates: Sales

Willie Rennie: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what his most recent estimate is of the amount raised by the sale of Defence Estates stock in each of the last five years.

Kevan Jones: Defence estates is the Ministry of Defence (MOD) organisation responsible for the disposal of the Department's surplus sites. The total accrued receipts from MOD land and property sold in each of the last five financial years is provided in the following table:
	
		
			  Financial year  Total receipts ( millions) 
			 2004-05 212 
			 2005-06 258 
			 2006-07 394 
			 2007-08 1,100 
			 2008-09 110 
		
	
	It is not possible to break these figures down by type of property sold without incurring disproportionate cost and effort.

Defence Estates: West Sussex

Nicholas Soames: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence what information his Department holds on the Defence Estate in West Sussex.

Kevan Jones: The Department, both centrally and at a local level, maintains a wide variety of information on the Defence estate, including that in West Sussex. This includes databases of land and property owned and disposed of, environmental information (such as land quality assessments) and site maps.
	Current Ministry of Defence sites in West Sussex are:
	Arun Valley Army Training Centre (ATC)
	Baker Barracks, Thorney Island
	Barnet Territorial Army Centre (TAC)
	Bognor Joint Cadet Centre
	Building at Pease Pottage (Met Office)
	Burgess Hill ATC
	Chichester Army Careers Information Office
	Chichester Cadet Centre
	Crawley ATC
	Crawley TAC
	East Grinstead ATC
	Government Pipeline and Storage SystemChichester Depot
	Grave Snell Hatch Cemetery
	Haywards Heath Cadet Centre
	Horsham Cadet Centre
	Hurstpierpoint (Army Cadet ForceACF)
	Littlehampton (ACF)
	New Barnet Army Training Centre (ATC)
	Plot at Clymping Cemetery
	Semi-Automated Observation Site (Met Office)
	Shoreham Cadet Centre
	Steyning Joint Cadet Centre
	Storrington ATC
	Thorney Island TAC
	Worthing ATC
	Worthing TAC
	There are in addition a number of combined cadet forces facilities connected with colleges or schools in the area.

Defence Medical Services

Nick Harvey: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how many agency staff of each speciality have been employed in the Defence Medical Services in each of the last five years; and what expenditure was incurred on such staff in each year.

Kevan Jones: Where a particular cadre or specialism is in short supply within the regular and reserve staff of the Defence Medical Services, a limited number of civilian locums may be employed to provide essential support to deployed operations. These are known as Contractors on Deployed Operations (CONDOs), and the following table lists the numbers employed and the costs for the last five years. Individual CONDOs are not deployed for the full financial yeara typical deployment period would be from around six weeks for nurses to three months for neurosurgeons and pharmacists.
	In the table provided, ITU stands for intensive treatment unit and EN for emergency nurse.
	
		
			  Financial year  Specialism  Operation  Number of individuals employed as civilian locums  Cost ( million) 
			 April 2004-March 2005 ITU and EN Telic (Iraq) 50 1 
			 April 2005-March 2006 ITU and EN Telic 50 1.1 
			 April 2006-March 2007 ITU and EN Telic 54 1.155 
			 April 2007-March 2008 ITU and EN Telic 38 0.565 
			  ITU and EN Herrick (Afghanistan) 15 0.458 
			  Neurosurgeon Herrick 1 0.154 
			 April 2008-March 2009 ITU and EN Herrick 31 1.760 
			  Neurosurgeon Herrick 3 0.520 
			  Pharmacist Herrick 1 0.060 
			 April 2009-August 2009 ITU and EN Herrick 21 0.570 
			  Paediatric nurse Herrick 2 0.080 
			  Pharmacist Herrick 1 0.010 
			  Neurosurgeon Herrick 2 0.130 
		
	
	Medical locums are also employed to cover military posts in the UK when cover is required, for example when personnel deploy on operations. Their employment is arranged locally by the units for which it is required, and managed from within local budgets. Comprehensive data for the last five years from all such units are not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Defence: Research

Gerald Howarth: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Lancaster and Wyre of 1 September 2009,  Official Report, column 1799W, on defence: research, what research programmes will be  (a) cancelled and  (b) reduced in scale as a result of the reduction in planned science innovation and technology expenditure in 2010-11.

Quentin Davies: The scope of future research programmes in the following areas: Maritime, Land, Air, Weapons, C4ISTAR and ballistic missile defence will be reduced compared to previous plans, as a consequence of the reduction in research expenditure.
	There are no plans to cancel existing contracts.

Hotels: Expenditure

Oliver Heald: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence how much his Department spent on hotel bills in 2008-09.

Kevan Jones: We spent some 50 million on hotel bills in 2008-09. This figure represents the expenditure incurred through the central Defence Hotel Reservation Service, through which the majority of the MOD's hotel bookings are increasingly being made.
	Included in this figure is expenditure by both military and civilian staff in the Department, the Defence Agencies and the Defence Support Group Trading Fund. Excluded is expenditure by our other trading funds and our advisory non-departmental bodies, which do not use the central contract. Also excluded is expenditure incurred outside the Defence Hotel Reservation Service; for example, where the costs of accommodation are included in a residential training package or where overnight accommodation is arranged at the last minute.

Navy: Casualties

Andrew Rosindell: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence 
	(1)  how many Royal Navy personnel have been injured whilst taking part in operations in the  (a) Indian Ocean,  (b) Atlantic and  (c) Pacific in the last two years;
	(2)  how many Royal Navy personnel have been injured whilst taking part in Operation Active Endeavour in the last two years.

Kevan Jones: Between 1 October 2007 and 30 September 2009 there have been two seriously injured Royal Navy personnel while taking part in operations in the Indian Ocean, including one seriously injured Royal Navy personnel injured on Operation Telic. No seriously injured Royal Navy personnel injured on operations in the Atlantic ocean and no seriously injured Royal Navy personnel injured in the Pacific ocean.
	Between 1 October 2007 and 30 September 2009 there have been two seriously injured Royal Navy personnel while taking part on Operation Active Endeavour.
	These data include those listed as very seriously injured and seriously injured as reported through the notification of casualties reporting system. Individuals have been included if they have been injured while assigned to a ship whilst taking part in operations in the Indian ocean (including those injured within the joint area of operation for Op. Telic), Atlantic or the Pacific, or on Operation Active Endeavour.

Nuclear Submarines: Decommissioning

Adam Ingram: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence pursuant to the answer of 26 October 2009,  Official Report, column 41W, on nuclear submarines: decommissioning, whether the Scottish Executive has accepted the invitation to participate in the initial scoping phase of the Strategic Environmental Assessment for the Submarine Dismantling Project; and when the scoping phase is due to commence.

Quentin Davies: The Scottish Executive has accepted this invitation.
	The initial scoping phase is due to commence following a period of engagement with elected representatives in areas with sites that have the potential to undertake Submarine Dismantling Project activities. The precise date, however, has yet to be determined.

Territorial Army

Bill Wiggin: To ask the Secretary of State for Defence 
	(1)  how much of the 20 million allocated to the Territorial Army has been spent;
	(2)  what recent orders have been issued to Territorial Army commanders on training and training costs;
	(3)  when Territorial Army commanders will be permitted to resume training;
	(4)  what timetable has been set for the disbursement to Territorial Army (TA) units of the 20 million allocated for the TA.

Kevan Jones: On 2 November 2009, orders were issued providing direction to restore most of the activity that had previously been identified as unaffordable. Commanders have been given discretion to reinstate activity within the context of this guidance as soon as they are able. The guidance directs commanders to focus training activity on those TA personnel earmarked for operations and to undertake limited training activity to ensure continuity of service for those not deploying immediately on operations.
	It is not possible to confirm how much of the 20 million allocated to the Territorial Army (TA) has already been spent. An initial dispersal has already been made to the regional divisions. The remaining funds will be dispersed at intervals throughout the financial year.

Alcoholic Drinks/Drugs: Brighton and Hove

Celia Barlow: To ask the Secretary of State for Health how much funding has been allocated to services for youths with alcohol or drug dependency in  (a) the city of Brighton and Hove and  (b) Hove constituency.

Gillian Merron: Funding is allocated by local drug partnership areas (coterminous with local authorities), not constituency. From 2010-11 funding for specialist substance misuse services for young people will be allocated using a new formula, the Child Welfare Index (CWI), to reflect more accurately the levels of need among under-18s. This mirrors a change to the formula for adult drug treatment funding in 2008-09 to ensure that money was directly linked to the provision of effective treatment. The overall young people's budget will increase from 24.7 million in 2009-10 to 25.4 million in 2010-11.
	The full formula comes into effect in 2011-12 but in 2010-11 it is being staged in order to give partnerships time to adapt and prevent disruption to the provision of services. So those partnerships that stand to lose will have their losses restricted to 25 per cent. of the full reduction, and those which stand to gain will have the increase capped. This process is reflected in the figures for Brighton and Hove local partnership in the following table.
	
		
			  Brighton and Hove local drug partnership funding allocations 
			   Funding allocations 
			 2009-10 theoretical allocation based on CWI formula () 132,890 
			 2009-10 actual allocation () 191,739 
			 Staged 2010-11 allocation () 177,027 
			 Difference between 2010-11 and current allocation () -14,712 
			 2010-11 allocation as proportion of current allocation (percentage) 92 
			 2011-12 allocation () 136,656 
			 Difference between 2011-12 and current allocation () -55,083 
			 2011-12 allocation as proportion of current allocation (percentage) 71 
		
	
	The cost of alcohol treatment is met through national health service mainstream expenditure in line with local needs and priorities, and data on NHS spend on alcohol treatment is not collected centrally.

Anaemia

Paul Burstow: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what recent estimate he has made of the incidence of pernicious anaemia; and if he will make a statement.

Ann Keen: The Department does not itself compile any quantitative data on incidence of pernicious anaemia, as this condition is generally treated by general practitioners at primary care level. Some data is available from the General Practice Research Database which contains longitudinal medical records from primary care practices accounting for approximately 5 per cent. of the United Kingdom population. On this basis, it is estimated that there were approximately 14,700 incident cases of pernicious anaemia in the UK in 2008.

Burns: Health Services

Louise Ellman: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what representations he has received on proposals for a regional super burns unit in the North West; and if he will make a statement.

Ann Keen: Since the recommendations of the National Burn Care Review were accepted as a national framework for local implementation, a number of representations have been made to the Department with regard to the proposals for the North of England. The details of these are available only at disproportionate cost. The most recent representation was made by a delegation of North West MPs (Derek Twigg, Dave Watts, Louise Ellman, Peter Kilfoyle, Eddie O'Hara, George Howarth) to my right hon. Friend, the Secretary of State, at a meeting on 24 June 2009.
	The North West Strategic Health Authority (SHA), as lead SHA, is currently reviewing the recommendations of the Northern Burn Care Review as part of the service change assurance process. On 11 November 2009 the North West SHA released a statement on the current position and a copy has been placed in the Library. We are aware of the strong feelings on Merseyside about the future of burns services. In any debate about the future of burns care, it is important that successful services are not destabilised. The North West Strategic Health Authority have given their view that there is no compelling evidence to make the case for change.

Care Homes: Standards

Greg Mulholland: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what estimate he has made of the number of care homes in each region which do not meet national minimum standards of care.

Phil Hope: We are informed by the Care Quality Commission (CQC) that, when inspecting care homes against the national minimum standards (NMS), CQC rates their performance using a four point system:
	1Standard not met with major shortfalls
	2Standard not met with minor shortfalls
	3Standard met
	4Standard exceeded.
	There are two sets of NMSfor care homes for older people, which comprise 38 different standards and for care homes for younger adults, which comprise 43 standards. CQC will decide which set of NMS to inspect against depending on the age profile of residents of a home.
	Care homes are scored against each standard but they are not given an overall score so it is not possible to give information on the number of care homes that fail the standards. The following table shows the numbers of scores of 1 and 2 (i.e. instances where a standard was failed) for the year ending 31 March 2009the latest available informationas a percentage of the total number of scores in each region (i.e. the total number of standards assessed across all care homes of each type in the region).
	
		
			  Percentage 
			  CQC region  Care homes for older people  Care homes for younger adults 
			 East Midlands 16 12 
			 Eastern 17 13 
			 London 15 13 
			 North East 15 11 
			 North West 14 13 
			 South East 14 12 
			 South West 14 12 
			 West Midlands 20 18 
			 Yorkshire and Humberside 17 13 
			  Source: CQC database at 31 March 2009

Christmas

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for Health how much  (a) his Department and  (b) its agencies have spent on Christmas (i) cards, (ii) parties and (iii) decorations in the last 12 months.

Phil Hope: The amount spent on purchasing ministerial Christmas cards for 2008 (inclusive of VAT) was 2,701.37. This does not include postage costs which are not available due to some cards being included with other correspondence or being hand delivered.
	In December 2008, the Department spent 2,903.75 on Christmas trees and decorations.
	Under the Department's Code of Business Conduct, public money must not be used to fund occasions such as social gatherings, retirements or office parties.
	All expenditure incurred in the purchase of Christmas cards and decorations is incurred in accordance with the principles set out in Managing Public Money and the Treasury handbook on Regularity and Propriety.
	Information on what agencies spend on these items is not held centrally.

Contraceptives

Anne Milton: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what the  (a) total number of and  (b) net ingredient cost of each type of (i) contraceptive and (ii) contraceptive device dispensed in the community was in each primary care trust area in England in each year since 1997.

Gillian Merron: Information at primary care trust level is not available for further than five years back. The current data set covers September 2004 to August 2009. Figures for this period, taken from the Prescribing Analysis and CosT tool (PACT) system, have been placed in the Library.

Departmental Energy

Grant Shapps: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what the  (a) energy rating and  (b) energy band of each building occupied by his Department and its agencies was in each year for which figures are available.

Phil Hope: The ratings and energy bands for Departmental buildings are as follows:
	
		
			   2008 rating  2008 energy band  2009 rating  2009 energy band 
			 Skipton House 203 G 194 G 
			 Richmond House 139 F 146 F 
			 Wellington House 157 G 186 G 
			 Quarry House 107 E 101 E 
			 Hexagon House 593 G (1) (1) 
			 Vantage House 200 G 200 G 
			 Market Towers 163 G 200 G 
			 Premier House 289 G 276 G 
			 Lightfoot Street 79 D 80 D 
			 (1) = Pending.

Departmental Pay

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for Health how much was claimed in reimbursable expenses by press officers in his Department and its agencies in 2008-09.

Phil Hope: The Department cannot provide the details requested without the cost involved being at a disproportionate level. Data comes from disparate sources and in different formats, which increases the manual effort required to identify the expenses of individuals.
	During 2008-09, 41 departmental officers worked as press officers for all or part of the year in question. There is no statutory requirement to report the reimbursable expenses of officials who are not covered by the remuneration report. Departmental officials who claim business expenses do so in line with the published expenses guide. The rates are agreed with the departmental trade unions and are in line with Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs' regulations.

Departmental Postal Services

Graham Stuart: To ask the Secretary of State for Health with which providers  (a) his Department and  (b) its agencies had a contract to provide postal services in (i) 2007, (ii) 2008, (iii) between 1 January 2009 and 1 July 2009 and (iv) since 1 July 2009.

Phil Hope: The Department and the Purchasing and Supply Agency have contracted with Royal Mail for the period 2007 to present for the provision of postal services.
	The Medicines and Healthcare Products Regulatory Agency have contracted for the provision of postal services as follows:
	2007Royal Mail
	2008Royal Mail
	2009Royal Mail, Global Mailing.

Genetically Modified Organisms

Michael Meacher: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what assessment has been made of whether the practice of companies  (a) routinely refusing to make available to independent scientists the standardised samples that are required to conduct high quality research on genetically modified products on the market and  (b) insisting on the right to veto the publication of results, is (i) in line with the Government's Chief Scientist's guidance on sound science and (ii) in the interests of public confidence in the Chief Scientist's public statement that genetically modified food is safe to eat because there is no research which shows it to be harmful.

Gillian Merron: Genetically modified (GM) foods may not be marketed in the European Union unless they have been rigorously assessed for safety. These assessments are carried out by the European Food Safety Authority and products are only authorised if they are found not to present a risk to the consumer.
	There is a strong public interest in the publication of high quality research into GM food safety and the availability of authentic test materials and corresponding control materials are among the pre-requisites for such research to take place. Companies may choose to impose conditions on purchasers of their products and, in the case of some GM materials, certain limitations may be necessary to ensure compliance with the regulations that govern their use. Generally, however, it is in the best interests of the manufacturers if the scientific community is able to conduct independent research into these products.

Hospital Beds

Stephen O'Brien: To ask the Secretary of State for Health how many hospital beds were occupied for how many nights by patients ready for discharge in the last five financial years.

Phil Hope: Delayed transfers of care are collected to support the Community Care Act 2003. When we first collected this it was for delays from acute beds only. This was amended to include non-acute beds. This was in December 2006.
	These data are used for reimbursement between the national health service and social care for delayed discharges.
	The table shows the split by acute and non acute beds. Delayed discharges from acute beds has fallen almost every year. For non acute beds data of 2006-07 (460,000) is not for a full year. Delayed discharges from non acute beds fell from 2007-08 to 2008-09.
	
		
			  Delayed transfers of careSitReps 
			   Acute  Non-acute 
			 2004-05 860,930  
			 2005-06 777,767  
			 2006-07 770,501 461,586 
			 2007-08 690,333 1,179,366 
			 2008-09 691,572 972,694

Hospital Wards: Greater London

Andrew Dismore: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what progress is being made on the provision of single sex wards at  (a) Barnet and Chase Farm Hospitals,  (b) Northwick Park Hospital and  (c) the Royal Free Hospital; and if he will make a statement.

Ann Keen: The information requested is not held centrally. It is for local national health service organisations to plan, develop and improve services for local people.
	The then Secretary of State for Health (Alan Johnson) announced on 28 January 2009, the Department's commitment to all but eliminate mixed-sex accommodation. This is being taken forward by means of the Department's Delivering Single Sex Accommodation programme of activities.
	Every patient has the right to receive high quality care that is safe, effective and respects their privacy and dignity. The NHS is committed to providing every patient with same-sex accommodation, because it helps to safeguard their privacy and dignity when they are often at their most vulnerable. This means providing a same-sex sleeping area, bathroom and toilet facilities.
	As part of the programme, a 100 million Privacy and Dignity Fund was distributed via strategic health authorities (SHAs) to support local trust proposals.
	London SHA distributed:
	1,435,932 to Barnet and Chase Farm hospitals for 14 schemes that have all now been completed;
	122,000 to Northwick Park hospital (North West London hospital NHS trust) for two schemes that have all now been completed; and
	109,800 to Royal Free hospital for three schemes that have all now been completed.
	The 100 million Privacy and Dignity Fund to support improvements has commenced on local trust proposals. There are currently 1,157 schemes in total across more than 200 trusts and the Department is monitoring the schedules of work. The schemes include over 1,200 education and training programmes to assist staff in providing a better patient experience of care. Over 2,300 new or refurbished toilets and bathrooms, for easier patient access and some 10,800 extra modesty curtains to improve patient privacy.
	More than 75 per cent. of the schemes are now complete with the number expected to rise to 96 per cent. by the end of December, a small number of schemes will continue beyond this date due to the nature and complexities of the work.

Hospitals: Private Finance Initiative

Ben Chapman: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what private finance initiative hospital projects are due to be approved in the next  (a) month,  (b) six months and  (c) 12 months.

Mike O'Brien: Private finance initiative (PFI) schemes have to progress through a business case approvals process before they can sign contracts and begin construction. Approvals take place at the key points of a schemes development under a system of delegated authority to ensure they are affordable and delivering value for money at all times. In terms of business case approvals expected over the next 12 months, the position is as follows, starting with the most advanced scheme:
	North Bristol NHS Trust is expected to submit the final confirming business case (for final contract signature) for its 484 million scheme to the Department and Treasury for approval in 2010;
	The Department and Treasury is planning to announce a decision on the approval of the outline business case for the 204 million Papworth Hospitals NHS Foundation PFI scheme shortly;
	Royal Liverpool and Broadgreen University Hospitals NHS Trust has submitted the outline business case for its 477 million PFI scheme to the Department after approval by the strategic health authority. It is too early to say when the Department and subsequent Treasury approvals will be completed; and
	The outline business case for the 235 million PFI scheme for Alder Hey Children's NHS Foundation Trust has recently been approved by the strategic health authority and is expected to be formally submitted to the Department shortly. Again, it is too early to say when the Department and subsequent Treasury approvals will be completed.
	There are no other health sector PFI projects that are in an advanced stage of development.

Hospitals: Private Finance Initiative

Ben Chapman: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what recent assessment he has made of the effectiveness of his Department's policy on private finance initiative projects.

Mike O'Brien: To be approved, the private finance initiative (PFI) option for every national health service capital investment project must demonstrate in a business case that it meets the service requirements of the procuring NHS body (e.g. an NHS trust); is affordable to that body and the local health economy as a whole; and is value for money when compared to the public capital funded alternative (known as the public sector comparator (PSC)). Under this Government, 87 PFI schemes worth nearly 7 billion have become operational with a further 14 worth nearly 4 billion under construction.

Hospitals: Standards

Andrew Dismore: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what the outcome of the recent inspection of Barnet and Chase Farm Hospitals NHS Trust by the Health and Safety Executive was; and if he will make a statement.

Ann Keen: The information requested is not collected centrally. The information on the recent inspection of Barnet and Chase Farm Hospital Farm hospitals NHS trust is held by the Health and Safety Executive (HSE).
	All national health service organisations have a duty to comply with health and safety legislation and are subject to inspection by the HSE.

In Vitro Fertilisation: Leeds

Greg Mulholland: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what steps he is taking to ensure sufficient provision of in-vitro fertilisation treatment on the NHS in Leeds.

Gillian Merron: The provision of fertility treatment by primary care trusts (PCTs) is determined at a local level. The Government support the clinical guideline on the assessment and treatment for people with fertility problems produced by the National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) and has made it clear that PCTs are expected to move towards full implementation of the guideline. The Yorkshire and Humber Specialised Commissioning Group is currently carrying out a consultation regarding the funding of in-vitro fertilisation (IVF), which the hon. Member may wish to contribute to.
	This year the Department published a commissioning aid, produced by the expert group on commissioning national health service infertility provision, to help PCTs assess need locally, learn about infertility treatment techniques and monitor uptake of services. The Department has also funded the leading fertility patient support organisation, Infertility Network UK, to produce and publish standardised access criteria for fertility services. Both the commissioning aid and a link to the access criteria can be found on the Department's website at:
	www.dh.gov.uk/en/Healthcare/Fertility/index.htm
	together with the results of regular monitoring of NHS provision of IVF.
	The Department continues to fund Infertility Network UK to work directly with PCTs to advise on the particular needs of patients with fertility problems. The Department is also developing a national tariff for NHS fertility services, to help more treatment to be offered at a standardised cost in more locations.

Meningitis: Vaccination

Paul Rowen: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what funds his Department  (a) spent on meningitis vaccination development in 2008-09 and  (b) plans to spend on meningitis vaccination development in 2009-10.

Gillian Merron: Departmentally funded research on meningitis vaccine development is undertaken by the Health Protection Agency. The Agency's total expenditure on the topic in 2008-09 was 1.7 million. An expenditure figure for 2009-10 is not yet available.

NHS Counter Fraud Service

Norman Lamb: To ask the Secretary of State for Health 
	(1)  what the budget of the NHS Counter Fraud Service was in each of the last five financial years;
	(2)  how many staff were assigned to the NHS Counter Fraud Service in each of the last five financial years;
	(3)  how much has been recovered by the NHS Counter Fraud Service in each of the last five years;
	(4)  how many cases were investigated by the NHS Counter Fraud Service in each of the last five years;
	(5)  how many people were  (a) prosecuted and  (b) convicted of charges relating to fraud against the NHS in each of the last five years.

Ann Keen: The information is shown in the following table.
	
		
			   2004-05  2005-06  2006-07  2007-08  2008-09 
			 NHS Counter Fraud Service budget ( million) 13.893 11.521 11.620 10.491 10.298 
			 Staff in post 289 246 197 170 195 
			 Value of financial recoveries () 7,111,243 26,948,619 2,035,814 6,046,917 2,000,420 
			 Number of fraud investigations 305 272 409 351 415 
			 Number of prosecutions 60 71 65 60 72 
			 Number of convictions 56 68 (1)62 57 69 
			 (1 )This figure corrects the information given in the written answer to the hon. Member for North Norfolk on 2 April 2008,  Official Report, column 1124W.

NHS: Drugs

Michael Penning: To ask the Secretary of State for Health pursuant to the answer of 12 October 2009,  Official Report, column 735W, on NHS: drugs, about which pharmaceutical products his Department has received reports of supply problems; and what the nature is of each supply problem reported to his Department.

Mike O'Brien: Shortages occur for a number of reasons, including manufacturing or regulatory problems, and at any one time the Department will be aware of a number of shortages. We have received reports about a number of medicines that are reportedly subject to export due to the decline in the value of the  sterling. We also receive reports of medicines subject to supply problems that may be attributed to such exports. The drugs affected by shortages change with time. Any list of such drugs will not be an accurate or complete list.

Nutrition

Bill Wiggin: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what steps the Government is taking to ensure that food and drink companies are able to promote the nutritional benefits of their products after the 19 January 2010 deadline for compliance with the nutrition claims annex under the Nutrition and Health Claims Regulation EC 1924/2006.

Gillian Merron: The nutrition claims annex already lists a range of nutrition claims such as 'low saturated fat', 'low salt', 'high fibre' that may be made on food products meeting the associated criteria. The European Commission has circulated draft proposals which would amend some of the existing claims and add new claims (for example 'no added salt' and 'now contains X % less salt/fat/saturated fat') to the list.
	With the 19 January deadline in mind, the Commission's aim is that these amendments to the annex should be agreed as soon as possible. The Food Standards Agency, on behalf of the Government, are actively engaged in discussing these amendments with other European Union member states.

Palliative Care: Finance

Stephen O'Brien: To ask the Secretary of State for Health pursuant to the answer of 29 October 2009,  Official Report, column 584W, on palliative care: finance, how the 40 million has been disbursed; and how much each hospice received.

Phil Hope: The 2010-11 40 million capital budget for hospices has not yet been disbursed. Hospices are currently preparing applications for funding from the budget. The deadline for applications to Help the Hospices, which is managing the programme on behalf of the Department of Health, is, 8 January 2010. Funding will be disbursed in 2010-11 and information on which hospices have received funding will be published in due course.

Peterborough and Stamford Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust

Stewart Jackson: To ask the Secretary of State for Health how much Peterborough and Stamford Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust spent on healthcare in each year since 2001; and if he will make a statement.

Mike O'Brien: The information requested is a matter for Peterborough and Stamford hospitals NHS foundation trust. We have written to Mr. Nigel Hards, chair of Peterborough and Stamford Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust, informing him of the hon. Member's inquiries. He will reply shortly and a copy of the letter will be placed in the Library.

Rheumatology: East Midlands

David Taylor: To ask the Secretary of State for Health how long on average waiting times were for rheumatoid arthritis patients for follow-up consultations with a rheumatology specialist in  (a) North West Leicestershire constituency and  (b) the East Midlands in each year since 2001.

Ann Keen: The Department does not collect waiting times data for follow-up consultations at specialty level.
	Data published by the Department, Department of Health Monthly Activity Return (MAR) and Quarterly Activity Return (QAR), looking on an all speciality basis shows that the ratio of subsequent attendance (follow-up) to first out-patient appointment has remained broadly stable over the last three years at around two (subsequent attendances) to one (first out-patient appointment).

Smoking: Death

Tom Clarke: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what recent steps his Department has taken to reduce the number of smoking-related deaths.

Gillian Merron: The Government are committed to reducing the number of smoking-related deaths. Our comprehensive tobacco control strategy introduced in 1998. In England there are around 2.4 million fewer smokers, with smoking prevalence down from 28 per cent. in 1998 to 21 per cent. in 2007.
	The existing six-strand tobacco strategy tackles smoking and the effects of smoke on other people our achievements over the past decade, include:
	comprehensively banning advertising of tobacco in print, on billboard and on the internet in 2003;
	introduced Smokefree legislation that made all enclosed public places and workplaces smokefree from 1 July 2007 to protect people from the harm caused by exposure to second-hand smoke;
	raised the age of sale of tobacco from 16 to 18-years-old in October 2008;
	introduced hard-hitting pictorial health warnings on cigarette packets in 2008;
	the provision of free NHS Stop Smoking Services in all areas across the country for the last 10 years, resulting in over four million quit dates being set and 70,000 lives being saved over the 10-year period.
	In addition the Health Bill, which has just completed its stages in both Houses, includes provisions to remove tobacco displays from shops and prohibit the sale of tobacco from vending machines, primarily to reduce uptake of smoking by young people.
	Smoking still kills more than 80,000 people in England each year, which is why we are to developing a new tobacco control strategy. The new strategy follows on from a successful public consultation'Consultation on the Future of Tobacco control', which received nearly 100,000 responses. The new strategy will be published by the end of this year.

Tobacco: Young People

Ann Coffey: To ask the Secretary of State for Health what recent assessment he has made of the merits of making it an offence for a young person aged under 18 years to attempt to buy cigarettes and tobacco for the purposes of preventing such behaviour; and if he will make a statement.

Gillian Merron: Protecting young people from smoking was a key theme of the 2008 Consultation on the Future of Tobacco Control and will be one of the overarching goals of the new tobacco control strategy that will be published by the end of this year.
	The Government believe that reducing the availability of tobacco through the enforcement of existing legislation, while using supportive means to prevent young people taking up smoking, is preferable to introducing new legislation which would criminalise youth. In addition to the existing legislation, the Health Bill which has just completed its stages in both Houses introduces provisions to remove tobacco displays from shops and prohibit the sale of tobacco from vending machines, primarily to reduce uptake of smoking by young people.

10 Downing Street: Gift Shop

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office how many sales there have been of each stock item in the Downing Street gift shop in the last 12 months.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Census

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office pursuant to the written ministerial statement of 21 October 2009,  Official Report, column 55WS, on the draft Census (England and Wales) Order 2009, 
	(1)  which Minister approved the wording and proposed questions in the draft Order for the 2011 Census;
	(2)  whether a privacy impact assessment has been prepared in relation to the proposed questions to be asked in the 2011 Census;
	(3)  whether she plans to publish a privacy impact assessment for the 2011 Census;
	(4)  what her most recent estimate is of the cost to the public purse of the 2011 Census; and in which years such expenditure is expected to be incurred;
	(5)  whether the results of the 2011 Census rehearsal that took place in October 2009 will be published;
	(6)  what maximum fine may be imposed on a householder for not answering, in whole or in part, the 2011 Census.

Angela Smith: The information requested falls within the responsibility of the UK Statistics Authority. I have asked the authority to reply.
	 Letter from Jil Matheson:
	As National Statistician I have been asked to reply to your recent questions asking
	i) which Cabinet Office Minister approved the wording and proposed questions in the draft Order for the 2011 Census; (299249)
	ii) whether a privacy impact assessment has been prepared in relation to the proposed questions to be asked in the 2011 Census; (299406)
	iii) when the privacy impact assessment for the 2011 Census will be published; (299462)
	iv) what the most recent estimated total cost of the 2011 Census to the public purse is; and in which years the expenditure will be incurred; (299448)
	v) whether the results of the 2011 Census rehearsal that took place in October 2009 will be published; (299479)
	vi) what maximum fine may be imposed on a householder for not answering, in whole or in part, the 2011 Census. (299482)
	i) The proposed questions in the Draft Census Order (England and Wales) 2009 have been created independently from Ministers by the Office for National Statistics following extensive consultation. The wording of the Draft Census Order was subsequently approved by Angela E. Smith, Minister of State for the Cabinet Office, and by Welsh Ministers in the Welsh Assembly, prior to the Order being laid in Parliament. The Domestic Affairs Committee was informed.
	ii and iii) Privacy considerations have been integral in determining the recommended questions. A privacy impact assessment has been prepared and is due to be published on 20 November on the census website.
	iv) the most recent estimated total cost of the 2011 Census in England and Wales is 482 million. This covers the period 2005-2016. The following table gives a breakdown by year.
	
		
			million 
			 2004-05 1.9 
			 2005-06 3.7 
			 2006-07 6.5 
			 2007-08 10.4 
			 2008-09 45.4 
			 2009-10 44.7 
			 2010-11 158.6 
			 2011-12 179.3 
			 2012-13 16.7 
			 2013-14 8.2 
			 2014-15 4.8 
			 2015-16 1.7 
			 Total 482.0 
		
	
	Provision of 450 million has been made up to the period 2011-2012. Provision for later years will be subject to future spending reviews and will cover the final stages of data and output processing, dissemination and a number of subsequent output services and releases.
	The cost and financial control of the 2011 Census was outlined in the White Paper Helping to shape tomorrow which was published in December 2008
	http://www.ons.gov.uk/census/2011-census/2011-census-project/legislation/index.html
	v) The main aims of the rehearsal which is being undertaken in areas within Lancaster, Isle of Anglesey and Newham were to:
	prove the field procedures
	prove the effective management of the rehearsal operation
	prove the key field supporting systems
	prove the recruitment, training and payment of field staff
	prove that an address register of sufficient quality can be delivered
	prove local authority and community liaison
	rehearse the integration of systems and subsequent data processing
	test the census communications campaign.
	There are no plans to release statistical output from the rehearsal but an evaluation report will be published in spring 2010.
	vi) The penalty for non-completion of a census return is specified in Section 8 (1) of the Census Act 1920 which states a fine not exceeding level 3 on the standard scale. The standard scale is that set out in the Criminal Justice Act and is currently a maximum of 1,000. The imposition and amount of the fine is at the discretion of the Magistrate within the limits of the standard scale under the Criminal Justice Act.

Census

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office what directions Ministers have given to the UK Statistics Authority on the 2011 Census under section 2 of the Census Act 1920, as amended.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Charities

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office how many charities were removed from the Charity Commission's register for  (a) ceasing to exist or operate due to merger, incorporation or transfer of funds,  (b) ceasing to exist or operate for other reasons,  (c) voluntary removal below the minimum threshold and  (d) duplicate registrations and other corrections in each financial year since 1997-98.

Angela Smith: The information requested falls within the responsibility of the Charity Commission. I have asked the Commission to reply.
	 Letter from Nick Allaway, dated 10 November 2009:
	As Chief Executive of the Charity Commission, Andrew Hind has been asked to answer your written question regarding removals from the Register of Charities. As the Executive Director with responsibility for this area of our work, I am responding in his absence. You asked how many charities were removed from the Charity Commission's Register for (a) ceasing to exist or operate due to merger, incorporation or transfer of funds, (b) ceasing to exist or operate for other reasons, (c) voluntary removal below the minimum threshold and (d) duplicate registrations and other corrections in each financial year since 1997-98.
	The table below sets out the number of charities which were removed from the Register, in each financial year, since 1997-1998 with the reasons recorded for their removal.
	
		
			  Reason for removal  1997-98  1998-99  1999-2000  2000-01  2001-02  2002-03  2003-04  2004-05  2005-06  2006-07  2007-08  2008-09  Total 
			 Ceased to exist or operate due to merger, incorporation or transfer of funds 915 1,126 1,252 1,068 1,444 1,179 1,430 1,602 1,592 1,725 1,436 1,584 16,353 
			 Ceased to exist or operate for other reasons 4,304 3,300 7,371 4,928 3,637 3,214 3,654 3,842 3,344 2,691 3,270 5,182 48,737 
			 Voluntary removal of charities below the minimum registration threshold 42 69 67 29 29 29 31 44 28 8 245 616 1,237 
			 Duplicate registrations and other corrections 219 82 76 76 85 42 62 81 174 152 122 41 1,212 
			 Total 5,480 4,577 8,766 6,101 5,195 4,464 5,177 5,569 5,138 4,576 5,073 7,423 67,539 
		
	
	The removal figures for 2008-09 show an increase over previous years as a result of our work to improve the accuracy of the Register of Charities. A key aspect of our current strategy is the prompt removal of charities that are inactive and with which we can no longer establish contact, and this is reflected in the rising number of charities categorised above as Ceased to exist or operate for other reasons. In addition, a number of charities have voluntarily been removed from the Register recently because they fall under the 5,000 registration threshold. Smaller charities are not required to register with us; the threshold for registration was an annual income of 1,000 until April 2007 when this threshold was increased to 5,000. Charities whose income now falls under this threshold are entitled to request voluntary removal from the Register, and as one part of our partnership work with umbrella bodies, a number of charities have requested voluntary removal from the Register over the past few months.
	I hope this is helpful.

Charities: Government Assistance

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office what payments her Department has made to charities to tackle socio-economic disadvantage and promote social inclusion in the last 12 months.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Charities: Schools

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office what the policy of the Charity Commission is on undertaking investigations of whether schools with charitable status are promoting the public benefit; and what statutory provisions govern such Charity Commission investigations.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Christmas

Philip Hammond: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office how much her Department spent on Christmas  (a) cards,  (b) parties and  (c) decorations in the last 12 months.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Civil Servants

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office pursuant to the written ministerial statement of 24 June 2009,  Official Report, column 57WS, on Report to Parliament on Civil Service Delegations/Authorisations, what the details of each delegation or authorisation were; and what the purpose was of each.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Civil Servants: Foreign Workers

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office with reference to the decision of the British Council to outsource staff to India, whether her Department has issued recent guidance to non-departmental bodies and executive agencies on the outsourcing of Civil Service jobs to areas outside the UK.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Civil Servants: Pay

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office pursuant to the answers of 20 July 2009,  Official Report, column 1035W, and of 27 April 2009,  Official Report, columns 1082-4W, on civil servants: pay, how many employees of the public bodies listed are in receipt of a salary of over  (a) 100,000,  (b) 150,000 and  (c) 200,000.

Tessa Jowell: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Civil Servants: Training

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office pursuant to the answer of 2 June 2009,  Official Report, column 422W, on civil servants, if she will place in the Library a copy of the guidance on taking minutes.

Tessa Jowell: It has not proved possible to respond to the right hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Civil Servants: Vacancies

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office pursuant to the answer of 2 June 2009,  Official Report, columns 422-3W, on civil servants: vacancies, what the  (a) job title,  (b) salary range and  (c) sponsoring public body was of each job vacancy posted on the Civil Service Recruitment Gateway that was only advertised on the private part of the website in the last three months.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Departmental Buildings

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for North-East Hertfordshire (Mr. Heald) of 26 February 2007,  Official Report, column 1000W, on Project George,  (a) how much has been spent and  (b) what works have been completed in respect of Project George to date.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Departmental Email

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Brentwood and Ongar of 15 May 2009,  Official Report, column 1047W, on 10 Downing Street: e-mail, whether the pilot scheme allowing web-based e-mail accounts to be used on Cabinet Office systems has commenced; what additional charges are introduced by the pilot system; and which users will be authorised to use web-based accounts.

Angela Smith: The new corporate IT system for the Cabinet Office has commenced its pilot. An integral part of the system is a more secure connection to the internet. With this increased security we can allow staff to have access to personal, web-based email. There are restrictions in place to protect Cabinet Office data, including limitations on uploading or downloading between the Cabinet Office network and the internet. No specific charges attach to the use of web-based email.

Departmental ICT

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for North-East Hertfordshire (Mr. Heald) of 28 November 2006,  Official Report, column 652W, on the Heavy Hitter Programme, what the cost of the Heavy Hitter Programme Delivery Director Service has been to date; which IT projects each consultant worked on; and what payments have been made to each consultant for work undertaken in connection with the Heavy Hitter Programme.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Departmental ICT

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office whether her Department plans to undertake legal action to recover losses from the SCOPE IT project.

Tessa Jowell: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Departmental ICT

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office what the cost of the SCOPE IT project to the public purse has been; how much has been paid to IBM under the project; and how much is planned to be spent on the replacement for SCOPE.

Tessa Jowell: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Departmental Non-Departmental Public Bodies

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office 
	(1)  how much her Department has spent on advisory non-departmental public bodies in each year since 1996-97;
	(2)  how much her Department has spent on executive non-departmental public bodies in 2008-09.

Tessa Jowell: It has not proved possible to respond to the right hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Departmental Publications

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office whether the  (a) Building Britain's Future and  (b) Real Help Now campaign is covered by Crown copyright; and whether permission has been given to non-governmental organisations to reproduce the artwork or branding from each such campaign.

Tessa Jowell: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Departmental Publications

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office if she will place in the Library a copy of the Central Office of Information's White Book produced for the second half of 2009.

Tessa Jowell: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Derek Draper

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office pursuant to the Answer to the hon. Member for Hammersmith and Fulham of 6 May 2009,  Official Report, column 182W, on Derek Draper, whether Mr Derek Draper has ever held a security pass to No. 10 Downing Street.

Tessa Jowell: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Disclosure of Information: Criminal Investigation

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office if she will place in the Library a copy of the letter from the Cabinet Office's Director of Security and Intelligence  (a) dated 8 October 2008 sent to SO15 Counter Terrorism Command requesting the assistance of the police into the investigation of Home Office leaks and  (b) of 29 October 2008 sent to the Deputy Assistant Commissioner Cressida Dick calling for a scoping exercise to be undertaken.

Tessa Jowell: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Disclosure of Information: Criminal Investigation

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office whether her Department plans to issue a formal response to the parts of the Review of the lessons learned from the Metropolitan Police Service's investigation of Home Office leaks by Her Majesty's Inspectorate of Constabulary that relate to it.

Tessa Jowell: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Employment

Chris Ruane: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office how many people were employed in  (a) Vale of Clwyd constituency and  (b) each region in each of the last 20 years.

Angela Smith: The information requested falls within the responsibility of the UK Statistics Authority. I have asked the Authority to reply.
	 Letter from Jil Matheson, dated November 2009:
	As National Statistician, I have been asked to reply to your Parliamentary Question asking how many people were employed in  (a) Vale of Clwyd and  (b) each region in each of the last 20 years. (299718)
	The Office for National Statistics (ONS) compiles employment statistics for local areas from the Annual Population Survey (APS) and its predecessor the annual Labour Force Survey (LFS) following International Labour Organisation (ILO) definitions. Employment statistics for regions are compiled from the Labour Force Survey.
	Table 1 shows the number of persons in employment resident in the Vale of Clwyd parliamentary constituency for the 12 month periods ending in February from 1995 to 2004 from the annual LFS and for the 12 month periods ending December from 2004 to 2008 from the APS, along with the latest estimate for the period ending March 2009. Estimates arc not available prior to the 12 month period ending February 1995.
	Table 2 shows the number of persons in employment resident in each English Government Office Region, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland for the 3 month period January to March for each year from 1993 to 2009, along with the latest estimate for the period July to September 2009. Estimates are not available prior to 1993 on a consistent basis.
	As with any sample survey, estimates from the APS and LFS are subject to a margin of uncertainty. A guide to the quality of the estimates is given in both tables.
	National and local area estimates for many labour market statistics, including employment, unemployment and claimant count are available on the NOMIS website at:
	http://www.nomisweb.co.uk
	
		
			  Table 1: Persons( 1)  in employment resident in the Vale of Clwyd parliamentary constituency 
			  12 month period ending:  Number (Thousand) 
			 February 1995 27 
			 February 1996 24 
			 February 1997 23 
			 February 1998 24 
			 February 1999 25 
			 February 2000 27 
			 February 2001 29 
			 February 2002 28 
			 February 2003 27 
			 February 2004 29 
			 December 2004 30 
			 December 2005 32 
			 December 2006 28 
			 December 2007 30 
			 December 2008 30 
			   
			 March 2009(2) **30 
			 (1 )Persons aged 16 and over. (2 )Coefficients of Variation have been calculated as an indication of the quality of the estimates. See Guide to Quality below.  Guide to Quality: The Coefficient of Variation (CV) indicates the quality of an estimate, the smaller the CV value the higher the quality. The true value is likely to lie within +/- twice the CVfor example, for an estimate of 200 with a CV of 5 per cent. we would expect the population total to be within the range 180-220.  KeyCoefficient of Variation (CV) (%) Statistical Robustness *0 = CV5  Estimates are considered precise. **  5 = CV 10   Estimates are considered reasonably precise. ***10 = CV 20 Estimates are considered acceptable. ****  CV ? 20Estimates are considered too unreliable for practical purposes.  Source: Annual Population Survey/Annual Labour Force Survey. 
		
	
	
		
			  Table 2: Persons( 1)  in employment resident in each English Government office region, Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland 
			  Number (Thousand, seasonally adjusted) 
			   East  East Midlands  London  North East  North West  Scotland 
			 January to March 1993 2,419 1,862 3,009 1,041 2,881 2,210 
			 January to March 1994 2,417 1,835 2,954 1,032 2,882 2,247 
			 January to March 1995 2,453 1,878 3,042 1,023 2,879 2,273 
			 January to March 1996 2,478 1,905 3,087 1,055 2,877 2,237 
			 January to March 1997 2,492 1,946 3,166 1,059 2,959 2,253 
			 January to March 1998 2,552 1,961 3,219 1,060 2,926 2,295 
			 January to March 1999 2,587 1,987 3,371 1,038 2,945 2,284 
			 January to March 2000 2,612 1,997 3,416 1,064 3,020 2,306 
			 January to March 2001 2,698 1,975 3,483 1,066 3,041 2,353 
			 January to March 2002 2,692 2,006 3,505 1,082 3,034 2,338 
			 January to March 2003 2,664 2,044 3,485 1,071 3,106 2,393 
			 January to March 2004 2,756 2,071 3,520 1,117 3,165 2,419 
			 January to March 2005 2,759 2,096 3,550 1,128 3,179 2,461 
			 January to March 2006 2,747 2,149 3,609 1,152 3,187 2,463 
			 January to March 2007 2,768 2,134 3,642 1,151 3,174 2,540 
			 January to March 2008 2,819 2,166 3,729 1,154 3,163 2,543 
			 January to March 2009 2,831 2,151 3,736 1,148 3,137 2,526 
			
			 July to September 2009(2) *2,811 *2,148 *3,720 *1,130 *3,116 *2,500 
		
	
	
		
			  Thousand (Seasonally adjusted) 
			   South East  South West  Wales  West Midlands  Yorkshire and The Humber  Northern Ireland 
			 January to March 1994 3,645 2,150 1,163 2,306 2,173 606 
			 January to March 1995 3,668 2,162 1,173 2,340 2,164 619 
			 January to March 1996 3,756 2,192 1,183 2,347 2,192 662 
			 January to March 1997 3,830 2,250 1,210 2,372 2,173 671 
			 January to March 1998 3,882 2,297 1,197 2,410 2,194 682 
			 January to March 1999 3,970 2,332 1,216 2,398 2,217 690 
			 January to March 2000 4,031 2,360 1,220 2,408 2,238 690 
			 January to March 2001 4,034 2,362 1,234 2,417 2,264 696 
			 January to March 2002 4,072 2,392 1,227 2,450 2,282 705 
			 January to March 2003 4,062 2,420 1,299 2,456 2,320 750 
			 January to March 2004 4,040 2,464 1,329 2,457 2,365 718 
			 January to March 2005 4,096 2,480 1,320 2,514 2,400 745 
			 January to March 2006 4,138 2,489 1,323 2,513 2,426 762 
			 January to March 2007 4,138 2,507 1,346 2,475 2,404 783 
			 January to March 2008 4,230 2,564 1,353 2,509 2,475 787 
			 January to March 2009 4,188 2,546 1,330 2,420 2,404 755 
			
			 July to September 20092 *4,150 *2,493 *1,306 *2,414 *2,399 *751 
			 (1) Persons aged 16 and over. (2) Coefficients of Variation have been calculated as an indication of the quality of the estimates. See Guide to Quality below.  Guide to Quality: The Coefficient of Variation (CV) indicates the quality of an estimate, the smaller the CV value the higher the quality. The true value is likely to lie within +/- twice the CVfor example, for an estimate of 200 with a CV of 5 per cent. we would expect the population total to be within the range 180-220.  KeyCoefficient of Variation (CV) (%) Statistical Robustness *0 = CV5  Estimates are considered precise. **  5 = CV 10   Estimates are considered reasonably precise. ***10 = CV 20 Estimates are considered acceptable. ****  CV ? 20Estimates are considered too unreliable for practical purposes.  Source: Labour Force Survey.

Government Departments: Correspondence

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office what targets  (a) her Department and  (b) the Government Communication Group have for the time to (i) acknowledge and (ii) provide a substantive reply to external correspondence.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Government Departments: Recruitment

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office what guidance her Department has produced on re-employing former civil servants as  (a) fee paid staff,  (b) contractors,  (c) agency staff and  (d) consultants.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Government Departments: Telephone Services

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Reading West of 21 April 2009,  Official Report, column 550W, on Government departments: telephone services, if she will place in the Library a copy of the Cabinet Office survey of different telephone number types used by Government departments and agencies.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Lord-Lieutenants

Keith Vaz: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office how many Lords Lieutenant in each region there are of each  (a) sex,  (b) age group and  (c) ethnicity; what the average salary is of Lords Lieutenant; and if she will make a statement.

Tessa Jowell: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Pay

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office what the (a) mean and  (b) median full-time wage for (i) private sector and (ii) public sector employees was in (A) 1997 and (B) the most recent period for which figures are available.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Privacy: Impact Assessments

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office whether her Department issues guidance to Government departments in respect of the circumstances in which privacy impact assessments are  (a) required and  (b) encouraged.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Public Sector: Redundancy

Francis Maude: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office whether her Department has issued recent guidance to Government departments on the termination of public sector worker contracts because of inefficiency.

Angela Smith: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Voluntary Work: Milton Keynes

Mark Lancaster: To ask the Minister for the Cabinet Office what assessment her Department has made of levels of volunteering among those aged  (a) under 18 years,  (b) between 18 and 30 years,  (c) between 30 and 50 years and  (d) over 50 years in North East Milton Keynes constituency in each of the last five years.

Angela Smith: Data on the level of volunteering at constituency level is not available. The smallest level that data on volunteering is collected by central Government is at county council, metropolitan district council, London borough and unitary authority level. This data was collected for the first time in 2008 through the Place Survey, a survey which provides information on people's perceptions of their local area and the local services they receive. The data from the Place Survey indicates that in 2008 22.8 per cent. of the respondents to the Place Survey distributed by Milton Keynes council had volunteered at least once a month in the last 12 months. The Place Survey data is available on the Communities and Local Government website.

Council Tax Benefit

Grant Shapps: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how much was spent on council tax benefit in each region in each year since 1997.

Helen Goodman: The available information is in the tables.
	
		
			  Council Tax Benefit expenditure since 1997, in  millions, cash terms 
			  Region  1997-98  1998-99  1999-00  2000-01  2001-02  2002-03  2003-04  2004-05  2005-06  2006-07  2007-08 
			 North East 139 144 152 155 161 171 188 201 210 216 221 
			 North West 367 374 381 383 394 401 436 469 491 507 517 
			 Yorkshire and the Humber 205 213 217 222 232 242 269 293 310 323 327 
			 East Midlands 139 147 154 160 165 183 202 226 240 253 259 
			 West Midlands 230 233 244 253 267 282 315 336 355 374 384 
			 East of England 161 167 176 182 191 209 250 283 304 322 335 
			 London 399 384 380 389 415 435 529 599 634 668 679 
			 South East 216 221 230 235 247 268 327 373 403 426 440 
			 South West 158 163 169 173 179 193 231 260 281 298 307 
			 Wales 94 103 108 119 124 131 142 160 176 184 189 
			 Scotland 287 303 307 310 316 322 337 358 368 373 366 
			 Great Britain 2,395 2,452 2,518 2,580 2,690 2,837 3,225 3,558 3,774 3,943 4,023 
		
	
	
		
			  Council Tax Benefit expenditure since 1997, in  millions, 2009-10 prices 
			  Region  1997-98  1998-99  1999-00  2000-01  2001-02  2002-03  2003-04  2004-05  2005-06  2006-07  2007-08 
			 North East 182 185 192 193 196 202 215 224 230 230 229 
			 North West 482 481 480 476 479 473 500 523 537 539 535 
			 Yorkshire and the Humber 269 274 273 276 282 285 308 327 339 344 339 
			 East Midlands 182 189 194 199 201 216 231 252 262 269 268 
			 West Midlands 302 299 307 315 325 332 361 375 388 398 398 
			 East of England 211 215 222 226 232 246 286 316 332 343 347 
			 London 524 493 479 484 505 513 606 668 693 711 703 
			 South East 283 284 290 292 301 316 375 416 441 453 456 
			 South West 207 209 213 215 218 227 265 290 307 317 318 
			 Wales 123 132 136 148 151 154 163 178 192 196 196 
			 Scotland 377 389 387 386 384 380 386 399 402 397 379 
			 Great Britain 3,143 3,150 3,173 3,209 3,273 3,344 3,696 3,969 4,126 4,196 4,165 
			 Notes: (1). Figures are rounded to the nearest million. Columns may not sum to Great Britain totals due to this rounding. (2). Figures include all Council Tax Benefit, whether funded by central government or by local authorities. (3). Figures for 2006-07 and 2007-08 are provisional. (4). Figures have been converted to 2009-10 prices using GDP Deflators from HM Treasury which are consistent with the 2009 Budget Report. (5). These figures are available on the DWP website at: http://research.dwp.gov.uk/asd/asd4/hbctb_exp.xls  Source:  Local Authority subsidy returns

Departmental Energy

Grant Shapps: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the  (a) energy rating and  (b) energy band of each building occupied by her Department and its agencies was in each year for which figures are available.

Jim Knight: Display Energy Certificates (DECs) are the means by which government have implemented the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive in England and Wales. From October 2008, buildings with a total useful floor area of over 1000m(2) that are occupied by a public authority and by institutions providing a public service to a large number of persons must display an annually updated DEC showing an Operational Rating, in a prominent place clearly visible to the public.
	In Scotland, the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive has been enacted differently. From 4 January 2009, public authorities and institutions occupying buildings with a total useful floor area over 1,000m(2) must display in an area clearly visible to the public an Energy Performance Certificate (EPC) showing the building's asset rating. These are valid for a period of 10 years.
	A table showing the performance for the past two years of those DWP buildings in England and Wales that require a DEC is as follows, together with similar information relating to DWP buildings in Scotland where an EPC is required.
	
		
			2008 DEC details  2009 DEC details 
			  Business  i dentifier  Premises  n ame  Operational rating  Operational rating number  Operational rating  Operational rating number 
			 Jobcentre Plus Blyth Bridge House B 40 B 38 
			 Jobcentre Plus Garston Chessington House B 37 B 38 
			 Jobcentre Plus Hemsworth Low Hall B 27 B 34 
			 Jobcentre Plus Mulberry House Goole B 50 B 48 
			 Jobcentre Plus Water Court Nottingham B 46 B 48 
			 Jobcentre Plus Shrewsbury Whitehall C 58 B 42 
			 Jobcentre Plus High Street Waltham Cross B 31 B 26 
			 Jobcentre Plus Porthmadog Thedford House B 50 B 45 
			 Jobcentre Plus Guildford Leys House A 25 B 32 
			 PDCS Bristol Flowers Hill B 42 B 40 
			 Jobcentre Plus Barnstaple Princess House B 50 B 45 
			 Jobcentre Plus Somerset Hall B 48 B 31 
			 Jobcentre Plus Peterlee Hatfield House D 89 C 67 
			 Jobcentre Plus Eston Hadrian House C 69 C 63 
			 Jobcentre Plus Fountain House Morpeth C 69 C 63 
			 Jobcentre Plus Daryl House Stockton-On-Tees C 69 C 63 
			 Jobcentre Plus Church View House C 57 C 53 
			 Jobcentre Plus Southport Eastbank House C 65 C 58 
			 Jobcentre Plus Wallasey Dominic House D 83 C 70 
			 Jobcentre Plus Brunswick House Birkenhead C 58 C 57 
			 Jobcentre Plus Stockport Heron House D 78 C 65 
			 Jobcentre Plus Wigan Mesnes House C 60 C 51 
			 Jobcentre Plus Oldham Phoenix House C 73 C 68 
			 Jobcentre Plus Leigh Roydale House C 70 C 67 
			 Jobcentre Plus Manchester Graeme House D 78 C 73 
			 Jobcentre Plus Wigan Brocol House D 94 C 73 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bolton Elizabeth House C 71 C 67 
			 Jobcentre Plus Lytham Westmorland House C 64 C 59 
			 Jobcentre Plus Workington Simon House C 62 C 61 
			 Jobcentre Plus Barrow Phoenix House D 78 C 71 
			 Jobcentre Plus Lancaster Mitre House C 70 C 65 
			 Jobcentre Plus Arndale House Stretford G Default 200 C 71 
			 Jobcentre Plus Oldham Road Newton Heath C 69 C 74 
			 Jobcentre Plus Scunthorpe Crown Buildings C 59 C 63 
			 Jobcentre Plus Keighley Worth House C 62 C 61 
			 Jobcentre Plus Harrogate Berkeley House D 80 C 67 
			 Jobcentre Plus Northallerton Elder House C 59 C 62 
			 Jobcentre Plus York Monkgate C 72 C 65 
			 Jobcentre Plus Skipton Cavendish House C 73 C 67 
			 Jobcentre Plus Hull Crown House C 75 C 75 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bridlington Quay Road D 86 C 66 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bradford Westfield House D 87 C 73 
			 Jobcentre Plus Horton Street Halifax C 64 C 57 
			 Jobcentre Plus Lancer Court Sheffield D 79 C 58 
			 Jobcentre Plus Chantry House Rotherham C 75 C 73 
			 Jobcentre Plus Loughborough Lemyngton Street C 75 C 67 
			 Jobcentre Plus Normanton Road Derby D 84 C 74 
			 Jobcentre Plus Newcastle-U-Lyme High Street C 62 C 60 
			 Jobcentre Plus Longton Strand House D 90 C 72 
			 Jobcentre Plus Leamington Spa Brandon House C 68 C 69 
			 Jobcentre Plus Rugby Kingsforth House C 55 C 56 
			 Jobcentre Plus Nuneaton Mill House C 74 C 64 
			 Jobcentre Plus Hereford St Nicholas House G Default 200 C 66 
			 Jobcentre Plus Birmingham Five Ways House C 58 C 57 
			 Jobcentre Plus Burton-upon-Trent Crown Building C 71 C 72 
			 Jobcentre Plus Mutual House Kings Heath D 85 C 75 
			 Jobcentre Plus Park House Solihull B 36 C 62 
			 Jobcentre Plus Regent House Basildon C 72 C 71 
			 Jobcentre Plus Ebbw Vale Civic Centre C 64 C 63 
			 Jobcentre Plus Tonypandy Thistle House C 71 C 68 
			 Jobcentre Plus Newtown Afon House C 65 C 63 
			 PDCS Cardiff Government Buildings D 79 C 74 
			 Jobcentre Plus Market Street Bridgend D 80 C 56 
			 Jobcentre Plus High Street Swansea C 75 C 75 
			 Jobcentre Plus Llanelli Job Centre C 75 C 67 
			 Jobcentre Plus Hove Boundary House C 65 C 68 
			 Jobcentre Plus Folkestone Palting House C 73 C 72 
			 Jobcentre Plus St. Leonards on Sea Heron House C 74 C 68 
			 Jobcentre Plus Eastbourne St. Annes House C 68 C 61 
			 Jobcentre Plus Southampton St. Cross House C 73 C 74 
			 Jobcentre Plus Andover Government Offices C 67 C 57 
			 Jobcentre Plus Northgate House Canterbury D 77 C 70 
			 Jobcentre Plus Capital House Eastleigh C 58 C 61 
			 Jobcentre Plus London Fulham Waterford House C 61 C 62 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Hoxton Drysdale Street D 77 C 71 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Bloomsbury Tavis House D 82 C 74 
			 Jobcentre Plus High Street Harlesden London E 109 C 60 
			 Jobcentre Plus North Street Hornchurch C 73 C 74 
			 Jobcentre Plus Dartmouth Road Forest Hill C 70 C 63 
			 Jobcentre Plus Swindon Spring Gardens D 78 C 74 
			 Jobcentre Plus Salisbury Summerlock House C 71 C 73 
			 Jobcentre Plus Truro Lemon Quay House C 63 C 59 
			 Jobcentre Plus Cam House Kingswood Bristol C 72 C 68 
			 Jobcentre Plus Regent House , Weston Super Mare D 77 C 69 
			 Jobcentre Plus Hayward House Cheltenham C 66 C 73 
			 Jobcentre Plus Cyppa Court Chippenham C 63 C 73 
			 Jobcentre Plus Darlington Bondgate House D 96 D 89 
			 Jobcentre Plus Houghton-le-Spring Broadway House D 81 D 82 
			 Jobcentre Plus Wallsend Hadrian House D 80 D 80 
			 Jobcentre Plus Hartlepool Ward Jackson House D 92 D 84 
			 Jobcentre Plus Ashington Riverdale House D 100 D 94 
			 Jobcentre Plus Elvet House Durham D 90 D 90 
			 Jobcentre Plus Condercum House Newcastle-Upon-Tyne D 79 D 89 
			 Jobcentre Plus North Shields Camden Street C 73 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus Chapter Row South Shields C 75 D 79 
			 Jobcentre Plus Shildon House Gateshead D 87 D 84 
			 Jobcentre Plus St Helens Gregson House D 83 D 88 
			 Jobcentre Plus Huyton Edendale House D 96 D 94 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bootle Linacre House E 113 D 95 
			 Jobcentre Plus Liverpool Hougoumont House D 76 D 85 
			 PDCS Bootle St Martin's House E 103 D 97 
			 Jobcentre Plus Chester Chantry House D 83 D 82 
			 Jobcentre Plus Manchester Othen House D 80 D 84 
			 Jobcentre Plus Manchester Wilmslow Road E 106 D 91 
			 Jobcentre Plus Manchester Clarence Road D 91 D 94 
			 Jobcentre Plus Manchester Simon House D 83 D 78 
			 Jobcentre Plus Manchester Baskerville House D 90 D 82 
			 Jobcentre Plus Rochdale Newgate House D 93 D 88 
			 Jobcentre Plus Blackburn Orchard House D 79 D 80 
			 Jobcentre Plus Burnley Brun House D 79 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus Carlisle Rufus House D 84 D 77 
			 Jobcentre Plus Blackhorse Street Bolton D 95 D 96 
			 Jobcentre Plus Queen Street Blackpool E 108 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus St. Chads Drive Kirkby D 82 D 78 
			 Jobcentre Plus Cornwall Street Openshaw E 113 D 95 
			 Jobcentre Plus Danesmoor Court Didsbury D 91 D 90 
			 Jobcentre Plus Tweedale House Oldham E 101 D 99 
			 Jobcentre Plus Gateway House Preston E 114 D 95 
			 Jobcentre Plus Halifax Crossfield House D 94 D 97 
			 Jobcentre Plus Hull Britannia House E 104 D 97 
			 Jobcentre Plus Leeds Century House D 95 D 84 
			 Jobcentre Plus Leeds Park Place D 84 D 79 
			 Jobcentre Plus Leeds Southern House D 83 D 83 
			 PDCS Leeds Government Buildings C 75 D 80 
			 Jobcentre Plus Mexborough Crown Buildings D 98 D 97 
			 Jobcentre Plus Doncaster Crossgate House D 85 D 83 
			 Jobcentre Plus Dewsbury Crown Buildings D 80 D 81 
			 Jobcentre Plus Sheffield Eastern Avenue E 111 D 100 
			 Jobcentre Plus Eastbrook Court Bradford D 97 D 90 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bridge House Grimsby D 86 D 79 
			 Jobcentre Plus Eastgate Leeds D 99 D 92 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bailey Court Sheffield D 95 D 83 
			 Jobcentre Plus Cooper House Barnsley D 77 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus Wakefield Crowther House D 81 D 82 
			 Jobcentre Plus Northampton Gladstone Road East C 72 D 83 
			 Jobcentre Plus Leicester Wellington Street D 95 D 91 
			 Jobcentre Plus Boston Crown Building D 85 D 79 
			 Jobcentre Plus Nottingham Station Street D 86 D 86 
			 Jobcentre Plus Lincoln Orchard Street D 91 D 96 
			 Jobcentre Plus Mansfield Hill House D 98 D 90 
			 Jobcentre Plus Grantham Crown House D 87 D 83 
			 Jobcentre Plus Ilkeston Crown Buildings D 81 D 85 
			 Jobcentre Plus Derby Forester House D 87 D 92 
			 Jobcentre Plus Chesterfield Beetwell House D 88 D 84 
			 Jobcentre Plus Skegness Government Buildings E 101 D 96 
			 Jobcentre Plus Sovereign House Bulwell D 85 D 82 
			 Jobcentre Plus Markham House Chesterfield D 97 D 81 
			 Jobcentre Plus Birmingham Soho Road D 93 D 92 
			 Jobcentre Plus Cannock Beecroft Road E 108 D 100 
			 Jobcentre Plus Scotland House Stourbridge D 80 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus Wolverhampton Molineux House D 81 D 82 
			 Jobcentre Plus Meridian House Perry Barr D 91 D 99 
			 Jobcentre Plus Coventry Road Yardley D 77 D 77 
			 Jobcentre Plus 1300 Bristol Road South Northfield D 88 D 81 
			 Jobcentre Plus Chelmsley Wood Birmingham E 105 D 95 
			 Jobcentre Plus High Street Smethwick D 90 D 80 
			 Jobcentre Plus Christchurch House West Bromwich D 88 D 84 
			 Jobcentre Plus Alexander House Dudley D 94 D 92 
			 Jobcentre Plus Telford House Telford D 76 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus Chapel Court Wolverhampton D 90 D 86 
			 Jobcentre Plus High Street Bilston D 96 D 91 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bury St Edmunds St Andrews House D 83 D 81 
			 Jobcentre Plus Cambridge Henry Giles House D 81 D 77 
			 Jobcentre Plus Lowestoft Rishton House D 88 D 93 
			 Jobcentre Plus Peterborough Clifton House D 95 D 97 
			 Jobcentre Plus Harlow Beaufort House D 81 D 78 
			 Jobcentre Plus Ipswich St Felix House D 82 D 78 
			 Jobcentre Plus Clacton Station Road D 90 D 82 
			 Jobcentre Plus Colchester Crown Building D 81 D 91 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bedford Wyvern House D 96 D 86 
			 Jobcentre Plus St. Albans Beauver House F 142 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus Waterhouse Street Hemel Hempstead D 85 D 85 
			 Jobcentre Plus Lovell House Kings Lynn E 102 D 100 
			 Jobcentre Plus Derby Road Grays D 89 D 87 
			 Jobcentre Plus Stevenage Marshgate Chambers D 96 D 88 
			 Jobcentre Plus Llanelli Crown Buildings D 96 D 99 
			 Jobcentre Plus Aberystwyth Crown Buildings D 87 D 81 
			 Jobcentre Plus Morriston Oldway House D 83 D 77 
			 Jobcentre Plus Aberdare Crown Building D 81 D 77 
			 Jobcentre Plus Merthyr Tydfil Abermorlais D 100 D 98 
			 Jobcentre Plus Blackwood Newbridge House G 166 D 92 
			 Jobcentre Plus Pontypridd Oldway House D 84 D 87 
			 Jobcentre Plus Colwyn Bay Coed Pella Road D 78 D 79 
			 Jobcentre Plus Wrexham Grosvenor Road D 98 D 90 
			 Jobcentre Plus Cardiff Cowbridge Road East D 80 D 81 
			 Jobcentre Plus Caradog House Cardiff D 77 D 78 
			 Jobcentre Plus 1 Windsor Road Neath D 90 D 93 
			 Jobcentre Plus Sittingbourne Roman House D 78 D 78 
			 Jobcentre Plus Fareham Crown Office C 73 D 79 
			 Jobcentre Plus Isle of Wight Broadlands House D 76 D 78 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bognor Regis BO Gloucester House D 79 D 78 
			 Jobcentre Plus Aldershot South Western House D 92 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus Banbury Southam Road C 71 D 78 
			 Jobcentre Plus Slough Upton Lodge D 96 D 94 
			 Jobcentre Plus High Wycombe Aria House E 108 D 98 
			 Jobcentre Plus Wynnstay House Cosham D 96 D 91 
			 Jobcentre Plus Gresham House Crawley D 100 D 99 
			 Jobcentre Plus Romford Crown House E 103 D 100 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Wood Green Granta House D 82 D 99 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Balham Irene House D 88 D 87 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Hendon Finchley Lane E 114 D 97 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Leytonstone Lemna Road D 87 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus Catford Rushey Green D 96 D 96 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Poplar Dod Street D 104 D 97 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Walthamstow Danson House D 86 D 77 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Battersea Kennington Park D 88 D 96 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Streatham Crown House E 106 D 100 
			 Jobcentre Plus Dingwall Road Croydon E 115 D 96 
			 Jobcentre Plus Aldermans Hill Palmers Green E 108 D 94 
			 Jobcentre Plus Cambridge Avenue Kilburn D 96 D 98 
			 Jobcentre Plus Mare Street Hackney E 102 D 98 
			 Jobcentre Plus Chequers Lane Dagenham D 94 D 85 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bentley Road Dalston London E 105 D 98 
			 Jobcentre Plus Hermes House Brixton D 83 D 85 
			 Jobcentre Plus Clapham Road London F 130 D 96 
			 Jobcentre Plus London Road Twickenham D 79 D 77 
			 Jobcentre Plus Acton Job Centre D 83 D 77 
			 Jobcentre Plus Gloucester Cedar House D 91 D 78 
			 Jobcentre Plus Taunton Brendon House D 85 D 84 
			 Jobcentre Plus Exeter Clarendon House D 90 D 91 
			 Jobcentre Plus Yeovil Federated House D 76 D 79 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bridgwater Hanover House D 86 D 94 
			 Jobcentre Plus Penzance Branwell House C 62 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus Weymouth Westwey House D 76 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bristol Eagle House D 91 D 86 
			 Jobcentre Plus St. Levan Road Devonport D 79 D 76 
			 Jobcentre Plus Hexham St Andrews House E 108 E 106 
			 Child Maintenance and Enforcement Commission Bishop Auckland Vinovium House D 97 E 102 
			 Jobcentre Plus No 1 Cathedral Square E 103 E 103 
			 Jobcentre Plus Liverpool Kinglake House E 114 E 114 
			 Jobcentre Plus Liverpool Childwall Valley Road D 100 E 102 
			 Jobcentre Plus Widnes Kingsway House E 110 E 101 
			 Jobcentre Plus Hyde Beech House E 114 E 123 
			 PDCS Blackpool Warbreck House E 104 E 102 
			 Jobcentre Plus Preston Barry House E 110 E 108 
			 Jobcentre Plus Heron House Morecambe E 108 E 103 
			 Jobcentre Plus Tyldsley Road Blackpool E 114 E 110 
			 Jobcentre Plus Park House Bootle D 88 E 101 
			 Jobcentre Plus Nolan House Warrington E 113 E 104 
			 Jobcentre Plus Grimsby Crown House E 113 E 107 
			 Jobcentre Plus Leeds Quarry House E 107 E 101 
			 Jobcentre Plus Castle House Huddersfield E 105 E 109 
			 Jobcentre Plus Market Place Hull D 100 E 123 
			 Jobcentre Plus Northampton Frances House E 104 E 104 
			 Jobcentre Plus Nottingham Upper Parliament Street E 113 E 113 
			 Jobcentre Plus New Walk Leicester E 103 E 104 
			 Jobcentre Plus Birmingham City Jobcentre Plus E 114 E 112 
			 Jobcentre Plus Heynesfield House Sparkhill D 83 E 115 
			 Jobcentre Plus King Edward Court Sutton Coldfield D 76 E 106 
			 Jobcentre Plus Washwood Heath Road Washwood Heath E 105 E 114 
			 Jobcentre Plus Torrington Avenue - Block B D 98 E 105 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bridle Court Walsall E 114 E 108 
			 Jobcentre Plus Selly Oak New Development F 136 E 118 
			 Jobcentre Plus Luton Cheviot House E 104 E 103 
			 Jobcentre Plus Watford Exchange House D 93 E 102 
			 Jobcentre Plus The Old Post House Braintree E 107 E 123 
			 Jobcentre Plus Greytown House Colchester E 115 E 110 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bridgend Crown Buildings E 110 E 101 
			 Jobcentre Plus Swansea Grove House C 67 E 106 
			 Jobcentre Plus Canterbury Nutwood House F 129 E 119 
			 Jobcentre Plus Brighton Windsor House E 106 E 104 
			 Jobcentre Plus Gravesend The Grove E 101 E 108 
			 Jobcentre Plus Lewes Medwyn House E 121 E 106 
			 Jobcentre Plus Winchester Citygate D 90 E 102 
			 Jobcentre Plus Worthing Crown Building E 122 E 115 
			 Jobcentre Plus St Georges House E 107 E 113 
			 Jobcentre Plus Redhill Jobcentre G 154 E 120 
			 Jobcentre Plus Maidstone County Gate 1 E 113 E 116 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bexleyheath Westminster House E 103 E 101 
			 Jobcentre Plus Kingston Brook Street E 109 E 107 
			 Jobcentre Plus Orpington The Walnuts E 114 E 109 
			 Jobcentre Plus Barking Phoenix House F 126 E 113 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Brixton Stockwell Road F 126 E 104 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Tottenham High Road 640-656 F 144 E 113 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Highgate Elthorne Road D 96 E 116 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Wandsworth Arndale Centre E 125 E 110 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Caxton House D 101 E 116 
			 Jobcentre Plus Balaam Street Plaistow E 106 E 108 
			 Jobcentre Plus Tramway Avenue Stratford E 124 E 106 
			 Jobcentre Plus Westbury Road Walthamstow E 101 E 103 
			 Jobcentre Plus Medina Road Finsbury Park E 121 E 115 
			 Jobcentre Plus Lisson Grove London E 121 E 117 
			 Jobcentre Plus Chadwick Street Westminster E 111 E 119 
			 Jobcentre Plus The Broadway Southall D 91 E 116 
			 Jobcentre Plus Regal House Torquay D 79 E 113 
			 Jobcentre Plus Middlesbrough James Cook House E 121 F 126 
			 Jobcentre Plus John Street Sunderland G 203 F 131 
			 Jobcentre Plus Liverpool High Park House (Toxteth) F 130 F 136 
			 Jobcentre Plus Sheffield Hartshead Square G 159 F 148 
			 Jobcentre Plus Wellingborough Lothersdale F 128 F 135 
			 Jobcentre Plus Charles Street Leicester E 120 F 127 
			 Jobcentre Plus Coventry Cofa Court F 144 F 150 
			 Jobcentre Plus Bayard House Walsall F 142 F 130 
			 Jobcentre Plus Hastings Ashdown House E 125 F 132 
			 Jobcentre Plus Gloucester Green Oxford F 134 F 129 
			 Jobcentre Plus Adelphi House Reading E 122 F 127 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Camden Tresco House F 146 F 146 
			 Jobcentre Plus Barnet Raydean House E 113 F 129 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Whitechapel Commercial Road G 176 F 137 
			 Jobcentre Plus Elmfield Road Bromley F 149 F 148 
			 Jobcentre Plus Settles Street Stepney G 199 F 139 
			 Jobcentre Plus 34 Windmill Hill Enfield G Default 200 F 127 
			 Jobcentre Plus Barnsbury Road Kings Cross G 163 F 146 
			 Jobcentre Plus Uxbridge Road London E 120 F 131 
			 Jobcentre Plus Woolwich Nelson House F 148 F 127 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Stratford Jubilee House G 164 G 151 
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Peckham Collyer Court G 204 G 204 
			 Jobcentre Plus St Johns Road Wembley F 141 G 157 
			 Jobcentre Plus Chatham The Brook D 94 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus JCP Gwent Square E 109 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Uxbridge Road Shepherds Bush F 149 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Staines Jobcentre Plus G 165 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Pennine House Washington G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Crewe Wellington House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Skelmersdale Wellmar House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Craven House Barrow-In-Furness G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Fleece Street Rochdale G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Lee-Moran House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Runcorn Job Centre Plus G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Cavendish Court G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Centurion House Castleford G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Liquorice Way Pontefract G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Lincoln Viking House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Leicester Rutland Centre DO002 G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus St Peters House Derby G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Kidderminster Crown House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Lichfield Guardian House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Halesowen Maybrook House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Redditch St Stephens House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Centennial House Birmingham G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Princess House Shrewsbury G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Haswell House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Kiln House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Gemini Centre G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Charles Street Cardiff G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Charles Street Newport G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Ramsgate Queens House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Ashford International House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Basingstoke Winchester Road G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Havant Elmleigh Road G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Aylesbury Sunley House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Bracknell Fitzwilliam House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus The Carriage House Tunbridge Wells G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Mill House Jobcentre G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Goldsworth Road Woking G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Canning Town Kilner House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Harrow Kings House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Edgware Middlesex House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Hounslow Montague Road G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus LDN Neasden Chancel House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Camden High Street London G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus 63-67 Newington Causeway London G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus High Street Peckham G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus 67 Upper Tooting Road Tooting London G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Old Town Clapham G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus 22 Glenhorne Road Hammersmith London G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus North Kensington JCP - DIE G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Prian House, Redruth G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Sherborne House, Newton Abbot G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Old Town Market Poole G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Plymouth Old Tree Court G Default 200 Awaiting results  
			 Jobcentre Plus Bournemouth Tamarisk House G Default 200 Awaiting results  
		
	
	
		
			  DWP buildings in Scotland 
			  Premises  n ame  Operational rating  Operational rating number  
			 Airbles Road E 78 Motherwell, Lanarkshire, ML1 3FA 
			 31-33 Whitburn Road G 118 Bathgate, West Lothian, EH48 1HG 
			 Driver  Vehicle Licensing Agency E 74 Glasgow, G2 6TT 
			 Units 15, 16A  16B Almondvale Centre, F+ 89 Livingston, West Lothian, EH54 6NQ 
			 13 Dockhead Street E 77 Saltcoats, Ayrshire, KA21 5EZ 
			 779/787 Govan Road E+ 65 Glasgow, G51 3JY 
			 Shandwick Square Shopping Centre F+ 88 Glasgow, G34 9DR 
			 49a High Street D 54 Paisley, Renfrewshire, PA1 2AN 
			 20 Benalder Street D+ 47 Glasgow, G11 6QN 
			 105 Dalrymple Street D 59 Greenock, Renfrewshire, PA15 1DU 
			 10 South Avenue D+ 46 Glasgow, Dunbartonshire, G81 2LF 
			 245 Kilbowie Road D 50 Clydebank, Dunbartonshire, G81 2JN 
			 Commercial Road C+ 36 Lerwick, Shetland Islands, ZE1 0LQ 
			 1 Westside Plaza E 78 Edinburgh, City of Edinburgh, EH14 2SP 
			 20 High Riggs E 76 Edinburgh, City of Edinburgh, EH3 7HU 
			 10b Wellside Place F 100 Falkirk, FK1 5SE 
			 96 Milton Street D+ 51 Glasgow, G4 0DX 
			 Roxburgh Street E 72 Galashiels, TD1 1TD 
			 600 Windmillhill Street D+ 50 Motherwell, Lanarkshire, ML1 2HN 
			 417 Main Street D 56 Bellshill, Lanarkshire, ML4 1HU 
			 199 Commercial Street F+ 90 Edinburgh, EH6 6QP 
			 John Street E 80 Ayr, KA8 0BX 
			 12 Woodstock Street/Grange Street F+ 90 Kilmarnock, Ayrshire, KA1 2BN 
			 2 St Ninians Road E+ 61 Stirling, FK8 2HF 
			 Robertson Street C+ 35 Glasgow, Lanarkshire, G2 8SP 
			 134 Wellington Street D 57 Glasgow, G2 2XL 
			 3 Gellatly Street G 102 Dundee, Angus DD1 3DX 
			 Wellgate Centre D 58 Dundee, City of Dundee, DD1 2DB 
			 29 Cadogan Street D 56 Glasgow, G2 7AB 
			 1460/1470 Maryhill Road E+ 63 Glasgow, G20 9DH 
			 Norman House The Forge E+ 67 Glasgow, City of Glasgow, G31 5NW 
			 955 Shettleston Road D+ 50 Glasgow, G32 7NY 
			 Greyfriars House D 58 Aberdeen, AB9 2ZU 
			 348 - 382 Argyle Street D+ 49 Glasgow, Lanarkshire, G2 8LX 
			 21 Herschell Street Anniesland F+ 85 G13 1HT 
			 Foundry Street E 80 Dunfermline, Fife, KY12 9DF 
			 20 York Street E+ 66 Glasgow, Lanarkshire, G2 8JH 
			 1 Almada Street D 57 Hamilton, ML3 0EH 
			 67-75 Irish Street E+ 70 Dumfries, Dumfries  Galloway, DG1 2PQ 
			 8 Coustonholm Road E 74 Glasgow, G43 1SS 
			 17 Girnigoe Street E 78 Wick, Caithness, KW1 4HL 
			 9 Muslin Street D+ 46 Glasgow, G40 4AZ 
			 200 Atlas Road/Wellfield Street F+ 82 Glasgow, G21 4DL 
			 6 Scarlow Street G 105 PA14 5EY 
			 1-7 Thistle Street And 11 Chapel Street E+ 74 Aberdeen, AB10 1EF 
			 12-14 Dee Street D 56 Aberdeen, City of Aberdeen, AB11 6DR 
			 13-21 Trinity Road F+ 89 Elgin, IV30 1UE 
			 (1) Scottish certificates valid 10 years.

Departmental Manpower

Mark Harper: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many full-time equivalent officials in her Department process claim forms for  (a) disability living allowance,  (b) attendance allowance,  (c) carer's allowance,  (d) incapacity benefit and  (e) employment and support allowance; and how many such forms were processed on average each working day for each benefit in each of the last five years.

Jonathan R Shaw: Information about the number of full-time equivalent officials in the Department who process claim forms for Disability Living Allowance, Attendance Allowance and Carer's Allowance, and about the number of forms processed on average for each benefit on each working day, is not currently available.
	The available information about the number of full-time equivalent staff who process claim forms for Incapacity Benefit and Employment and Support Allowance is in the table.
	
		
			  Average number of full-time equivalent officials: 2008-2009 by benefit processed 
			   Number 
			 Incapacity benefit new claims processing 675 
			 Employment and support allowance new claims processing 1,080 
			  Note:  Figures represent an average of 12 months permanent staff from April 2008 to March 2009.  Source:  Jobcentre Plus Activity Based Management System.

Departmental Postal Services

Lee Scott: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what percentage of postal services provided for her Department and its agencies were provided by  (a) Royal Mail and  (b) other postal service providers (i) in 2007, (ii) in 2008, (iii) between 1 January and 1 July 2009 and (iv) since 1 July 2009.

Jim Knight: DWP's has three postal providers:
	Royal Mail GroupDWP's primary provider for first and second class postal services between DWP, third parties and customers.
	UK Maila specific contract for system generated second class mail to DWP customers; the final mile is still delivered by Royal Mail.
	Spring Global Maila contract for international mail to DWP customers abroad.
	Based on actual DWP spend per supplier the following table provides the percentage breakdown comparison for these contracts.
	
		
			   Percentage 
			   2007  2008  1 January to 1 July 2009  1 July to 30 September 2009 
			  (a) Royal Mail 82.5 75.9 58.9 83.5 
			  (b) Other postal providers: 
			 UK Mail 16.2 22.9 39.8 15.7 
			 Spring Global Mail 1.3 1.2 1.3 0.8

Departmental Postal Services

Graham Stuart: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions with which providers  (a) her Department and  (b) its agencies had a contract to provide postal services in (i) 2007, (ii) 2008, (iii) between 1 January 2009 and 1 July 2009 and (iv) since 1 July 2009.

Jim Knight: DWP and it's agencies has utilised all of the following postal providers since 2007:
	
		
			  Postal provider  (i) 2007  (ii) 2008  (iii) 1 January 2009 to 1 July 2009  (iv) 1 July 2009 onwards 
			 Royal Mail Group Mail Providerwithin UK Mail Providerwithin UK Mail Providerwithin UK Mail Providerwithin UK 
			 UK Mail Mail Providerwithin UK Mail Providerwithin UK Mail Providerwithin UK Mail Providerwithin UK 
			 Spring Global Mail Mail Providerinternational mail Mail Providerinternational mail Mail Providerinternational mail Mail Providerinternational mail 
			 TNT Express Mail Courier Provider Courier Provider Courier Provider Courier Provider

Electronic Government

Francis Maude: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions for what reasons the terms and conditions of the directgov website prohibit photocopying of individual pages downloaded from the site.

Jim Knight: Directgov does not restrict its users from saving, printing or photocopying any material from direct.gov.uk article pages, the terms and conditions for which can be found at this page
	http://www.direct.gov.uk/en/SiteInformation/DG_020460
	and are governed by Crown Copyright. In summary,
	Crown copyright protected material (other than the Royal Arms and departmental or agency logos and photography) may be reproduced free of charge in any format or medium, provided it is reproduced accurately and not used in a misleading context.
	Each Government service provided through Directgov may be subject to its own unique set of terms and conditions, which are based on the service offer, as well as the provision of third party data sets, which may restrict the use of specific data sets.

Employment and Support Allowance

Mark Harper: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many and what proportion of claimants of employment and support allowance had completed their work capability assessment within  (a) one and four weeks,  (b) five and eight weeks and  (c) nine and 13 weeks of the start of their claim on the latest date for which figures are available; what the average waiting time has been for a work capability assessment for claimants of employment and support allowance to be concluded; and what the average time taken between the undertaking of a work capability assessment and a decision maker's decision was.

Jonathan R Shaw: holding answer 26 October 2009
	The latest reliable cohort of ESA claims were for claims starting in April 2009. We use this cohort to estimate ATOS advice timings of the assessment process:
	There were 100 (1 per cent.) completed within four weeks.
	An additional 2,100 (8 per cent.) were completed between five and eight weeks.
	An additional 9,700 (37 per cent.) were completed between nine and 13 weeks.
	Customers are able to backdate claims to before they first contact Jobcentre Plus and backdating was on average two weeks for incapacity benefit and it is expected that this will be the same for ESA. Therefore, the figures above show the technical time between when the claim was made and the completed Work Capability Assessment but the true time that Jobcentre Plus and ATOS have to work cases may be shorter.
	A more accurate reflection of the amount of cases that pass through the process within 13 weeks would be determined by taking into account factors, such as, the time taken to return paperwork, whether their condition can be assessed on paper based evidence alone, whether further medical evidence is required or requested and whether a customer actually attends their initial appointment or it has to be re-scheduled. This information is not currently available but we will continue to undertake analysis of performance as the ESA regime beds in.
	We do not hold information centrally on the time taken from ATOS providing medical advice to the JCP Decision Maker's final decision.
	Figures are rounded to the nearest 100 and percentages are rounded to the nearest whole number.
	 Notes:
	Data are based on time from claim start to completion of advice provided by ATOS Healthcare. ESA claimants can backdate their claim before the time they first contact Jobcentre Plus to make a claim. Timings will therefore include any backdating of claims. For IB claims the average length of time claims were backdated was around two weeks and we expect the length to be similar for ESA claims. We do not hold information centrally on the time taken from ATOS advice to the JCP Decision Maker's final decision.
	WCA assessments take a number of weeks to complete and will assess a broad range of people whose assessments will take longer or shorter to complete depending on the details of their claim, such as: time taken to return paperwork, whether their condition can be assessed on paper based evidence alone, whether additional evidence is required and whether a claimant attends their initial appointment or it has to be re-scheduled. This inevitably means there are a number of claims in any cohort which are still outstanding many weeks after the start of the claim. The response takes a pragmatic approach by using the latest cohort we can reliably use that we do not expect includes a large number of un-cleared cases (by comparison with earlier cohorts which are more fully cleared), i.e. ESA claims which began in April 2009. Theses timings may change slightly if we reassess them at a later date as more assessments are completed.

Employment and Support Allowance

Theresa May: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions 
	(1)  when she plans to introduce  (a) a skills screen for employment and support allowance claimants after the start of a claim and  (b) a mandatory skills health check at a later point in their claim when appropriate;
	(2)  when she plans to introduce pilots for mandatory skills health checks for long-term jobseeker's allowance claimants;
	(3)  when she plans to introduce a skills screen for all new jobseeker's allowance claimants;
	(4)  how many and what proportion of new lone parent income support claimants have attended a full skills health check;
	(5)  how many and what proportion of new lone parent income support claimants have received a skills screen as part of their work focused interview.

Jim Knight: Skills screening has already been introduced for all new jobseeker's allowance claimants. In the 12 Jobcentre Plus districts involved in trialling Integrated Employment and Skills services, JSA claimants who have not attended a Skills Health Check on a voluntary basis by week 26 of their claim are mandated to do so.
	Lone parent customers are not encompassed by IES trials activity and therefore do not receive skills screening or a referral to Skills Health Checks. Although lone parent income support claimants may attend a Skills Health Check on a voluntary basis, no data is currently collected.
	No decisions have as yet been made about the introduction of skills screening and health checks for customer groups other than JSA claimants. This will be considered as part of planning for the national implementation of an integrated employment and skills service for JSA customers in 2010-11.

Employment and Support Allowance: Medical Examinations

Bernard Jenkin: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions whether decisions relating to individuals' requirements for a second medical assessment for employment support allowance may be made by persons other than Ministers; and if she will make a statement.

Jonathan R Shaw: Customers dissatisfied with a medical examination undertaken by the DWP Medical Services provider, Atos Healthcare, are advised to contact the Atos Healthcare National Customer Relations Team with their concerns. All complaints of dissatisfaction with a medial examination received by Atos Healthcare are investigated and complaints which relate to the medical examination are scrutinised by an experienced Senior Disability Analyst doctor to ensure that the medical report is reasonable and justifiable. Where a medical report is found to be deficient, the National Customer Relation Team at Atos Healthcare will advise the DWP Decision Maker of the deficiencies. It is the DWP who are responsible for requesting Atos Healthcare to undertake a secondary medical examination if they feel it is necessary.

Employment Schemes: Expenditure

Steve Webb: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what the most recent estimate is of the average cost to her Department of a work experience placement for an 18 to 24 year old jobseeker.

Jim Knight: The cost of work experience placements vary depending on their length and design. The Department is introducing work experience placements through the Community Task Force and Backing Young Britain. Work experience placements are also currently delivered through the New Deal for Young People. Details on these placements and their costs are provided as follows.
	From January 2010 the Department is implementing the Community Task Force to provide work experience placements for young people of up to 26 weeks as part of the Young Person's Guarantee. The following table shows the indicative budget and indicative number of starts published in the Community Task Force phase 1 Invitation to Tender, and the indicative budget divided by indicative starts.(1)
	The table also shows the expected costs of work experience placements delivered as part of Backing Young Britain which was announced on 29 July 2009. The work experience placements will become available from early 2010 and will last for two weeks.
	
		
			  Programme  Indicative expected  total programme expenditure January 2010 to September 2011 ( million)  I ndicative total  number of expected starts  Indicative average cost per person ( million) 
			 Community task force(1) 78,240 63,600 1,250 
			 Backing Young Britain (work experience) 1.2(2) 3,000 400 
			 (1) The number of indicative Community Task Force (CTF) starts includes young people undertaking 13 weeks of work experience, young people undertaking an addition 13 week period of work experience and young people undertaking a period of work experience to complete their period of full-time activity under the Young Person's Guarantee (YPG). (2) Figures up to March 2011. 
		
	
	In addition, the New Deal for Young People provides 13 week work experience placements through the Voluntary and Environment Task Force Options. The average costs of these Options is summarised in the following table:
	
		
			  Programme  Total programme expenditure in 2008-09 ( million)  Total number of recorded starts  Average cost per person ( million) 
			 New Deal for Young People (voluntary sector option) 22.2 29,571 750 
			 New Deal for Young People (environmental task force option) 12.4 12,528 1,000

Employment: Chronically Sick

Andrew George: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what recent discussions she has had with the Secretary of State for Health to reduce the number of benefit recipients who have chronic debilitating conditions being brought into the productive workforce.

Jim Knight: The Secretary of State for Work and Pensions met with the Secretary of State for Health recently and their discussion included what support is available for disabled people and those with health conditions, including Pathways to Work and the Condition Management Programme. Further details will be set out in the Back to Work White Paper.
	Evidence shows that being out of work is bad for physical and mental healthwhile being in work generally leads to improved health outcomes and ultimately helps disabled people and those with health conditions live fulfilling and independent lives.
	From 27 October 2008, we replaced incapacity benefits for new customers with the employment and support allowance. The employment and support allowance has a revised medical assessment, the work capability assessment, which focuses on what people can do, as well as what they cannot.
	There is absolutely no intention of forcing those who can not work into jobs. We will not require anybody on employment and support allowance to apply for or take up specific jobs. The work capability assessment identifies those customers who should, and who should not, be expected to prepare to return to work.
	Those in the work-related activity group are expected to engage with a personalised programme of support. This will help them to move into employment as soon as they are ready. The evidence of the beneficial impact of work, including for those with a health condition or disability, is too strong to ignore.
	Those in the support group, do not have to engage in work-focused interviews or work-related activity unless they so wish.
	Our Departments are committed to working together in order to praise effective support for people with health conditions.

Future Jobs Fund

Theresa May: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many successful Future Jobs Fund bids there have been; what estimate she has made of the  (a) minimum and  (b) maximum number of jobs to be created under such bids; and how many such jobs are open for applications.

Jim Knight: There have been 195 successful Future Jobs Fund Bids in the first four rounds of bidding.
	Successful bids will create:
	Tranche 1 up to 75,400
	Tranche 2 up to 7,500
	Tranche 3 up to 4,400
	Tranche 4 up to 7,200 (Tranche 4 figure does not include Scotland which will be announced on 12 November)
	We have not estimated the minimum numbers that each bid will create; however as part of the bidding criteria, all bidders are required to create at least 30 jobs.
	We will be publishing official statistics on the number of people participating in the Future Jobs Fund in spring 2010. Until then data regarding how many such jobs are open for applications is not available.

Incapacity Benefit

Theresa May: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people claiming  (a) incapacity benefit or severe disablement allowance,  (b) jobseeker's allowance and  (c) income support started the claim before 1997.

Jonathan R Shaw: The available information is in the following table.
	
		
			  Numbers claiming benefits continuously since 1996, by benefit: Great Britain as at February 2009 
			   Number 
			 Incapacity Benefit/Severe Disablement Allowance 570,950 
			 Jobseeker's Allowance 330 
			 Income Support 75,590 
			  Notes: 1. Figures are rounded to the nearest 10. 2. For the purposes of presenting the statistics in this table, benefits are arranged hierarchically and claimants are assigned to the topmost benefit which they receive: (i) Jobseeker's AllowanceClaimant of Job Seekers Allowance. (ii) Incapacity BenefitsClaimant of either Incapacity Benefit or Severe Disablement Allowance. (iii) Income Supportclaimants include lone parents (claimant of income support with a child under 16 and no partner), carer's allowance (in this case must also be receiving income support) and others on income related benefitother income support claimants (including IS disability premiums).  Source: DWP Information Directorate: Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study

Members: Correspondence

Andrew Selous: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions when she plans to respond to Question 296734, on Child Support Agency staff, tabled on 28 October 2009.

Helen Goodman: I have replied to the hon. Member's question today.

New Deal Schemes

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people have found employment as a result of participating in the New Deal in  (a) Vale of Clwyd and  (b) each region in each year since its implementation.

Jim Knight: The information is in the following tables:
	
		
			  Jobs gained through New Deal: Vale of Clwyd parliamentary constituency Part 1 
			  Thousand 
			   1998  1999  2000  2001  2002  2003 
			 Vale of Clwyd 0.09 0.28 0.37 0.28 0.44 0.45 
		
	
	
		
			  Jobs gained through New Deal: Vale of Clwyd parliamentary constituency Part 2 
			  Thousand 
			   2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 ( 1) 2009  Total 
			 Vale of Clwyd 0.46 0.35 0.28 0.39 0.30 0.02 3.72 
			  Source: Department for Work and Pensions, Information Directorate. 
		
	
	
		
			  Jobs gained through New Deal: Jobcentre Plus Region Part 1 
			  Thousand 
			  Region  1998  1999  2000  2001  2002  2003 
			 East Midlands 5.02 12.49 12.89 13.28 15.12 16.23 
			 East of England 5.30 12.37 12.69 11.46 13.53 14.96 
			 London 11.73 28.73 28.50 24.69 28.65 34.06 
			 North East 5.87 14.41 14.98 15.84 17.39 20.47 
			 North West 11.39 28.66 30.80 29.30 33.82 36.58 
			 Scotland 9.04 22.09 22.72 23.42 28.95 33.79 
			 South East 6.16 16.23 16.16 14.83 16.54 18.58 
			 South West 5.80 13.90 14.44 14.46 17.99 21.13 
			 Wales 5.73 13.17 12.61 13.80 17.19 20.24 
			 West Midlands 7.97 18.82 19.54 21.08 23.36 26.27 
			 Yorkshire and the Humber 10.23 23.05 23.42 23.05 25.61 28.38 
			 Missing 0.52 1.25 1.46 1.38 0.91 1.52 
			 Total 84.76 205.13 210.21 206.59 239.04 272.20 
		
	
	
		
			  Jobs gained through New Deal: Jobcentre Plus Region Part 2 
			  Thousand 
			  Region  2004  2005  2006  2007  2008 ( 1) 2009  Total 
			 East Midlands 18.18 16.34 14.99 17.12 15.93 1.72 159.31 
			 East of England 18.41 17.97 15.20 17.48 16.96 1.83 158.15 
			 London 37.73 35.73 31.97 36.73 32.41 3.86 334.78 
			 North East 22.02 20.07 17.45 20.54 22.55 2.94 194.55 
			 North West 41.14 37.79 31.61 37.37 37.46 5.01 360.93 
			 Scotland 37.77 34.94 28.33 31.72 27.69 3.67 304.07 
			 South East 21.32 20.19 18.42 21.83 21.12 2.18 193.58 
			 South West 26.12 21.83 17.09 18.52 16.13 1.87 189.26 
			 Wales 22.25 20.33 16.96 18.26 16.62 1.99 179.14 
			 West Midlands 28.71 24.89 22.16 26.84 23.53 2.92 246.10 
			 Yorkshire and the Humber 29.72 24.81 23.08 28.50 25.80 3.22 268.84 
			 Missing 2.17 2.84 2.69 3.25 3.61 0.44 22.06 
			 Total 305.57 277.69 239.98 278.14 259.83 31.64 2,610.74 
			 (1)Latest data is to February 2009.  Notes: 1. Figures are rounded to the nearest 10 and displayed in thousands. 2. The year of entering job, is the calendar year that the job was gained. 3. Westminster parliamentary constituency (post May 2005) is allocated using the ONS Postcode Directory and customer's postcode. 4. New Deal for Young People started January 1998. 5. New Deal for Lone Parents started October 1998.  6. New Deal 50+: 98,040 jobs were gained by individuals who had received employment credit up to March 2003. 7. New Deal for Partners: 1,860 jobs were gained by participants on New Deal for Partners up to March 2004. 8. Spells information is unavailable for New Deal 50+ and New Deal for Partners, so individual level information is given instead. 9. New Deal for Disabled People started in July 2001. Since the introduction of Provider-Led Pathways to Work, New Deal for Disabled People has been available only in Jobcentre Plus Pathways to Work districts. Phase 1 Provider-Led Pathways to Work was implemented in December 2007 and Phase 2 in April 2008. Provider-Led Pathways to Work covers 60 per cent. of the country. 10. Some individuals may have had more than one job start. 11. The row titled Missing are jobs gained, but a region was not entered against that record.  Source:  Department for Work and Pensions, Information Directorate.

New Deal: Peterborough

Stewart Jackson: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people resident in Peterborough constituency have participated in a New Deal scheme in each year since 2005.

Jim Knight: The figures are set out in the following table. They show the number of starts on New Deal in each year and some individuals may be included twice.
	Starters (spells) on all New Deal schemes in Peterborough constituency:
	
		
			   Number of New Deal starters in Peterborough constituency 
			 2005 1,000 
			 2006 890 
			 2007 1,280 
			 2008 1,060 
			 2009(1) 460 
			 (1) The latest data for 2009 is up to August.  Notes: 1. The figures are rounded to the nearest 10. 2. The Westminster parliamentary constituency (post May 2005) is allocated using the ONS Postcode Directory and customer's postcode. 3. The year of starting is the calendar year of starting New Deal. 4. Starters (spells) information is not available for New Deal 50 Plus or New Deal for Partners so Starters (individuals) data has been used instead for these schemes. This means that for these schemes only an individual's most recent spell on that New Deal is recorded.  Source:  DWP Information Directorate. 
		
	
	The information contained in this reply is available in the public domain at:
	http://research.dwp.gov.uk/asd/tabtool.asp

Part-Time Employment

Theresa May: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what estimate she has made of the number of people in each  (a) region,  (b) local authority and  (c) parliamentary constituency who are in part-time work because they have been unable to find full-time employment.

Angela Smith: I have been asked to reply.
	The information requested falls within the responsibility of the UK Statistics Authority. I have asked the authority to reply.
	 Letter from Jil Matheson, dated November 2009:
	As National Statistician, I have been asked to reply to your Parliamentary Question asking for the number of people in each  (a) region,  (b) local authority and  (c) parliamentary constituency who are in part-time work because they have been unable to find full-time employment. (298869)
	The Office for National Statistics (ONS) compiles detailed employment statistics for regions and local areas from the Annual Population Survey (APS) and its predecessor the annual Labour Force Survey (LFS) following International Labour Organisation (ILO) definitions.
	Table 1 shows the number of persons who stated that their reason for working part-time was that they could not find a full-time job. Figures are for the 12 month period ending March 2009 for Government Office Regions. Estimates are not available at small geographies such as local authorities and parliamentary constituencies.
	As with any sample survey, estimates from the APS are subject to a margin of uncertainty. A guide to the quality of the estimates is given in Table 1.
	National and local area estimates for many labour market statistics, including employment, unemployment and claimant count are available on the NOMIS website at
	http://www.nomisweb.co.uk
	
		
			  Table 1: Number of persons( 1 ) whose reason for working part-time was could not find full-time job, April 2008 to March 2009 
			   T housand 
			 East **65 
			 East Midlands **58 
			 London **107 
			 North East **39 
			 North West **87 
			 Scotland **65 
			 South East **91 
			 South West **68 
			 Wales **42 
			 West Midlands **68 
			 Yorkshire and The Humber **60 
			 (1) Coefficients of Variation have been calculated as an indication of the quality of the estimates, see guide to quality as follows:  Guide to Quality: The Coefficient of Variation (CV) indicates the quality of an estimate, the smaller the CV value the higher the quality. The true value is likely to lie within +/- twice the CVfor example, for an estimate of 200 with a CV of 5 per cent. we would expect the population total to be within the range 180-220. Key Coefficient of Variation (CV) (%) Statistical Robustness * 0 = CV 5 Estimates are considered precise ** 5 = CV  10 Estimates are considered reasonably precise *** 10 = CV  20 Estimates are considered acceptable **** CV 20 Estimates are considered too unreliable for practical purposes  Source: Annual Population Survey

Pensioners: Females

Steve Webb: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions pursuant to the answer of 26 October 2009,  Official Report, column 170W, on pensioners: females, what proportion of claimants of each benefit was under the age of 30 years; and if she will make a statement.

Jim Knight: The requested information is given in the following table:
	
		
			  The number and proportion of adults aged under 30 claiming key working age benefits by statistical groupFebruary 2009 
			   Adults under 30  Total  Proportion (percentage) 
			  Statistical group
			 Jobseeker 637,820 1,421,600 44.9 
			 Employment and support allowance and incapacity benefits 320,420 2,644,430 12.1 
			 Lone parents 319,010 736,040 43.3 
			 Carer 39,790 796,110 5.0 
			 Others on income-related benefits 45,920 2,497,440 1.8 
			 Disabled 106,750 2,093,430 5.1 
			 Bereaved 550 105,050 0.5 
			 Total 1,470,260 18,540,960 7.9 
			  Notes: 1. Caseload figures are rounded to the nearest ten and percentages to one decimal place. Totals may not sum due to rounding. 2. Adults are classed as people aged 16 and over. 3. Caseload figures for Attendance Allowance, Carers Allowance and Disability Living Allowance include those cases with entitlement but where payment is currently suspended (for example, because of an extended stay in hospital or an overlapping benefit). 4. The figures relating to Employment and Support Allowance have been thoroughly quality assured to National Statistics standard; however, it should be noted that this is a new benefit using a new data source which may not have reached steady state in terms of operational processing and retrospection. Therefore the working age client group figures (excluding Jobseeker's Allowance) for February 2009 are provisional. 5. Statistical Group is a hierarchical variable. A person who fits into more than one category will only appear in the top-most one for which they are eligible; for example, a claimant of Disability Living Allowance and Jobseeker's Allowance would appear in 'Jobseeker', not in 'Disabled'. 6. Data is published at: http://83.244.183.180/100pc/stgp/cnage/ccstatgp/a_carate_r_cnage_c_ccstatgp_feb09.html 7. For a small number of claimants it is not possible to determine their age. For the purposes of this table it has been assumed that they are aged 30 years or over.  Source:  DWP Information Directorate: Work and Pensions Longitudinal Study.

Pensions: Expenditure

Steve Webb: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what estimate she has made of  (a) gross and  (b) net cost of restoring the link between the basic state pension and earnings in each year between 2010 and 2015.

Angela Eagle: The basic state pension is increased by 2.5 per cent. when this is higher than September RPI inflation. This will apply in 2010, which means that the increase in the basic state pension will also exceed growth in average earnings.
	The gross and net additional basic state pension spend due to increasing the basic state pension by earnings from 2010 and the 2007 Pensions Act reforms are given in the following table:
	
		
			  Additional basic state pension spend due to pension reform and uprating the basic state pension by earnings from 2010-11, 2009-10 price terms 
			   billions 
			   Gross  Net of income related benefits 
			 2010-11 -0.5 -0.4 
			 2011-12 -0.8 -0.6 
			 2012-13 -1.2 -0.8 
			 2013-14 -0.8 -0.6 
			 2014-15 -0.2 -0.3 
			  Notes:  1. Baseline published projections of expenditure on pensioner benefits assume that the basic state pension is increased by earnings from 2012. Prior to 2012, projections assume that the basic state pension is uprated by the greater of RPI or 2.5 per cent.  2. Estimates given show the gross additional basic state pension spend due to increasing the basic state pension by earnings from 2010 and implementing all of the other 2007 Pensions Act reforms to the basic state pension from April 2010 relative to uprating by RPI or 2.5 per cent. They also reflect the estimated savings from reduced income related benefit payments (pension credit, housing benefit and council tax benefit). During the next Parliament, we will re-link the uprating of the basic state pension to average earnings. Our objective, subject to affordability and the fiscal position, is to do this in 2012, but in any event by the end of the next Parliament at the latest. We will make a statement on the precise date at the beginning of the next Parliament.  3. In the financial years up to and including 2014-15 Treasury Economic assumptions consistent with Table C1 of the Budget report 2009 have been used to model earnings uprating.  4. The costs and savings estimates provided are based on future projections of earnings and price inflationwhich are inherently uncertain and subject to change particularly in light of the current economic uncertainty. This is underlined by the fact that the estimated cost of earnings uprating has changed significantly from estimates based on Treasury Economic Assumptions consistent with Table B1 of the pre-Budget report 2008.  5. Generally earnings rise faster than prices resulting in a greater cost from earnings uprating that would build over timethis would still be expected to hold over the medium and long term. Therefore despite the initial savings produced under current inflation forecasts, the introduction of earnings uprating would still be expected to increase expenditure on the basic state pension significantly as the cumulative costs of this policy grow over time.  6. If the restoration of the earnings link to the basic state pension were brought forward to 2010, the weekly value of the basic state pension to pensioners would be below the 2.5 per cent. increase committed to by the Chancellor at Budget 2009.  7. Estimates are in 2009-10 prices, have been rounded to the nearest 100 million and include UK and Overseas claimants.  Source:  DWP modelling.

Social Security Benefits

Mark Harper: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions 
	(1)  what estimate she has made of expected  (a) on-flows,  (b) off-flows and  (c) stock claimant numbers for (i) incapacity benefit (credits only), (ii) incapacity benefit (benefits), (iii) severe disablement allowance and (iv) employment and support allowance in the (A) support and (B) work-related activity group in each of the next five years;
	(2)  what the estimated  (a) on-flow and  (b) off-flow for (i) employment and support allowance and (ii) jobseeker's allowance are for each year to 2012-13 (A) with and (B) without implementation of the proposed policy changes contained in, Raising Expectations and Increasing Support: Reforming Welfare for the Future.

Jim Knight: The policy changes contained within Raising Expectations and Increasing Support: Reforming Welfare for the Future were not reflected in our caseload assumptions for Budget 2009 as final decisions on the shape and timing of the conversion exercise from Incapacity Benefit to Employment and Support Allowance had not then been made. Revised forecasts will be issued shortly following the pre-Budget report which will reflect those changes. Details of which will be published in the normal way.

Social Security Benefits

Theresa May: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what estimate she has made of the number of households  (a) in total and  (b) with at least one person of working age which were in receipt of benefits in excess of (i) 15,000, (ii) 20,000, (iii) 25,000, (iv) 30,000, (v) 40,000, (vi) 50,000 and (vii) 75,000 in each year since 1997.

Jim Knight: The available information is in the tables. The information is taken from the Family Resources Survey 1997-98 to 2007-08. Sample sizes are too small to yield reliable results for households in receipt of benefits of 25,000 or more in any year.
	The Family Resources Survey includes declared income from the full range of social security benefits administered by Department for Work and Pensions, HM Revenue and Customs, Service Personnel and Veterans Agency and local authorities; it does not include income from Tax Credits. The amount of benefits a family receives is entirely dependent on its individual circumstances.
	
		
			  N umber of households receiving benefits in excess of 15,000 per year, in real terms and as a percentage of all households in the survey area, in 2007-08 prices in each year since 1997-98 
			   Households receiving benefits in excess of 15,000 p.a.  Households receiving benefits in excess of 15,000 p.a. as a percentage of all households 
			 1997-98 600,000 3 
			 1998-99 700,000 3 
			 1999-2000 700,000 3 
			 2000-01 700,000 3 
			 2001-02 900,000 4 
			 2002-03 900,000 4 
			 2003-04 1,000,000 4 
			 2004-05 1,100,000 4 
			 2005-06 1,100,000 4 
			 2006-07 1,100,000 4 
			 2007-08 1,200,000 4 
		
	
	
		
			  N umber of households receiving benefits in excess of 20,000 per year, in real terms and as a percentage of all households in the survey area, in 2007-08 prices in each year since 1997-98 
			   Households receiving benefits in excess of 20,000 p.a.  Households receiving benefits in excess of 20,000 p. a. as a percentage of all households 
			 1997-98 100,000 1 
			 1998-99 100,000 1 
			 1999-00 100,000 1 
			 2000-01 100,000 1 
			 2001-02 200,000 1 
			 2002-03 200,000 1 
			 2003-04 300,000 1 
			 2004-05 300,000 1 
			 2005-06 300,000 1 
			 2006-07 200,000 1 
			 2007-08 300,000 1 
		
	
	
		
			  N umber of households with at least one working-age person receiving benefits in excess of 15,000 per year, in real terms and as a percentage of all households in the survey area, in 2007-08 prices in each year since 1997-98 
			   Households receiving benefits in excess of 15,000 p.a.  Households receiving benefits in excess of 15,000 p.a. as a percentage of all households 
			 1997-98 500,000 2 
			 1998-99 500,000 2 
			 1999-00 500,000 2 
			 2000-01 500,000 2 
			 2001-02 700,000 3 
			 2002-03 600,000 3 
			 2003-04 700,000 3 
			 2004-05 700,000 3 
			 2005-06 700,000 3 
			 2006-07 600,000 2 
			 2007-08 600,000 2 
		
	
	
		
			  N umber of households with at least one working-age person receiving benefits in excess of 20,000 per year, in real terms and as a percentage of all households in the survey area, in 2007-08 prices in each year since 1997-98 
			   Households receiving benefits in excess of 20,000 p.a.  Households receiving benefits in excess of 20,000 p.a. as a percentage of all households 
			 1997-98 100,000 1 
			 1998-99 100,000 1 
			 1999-00 100,000 0 
			 2000-01 100,000 0 
			 2001-02 200,000 1 
			 2002-03 200,000 1 
			 2003-04 200,000 1 
			 2004-05 200,000 1 
			 2005-06 200,000 1 
			 2006-07 200,000 1 
			 2007-08 200,000 1 
			  Notes: 1. The Family Resources Survey is a nationally representative sample of approximately 25,000 households for the latest year reported. 2. Population figures have been rounded to the nearest 100,000. 3. Percentages to the nearest 1 per cent. figures of 0 per cent. represent those of less than 0.5 per cent. 4. The figures for those with benefits in excess of 15,000 includes those with benefits in excess of 20,000 5. Results are for Great Britain up to and including 2001-02, and for the UK from 2002-03 onwards. 6. The thresholds in years before 2007-08 have been deflated by the Retail Price Index. 7. Data for each year were collected between April and the following March. 8. The figures are based on a sample of households which have been adjusted for non-response using multi-purpose grossing factors which align the FRS to Government Office Region populations by age and sex. Estimates are subject to sampling error and remaining non-response error. 9. Benefit receipt is based on self-assessment and therefore may be subject to misreporting. 10. Tax credits have not been included in benefit income.  Source:  Family Resources Survey 1997-98 to 2007-08

Social Security Benefits: Medical Examinations

Eric Illsley: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions what recent representations she has received on the time taken to arrange medical examinations for benefit claimants; and if she will make a statement.

Jonathan R Shaw: The Department has recently received correspondence from hon. Members on behalf of their constituents, correspondence from customers directly and parliamentary questions regarding medical examinations for benefit claimants, which have questions about the time taken to arrange examinations. However, it is not possible to give a further break down.

Vocational Training

Theresa May: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions how many people have participated in Back to Work Seminars since their introduction.

Jim Knight: The Back to Work session was introduced in 28 out of 48 Jobcentre Plus districts in April 2009. The remaining districts will introduce the new programme from April 2010. Between April and October over 460,000 people have attended a Back to Work session

Written Questions: Government Responses

Anne McIntosh: To ask the Secretary of State for Work and Pensions when she plans to answer Question 295425, on age discrimination, tabled on 20 October 2009.

Michael Jabez Foster: I have answered question 295425 today.

Banks: Finance

John Redwood: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what recent estimate he has made of the level of taxpayer exposure to banking sector loans and mortgages.

Sarah McCarthy-Fry: At Budget 2009, the Government provisionally estimated that net unrealised losses on financial sector interventions might lie within a potential range from 20 billion to 50 billion (or 1.5 per cent. to 3.5 per cent. of GDP).
	The Government are continuing to develop estimates of losses as schemes are finalised, and as market conditions normalise. They will provide an update on their estimate at the pre-Budget report in December.

Banks: Government Shareholding

John Redwood: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what his most recent estimate is of the amount that would be raised by the sale of Government-owned shares in  (a) Royal Bank of Scotland and  (b) Lloyds Banking Group assuming the Government could sell the shares at a five per cent. discount to the market price.

Sarah McCarthy-Fry: The Government currently holds 39,645 million ordinary shares in The Royal Bank of Scotland (RBS).
	The Government currently hold 11,799 million ordinary shares in the Lloyds Banking Group (LBG).
	Details of the Government's equity investments in Royal Bank of Scotland and the Lloyds Banking Group are set out in HM Treasury's Resource Accounts for 2008-09 (HC 611).
	The amount raised from the disposal of these investments would depend on the market price of the shares at the point of sale.

Civil Service: Location

David Chaytor: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what processes his Department has established to monitor the implementation of recommendations made in the 2004 Lyons Review; what assessment he has made of the effects on departments of such implementation; what estimate he has made of the effects on central Government costs of staff relocations arising from Sir Michael's recommendations; and if he will make a statement.

Liam Byrne: The Office of Government Commerce (OGC) is responsible for monitoring the Government's relocations programme.
	OGC provides the Chief Secretary to the Treasury with quarterly updates on the programme's progress. Departments also report on progress against their respective targets in their annual departmental reports.
	The Government's existing property strategy requires all new acquisitions, lease renewals and break clauses to seek ministerial approval to stay in London and the South East. This ensures the CST can assess, in the light of the Government's relocation programme, future estate management issues as well as providing an opportunity to monitor current progress.
	Departmental contributions towards the relocations target can be found on the OGC website:
	http://www.ogc.gov.uk/government_relocation_relocation_programm_progress.asp
	Beyond these staff numbers OGC does not hold information on how Departments are affected by the implementation of Sir Michael Lyons 2004 Review or on the central cost of relocations.

Civil Service: Location

David Chaytor: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what his policy is on the relocation of civil service functions away from London and the South East.

Liam Byrne: The Government's target is to relocate 24,000 civil service posts out of London and the south-east by 31 March 2010. Budget 2009 reported that at end of December 2008, 19,090 posts had been relocated to all parts of the UK.
	The Government have announced that there will be a presumption against south-east locations for all Government functions other than face-to-face services. This has been reflected in guidance to Departments.
	Decisions on departmental relocations take into account the impact on service delivery.

Civil Service: Location

David Chaytor: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many departments have conducted second tranche studies as recommended by the 2004 Lyons Review; and how many civil service jobs in each department were subsequently relocated.

Liam Byrne: Budget 2009 announced plans to increase the target to 24,000 posts by 31 March, 2010. Additionally, Budget 2009 stated that the Office of Government Commerce would work with Departments to review the level of ambition and relocations in the medium term. This is ongoing.

Debts: Developing Countries

Chris Ruane: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much debt is owed to the UK by the poorest countries in the world; what steps his Department has taken to reduce this debt; and if he will make a statement.

Sarah McCarthy-Fry: The UK has taken a strong lead on providing debt relief for the poorest, most indebted countries. 40 countries are eligible under the heavily indebted poor countries (HIPC) initiative to receive debt relief from the UK. The UK has renounced the right to benefit from historic debt of these countries.
	The UK has irrevocably cancelled 100 per cent. of debts from the 26 countries that have reached completion point under the HIPC initiative. A further nine countries are receiving interim relief, and the UK does not receive any debt payments from these countries. The UK also holds in trust any payments made to the UK by the remaining five countries yet to enter the HIPC initiative and returns the payments once the countries enter the initiative.
	The remaining 14 countries that are yet to complete the HIPC initiative owe the UK approximately 609.7 million. The UK will cancel 100 per cent. of this debt as each country reaches completion point.

Departmental Air Travel

Oliver Heald: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many first-class flights were taken by each Minister in his Department in 2008-09; and what the  (a) origin,  (b) destination and  (c) cost was of each such flight.

Sarah McCarthy-Fry: Since 1999, the Government have published on an annual basis a list of all overseas visits by Cabinet Ministers costing in excess of 500, as well as the total cost of all ministerial travel overseas. Copies of the lists are available in the Libraries of the House. All ministerial travel is undertaken in accordance with the Ministerial Code.

Departmental Official Hospitality

Theresa Villiers: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much his Department spent on entertainment from its conference and hospitality budgets in  (a) 2007-08 and  (b) 2008-09.

Sarah McCarthy-Fry: All expenditure, including that on entertainment, has to be incurred in accordance with the principles of Managing Public Money and the Treasury handbook on Regularity and Propriety.
	Data in expenditure broken down by conference and hospitality budgets is not readily available and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Departmental Statistics

Chris Ruane: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what proportion of the statistical datasets collected by his Department are published.

Sarah McCarthy-Fry: As a matter of course, the Treasury publishes information from all of its statistical datasets that meet the definition of 'official statistics' set out in the Statistics and Registration Service Act 2007. All of the Treasury's National Statistics releases are published in accordance with the requirements set out in the 'Code of Practice for Official Statistics' and the 'National Statistician's Guidance on the Presentation and Publication of Official Statistics'.

Excise Duties: Agricultural Machinery

Chris Ruane: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the revenue from vehicle excise duty for tractors was in each of the last 10 years.

Sarah McCarthy-Fry: Tractors have been exempt from Vehicle Excise Duty since 2001. For revenue figures for agricultural vehicles, which includes tractors, for years before 2001, I refer the hon. Member to the answer given by my predecessor the Minister for Housing, my right hon. Friend the Member for Wentworth (John Healey) on 18 October 2006,  Official Report, column 1260W.

HM Revenue and Customs

Francis Maude: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many layers of line management there are in between the Chief Executive and frontline staff.

Stephen Timms: HM Revenue and Customs' (HMRC) 'frontline' staff can be of any grade. This includes Senior Civil Service staff that have responsibility for dealing with our major taxpayers, involving, for example Corporation or Inheritance Taxes.
	HMRC has the following staff grades:
	Chief Executive/Permanent Secretary
	Senior Civil Service 3
	Senior Civil Service 2
	Senior Civil Service 1a
	Senior Civil Service 1
	Grade 6
	Grade 7
	Fast Stream
	Senior Officer
	Higher Officer
	Officer
	Assistant Officer
	Administrative Assistant
	With the exception of Fast Streamers staff at grade 'Officer' and above may have management responsibilities.

Lloyds Banking Group

John Redwood: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer for what reasons his Department plans to subscribe for new right shares in Lloyds Banking Group.

Sarah McCarthy-Fry: As a shareholder, the Government have the option to take up part of the newly issued equity. If we did not do so, the value of the existing taxpayer shareholding would be diminished. To protect the value of our shares, we have therefore decided to take up our share of this new capital investing 5.7 billion net of an underwriting fee.

National Debt

John Redwood: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what his latest estimate is of the level of the UK's financial liabilities, including debt, private finance initiative, public private partnership, unfunded pensions and bank liabilities.

Sarah McCarthy-Fry: Public sector net debt is measured by means of National Accounts aggregates compiled by the independent Office for National Statistics, using internationally accepted methodology. It is published on both an including and excluding financial sector interventions basis at:
	www.statistics.gov.uk
	Net public sector pensions expenditure is reported on a National Accounts basis in Table C9 of Budget 2009; while the Government Actuary's Department estimate of the total liability of the unfunded public service occupational pension schemes as at 31 March 2006 was published in Box 4.4 of the 2008 Long-Term Public Finances Report:
	http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/bud_bud08_longterm.htm
	Data on the private finance initiative are published in Tables 2.4-2.6 of the HMT publication 'Budget 2009: The Economy and Public FinancesSupplementary Material':
	http://www.hm-treasury.gov.uk/d/Budget2009/bud09_econfinances_968.pdf

Non-Domestic Rates

Caroline Spelman: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the  (a) total and  (b) average rateable value for hereditaments in each special category code is on (i) the 2005 Rating List and (ii) the draft 2010 Rating List.

Barbara Follett: I have been asked to reply.
	I have placed in the Library of the House a table showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code on both the 2005 Rating Lists and the draft 2010 Rating Lists at 29 May 2009. These data are consistent with the consultation document titled: 'The transitional arrangements for the non-domestic rating revaluation 2010 in England', published on 8 July 2009. A copy of the consultation document is available at the following link:
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/localgovernment/nndrrevaluation2010
	The number of hereditaments in each special category code has been rounded to the nearest 10 and the figures for total and average rateable value have been rounded to the nearest thousand pounds.
	Please note that:
	a) betting shops and offices have special category code 24;
	b) bingo halls have special category code 25;
	c) i) public houses/pub restaurants have special category codes 226 and 227; ii) restaurants have special category code 234; iii) wine bars have special category code 303;
	d) night clubs and discotheques have special code 199;
	e) casinos and gambling clubs have special category code 49;
	f) petrol stations have special category code 209.

Post War Credits

David Crausby: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the estimated monetary value of unclaimed post-war credits is.

Ian Pearson: Her Majesty's Revenue and Customs hold two million post war credit cards representing unclaimed credits. The average credit is 20. The estimated amount unclaimed is therefore 40 million.

Post War Credits

David Crausby: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how much has been paid out in post-war credits since March 1996.

Ian Pearson: So far this financial year HM Revenue and Customs have paid 5,150.49 (to end October 2009) which equates to approximately 10,000 per annum. Precise figures on how much has been paid out since March 1996 could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Tax Evasion: Bolton

David Crausby: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer how many  (a) individuals and  (b) businesses in Bolton North East constituency were investigated for offences related to tax evasion in each of the last five years.

Stephen Timms: Records of HM Revenue and Customs' compliance checks into potential cases of tax evasion are not held centrally, and could currently be obtained only at disproportionate cost.

Tobin Tax

Mark Hoban: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what assessment he has made of the likely effects of a Tobin tax on the UK financial services sector.

Sarah McCarthy-Fry: As the Prime Minister set out on 7 November 2009 at the G20 summit at St. Andrews, any financial transaction taxor indeed any other option aimed at ensuring the international financial sector make a fair contribution back to the taxpayer for the cost of Government interventions in the banking sectorwould need to be subject to four core principles: it would need to apply globally; must be non-distortionary; must complementand reinforceaction the G20 are already taking to enhance the stability of the international financial system; and it must be fair to the financial sector. The effect of any such transaction tax on the UK financial sector would depend on how precisely these principles were implemented.

Ulster Bank: Pay

Mark Durkan: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer 
	(1)  what representations he has received from the Irish Bank Officials Association on Ulster Bank's plans in relation to contractual bonuses to its lower-paid employees;
	(2)  what information his Department holds on Ulster Bank's proposal to withhold the 10 per cent. contractual profit share payment from lower paid employees which his Department had previously authorised in respect of the Royal Bank of Scotland Group.

Sarah McCarthy-Fry: The Chancellor receives a wide range of representations on issues relating to banks in receipt of public funds. As was the case with previous Administrations, it is not the Government's practice to provide details of all such representations.
	The Government's shareholdings in RBS are managed on a commercial and arm's length basis by UK Financial Investments Ltd. (UKFI). UKFI's objective is to protect and create value for the taxpayer as shareholder, with due regard to the maintenance of financial stability, and to act in a way that promotes competition.

Valuation Office: Allowances

Bob Neill: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer what the value was of the expense claims made by each board member of the Valuation Office Agency in each of the last two years.

Ian Pearson: The Expense claims of Management Board members in the last two years were as detailed in the following table:
	
		
			   
			  Expenses claimed  1 April 2007 to 31 March 2008  1 April 2008 to 31 March 2009 
			 Chief Executive 4,934 3,194 
			 Deputy Chief Executive 4,283 2,018 
			 Director of Data Strategy 3,757 4,132 
			 Director of HR 2,352 2,187 
			 Head of Communications 2,368 9,31 
			 Director of Finance 3,628 2,088 
			 Chief Information Officer 2,673 4,878 
			 Director of National and Central Services 0 34,039 
			 Director of Commercial Services 0 3,235 
			 Director of District Valuer Services 0 0 
			 Non Executive Director 1 0 0 
			 Non Executive Director 2 0 126

Welfare Tax Credits

Steve Webb: To ask the Chancellor of the Exchequer 
	(1)  if he will estimate the effect on public expenditure of increasing the first income threshold of working tax credits by 500 while removing the second income threshold on tax credits and applying a consistent taper rate of 44 per cent. in each of the next five years; and if he will estimate the number of people who would have their awards reduced to zero in each case;
	(2)  if he will estimate the effect on public expenditure of removing the second income threshold on tax credits and applying a consistent taper rate of 39 per cent. in each of the next five years; and if he will estimate the number of people who would have their awards reduced to zero in each case.

Stephen Timms: The following figures provide an indication of the savings from 2010-11 to 2014-15 from these changes. These figures do not account for possible behavioural effects and should therefore be treated with caution. There may be a significant effect on work incentives arising from increasing marginal withdrawal rates.
	
		
			  Effect on expenditure,  million 
			  Changes  2010-11  2011-12  2012-13  2013-14  2014-15 
			 Removing the second income threshold, a 44 per cent taper rate and increase the first income threshold by 500 1,510 1,555 1,585 1,625 1,670 
			 Removing the second income threshold, and a 39 per cent taper rate 720 710 670 650 620 
		
	
	Estimates of the number of claimants who would have their award tapered to zero if these measures were implemented immediately are shown in the following table.
	
		
			  Additional number of claimants with awards tapered to zero, thousands 
			   Number 
			 Removing the second income threshold a 44 per cent taper rate and increase the first income threshold by 500 1,670 
			 Removing the second income threshold and a 39 per cent. taper rate 1,450

Akmal Shaikh

David Chaytor: To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what recent representations he has made to the government of China on the sentencing of Akmal Shaikh; and if he will make a statement.

Ivan Lewis: My right hon. Friends the Prime Minister and Foreign Secretary were very concerned to learn that the death sentence imposed on Akmal Shaikh, was upheld apparently without proper consideration of mitigating factors including his mental health. The Prime Minister wrote to President Hu on 14 October 2009 and the Foreign Secretary wrote to Foreign Minister Yang on 16 October 2009 to express our serious concerns about how the case has been managed and restate our opposition to the death penalty in all circumstances.
	We both also raised the case with Chinese State Councillor for Foreign Affairs Dai Bingguo in London on 19 October 2009. We continue to use every opportunity to raise the case with our Chinese counterparts in London and in Beijing. The EU troika presented a dmarche at ambassador level to the Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs on 11 November 2009. We continue to identify opportunities for further representations.

Hossein Rassam

David Lidington: To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what recent discussions he has had with foreign counterparts on securing the release of Hossein Rassam; and if he will make a statement.

Ivan Lewis: My right hon. Friend the Foreign Secretary telephoned the Iranian Foreign Minister, Manouchehr Mottaki, on 1 November 2009 to make clear our concern over the sentencing of Hossein Rassam. In addition to conversations with EU counterparts at the General Affairs and External Relations Council and European Council, the Foreign Secretary has also discussed this case with the Swedish Foreign Minister, Carl Bildt, and during his recent visit to Turkey.
	We are deeply concerned by the harassment of our staff in Tehran by the Iranian authorities: none have done anything wrong and the sentence imposed upon Hossein Rassam is completely unjustified and unacceptable. We have urged the Iranian authorities to ensure that Hossein Rassam's appeal is dealt with swiftly and the sentence overturned.

India: Entry Clearance

Paul Keetch: To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what estimate he has made of the number of British citizens expected to be required to leave India as a consequence of rejection of visa  (a) applications and  (b) renewals following the policy changes made by the government of India; what support and advice his Department is offering to those required to leave; and if he will make a statement.

Ivan Lewis: We have not been notified about a change of policy by the government of India on visa applications though we are aware, including from Indian media reports, that existing immigration rules for business and employment visitors are being rigorously enforced.
	Some British nationals have contacted our offices in India about the status of their visas. We have advised those currently possessing the incorrect visa to leave India before the expiry of the Indian government's deadline and then apply for the correct visa.
	Advice is available on the Foreign and Commonwealth Office's Travel Advice for India
	www.fco.gov.uk/en/travel-and-living-abroad/travel-advice-by-country/asia-oceania/india
	and our high commission's website
	www.ukinindia.gov.uk
	We have also consulted British business groups in India and we are not aware of many British nationals being directly affected.

Mongolia: Foreign Relations

John Grogan: To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs what his latest assessment is of the state of relations between the UK and Mongolia; and if he will make a statement.

Ivan Lewis: Relations between the UK and Mongolia have always been strong. In 1963 the UK became the first western country to establish diplomatic relations with Mongolia. This long association has given the UK a special position in Mongolia. Both countries continue to look at ways to further develop the relationship by working on areas such as investment, education, regional security, climate change and international peacekeeping.
	The approval of an investment law in Mongolia in August 2009 has opened up major opportunities for commercial ties. For example - Rio Tinto, Ivanhoe Mines and the Government of Mongolia signed a contract in October 2009 to mine copper and gold at Oyu Tolgoi, one of the largest undeveloped deposits in the world with resources in excess of $290 billion. This project has the potential to radically transform the Mongolian economy, and has already attracted unprecedented UK interest in doing business with Mongolia. We hope that the upcoming European Bank of Reconstruction and Development conference in December will further promote trade and investment ties. And we welcome the recent establishment of a UK-Mongolia Chamber of Commerce in London.
	Our interest in deepening relations with Mongolia goes beyond trade and investment. Mongolia makes important contributions to UN peacekeeping operations, including deployments to Afghanistan, Iraq, Sierra Leone, Western Sahara, Sudan, Kosovo and Somalia. These deployments have always been held in high regard by the UK. They demonstrate Mongolia's commitment to playing a responsible role on the world stage.
	On other global challenges, we have welcomed Mongolia's proposals to increase cooperation with their regional partners on tackling climate change. Through our embassy in Ulaanbaatar and other dialogue with the Government of Mongolia we look forward to developing cooperation further on this and other international priorities.

Outreach Events

Paul Goodman: To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs which cities and towns in the UK senior officials from his Department have visited as part of the PREVENT initiative; how such towns and cities were selected; which senior officials took part in each visit; when each visit took place; how much each visit cost; how many people attended each event; how attendees were selected; and if he will make a statement.

Ivan Lewis: Violent extremists use misconceptions about foreign policy as a way to radicalise vulnerable young people in the UK. We have a programme of outreach to Muslim communities around the UK by Ministers and senior officials to discuss foreign policy issues and challenge extremists' distortions of British foreign policy.
	During the Foreign and Commonwealth Office Leadership Week (when Heads of Mission return to London) in March this year, the following outreach events took place:
	9 March: Paul Johnston, Director for International Security, visited Glasgow
	23 March: Robert Chatterton Dickson, Head of Counter Terrorism Department, visited Tower Hamlets
	24 March: Richard Makepeace, HMA(1) Jerusalem, gave a foreign policy briefing on Gaza to key Muslim stakeholders
	26 March: James Watt, HMA(1) Amman, visited north London
	26 March: Martin Hatfield, HMA(1) Indonesia, visited Luton
	26 March: William Patey, HMA(1) Riyadh, visited Oxford
	26 March: Rob Macaire, HC(2) Nairobi and John Marshall, DHM(3) Addis Ababa visited Tower Hamlets
	26 March: Robert Brinkley, HC(2) Islamabad, and Stuart Eldon, Permanent Representative North Atlantic Treaty Organisation (NATO) visited Birmingham
	26 March: Chris O'Connor, HMA(1) Tunis, visited Reading
	26 March: Andrew Henderson, HMA(1) Algiers, visited Islington
	27 March: Dominic Asquith, HMA(1) Cairo, visited Ealing
	27 March: Nick Baird, HMA(1) Ankara, visited Nottingham
	27 March: Simon Collis, HMA(1) Damascus, visited Sheffield
	27 March: Christopher Prentice, HMA(1) Baghdad, visited Brent
	27 March: Paul Madden, HC(2) Singapore, visited Woking Mosque
	Following on from this, outreach events to date have been:
	28 May: Steven Evans, HC(2) Bangladesh visited Bangladeshi communities in Brick Lane and Tower Hamlets
	3 June: Stuart Eldon, Perm Rep NATO took part in a Q and A discussion with the forum Open Discussions in London
	15 July: William Patey, HMA(1) Riyadh visited Redbridge
	16 July: Robert Brinkley, HC(2) Islamabad visited Derby
	17 August: Adam Thomson, HC(2) Islamabad designate, visited Glasgow
	24 August: Adam Thomson, HC(2) Islamabad designate visited Birmingham
	27 August: Adam Thomson, HC(2) Islamabad designate, visited Bradford
	15 September: William Patey, HMA(1) Riyadh visited Edinburgh
	15 September: Sir Peter Ricketts, PUS(4), hosted an Iftar in Brick Lane
	24 September: Christopher Prentice, HMA(1) Baghdad, visited High Wycombe
	9 October: Sir Peter Ricketts, PUS(4), visited Edinburgh
	12 October: Tim Morris, HMA(1) Rabat, visited North West London
	We work with local authorities, other Government Departments and community organisations to reach as wide an audience as possible. In most cases, local authorities approach us when they have established there is appetite for outreach in their areas. We do not select attendees and attendance numbers vary significantly from event to event.
	The cost of events has ranged from 0 to 1,500, which includes venue hire, catering and travel costs for officials.
	Planned outreach events for the coming months will take place in Lambeth, Kirklees, Birmingham and Manchester. There will also be an inward visit to the FCO by young Muslim students from Reading.
	As with past events, the costs will range from 0 to 1,000
	(1) HMA = Her Majesty's Ambassador
	(2) HC = High Commissioner
	(3) DHM = Deputy Head of Mission
	(4) PUS = Permanent Under Secretary

Trade Unions

Francis Maude: To ask the Secretary of State for Foreign and Commonwealth Affairs pursuant to the answer of 18 May 2009,  Official Report, column 1153W, on trade unions, what the function of the Trade Union Secretariat (TUS) is; and whether the TUS may engage in political activity related to trade union representation.

Chris Bryant: The Trade Union Side (TUS) Secretariat represents the staff side of the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) Departmental Whitley Council. It co-ordinates the views of constituent trade unions and members recognised by the FCO (Prospect, the Diplomatic Service Association and Public and Commercial Services union). It leads, representing the views of the constituent trade unions, on behalf of staff in formal and informal negotiations and consultations with FCO Management on a variety of issues, including pay, terms and conditions of employment, recruitment, appraisals and promotions, redundancy, organisational change, diversity, equality and health and safety.
	The TUS would not normally engage in political activities as such. While members of the TUS Secretariat may attend or be involved in meetings which have a political dimension, political activities such as lobbying normally be done by the constituent trade unions on behalf of their members. Any political activities are undertaken by individual unions with political funds, and are not within the remit of the TUS.

1GOAL

Tom Clarke: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent discussions he has had about the GCE-FIFA 2010 Word Cup initiative 1GOAL.

Michael Foster: The Department for International Development (DFID) is very supportive of the FIFA 1GOAL campaign, and the role it will play in moving towards MDG 2achieving universal primary education. DFID is working closely with the Global Campaign for Education to help deliver the initiative around the world and has contributed 1 million this financial year for this purpose.
	Most recently, on 6 October, Douglas Alexander, the Secretary of State for International Development, attended the Global Leaders' launch, at which my right hon. Friend, the Prime Minister spoke alongside other supporters including South Africa President Zuma, FIFA President Sepp Blatter and UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon.

Afghan Action: Finance

John Battle: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how much funding his Department has allocated to the organisation Afghan Action in each of the last five years; and if he will make a statement.

Michael Foster: Afghan Action was awarded a grant of 225,000 in 2005 from the Department for International Development (DFID) following an application to the Business Linkages Challenge Fund. No further payments have been made.
	The grant was awarded to help Afghan Action cover start up costs and develop a viable carpet business, designed to provide training and employment for local people in Kabul. By August 2005, 75 people had been employed and 30 people trained in their own carpet-making workshop.

Africa: HIV Infection

Tom Clarke: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent steps he has taken to support community-based HIV campaigns in Africa.

Gareth Thomas: The Department for International Development (DFID) provides support to community-based organisations in several places:
	In Zimbabwe, we and other donors are jointly providing 23 million in predictable funding for over 130 community-based organisations, which will reach over 180,000 orphans and other vulnerable children.
	In the Democratic Republic of Congo, we have made a 4.5 million grant to Christian Aid to support community-based care for HIV sufferers.
	In Kenya, we are providing 10 million over five years to the African Medical and Research Foundation to develop the capacity of local NGOs to prevent and treat HIV.
	We also support civil society via our funding to governments. In Malawi, we contribute some 14 million to the national response to HIV/AIDs which supports more than 1,000 community-based organisations, while in Nigeria a significant proportion of the 100 million that we have committed for the period 2009-14 is going to civil society groups particularly in areas such as home-based care and support to vulnerable groups and orphans.
	A major part of UK HIV/AIDS funding is channelled through the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria (GFATM) to which we have committed 1 billion for the period 2008-15. 12 per cent. of the fund's grants in Africa go to civil society organisations.

Chars Livelihood Programme

Geoffrey Clifton-Brown: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development for what reasons his Department signed a second contract with Maxwell Stamp plc in respect of the Chars Livelihood Programme before undertaking a financial audit of its first contract with that company; and if he will make a statement.

Douglas Alexander: Maxwell Stamp plc was awarded a contract to design and, subject to the approval of that design, implement the second phase of the Chars Livelihoods Programme following an open, competitive tendering process that followed European Union directives.

Chars Livelihood Programme

Geoffrey Clifton-Brown: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what steps his Department has taken to audit the  (a) impact and  (b) other claims made by Maxwell Stamp plc in respect of its work for the Chars Livelihood Programme.

Douglas Alexander: All projects funded by the Department for International Development (DFID) are subject to an annual review to assess progress and measure results.
	Financial claims are checked against the contract terms and physical progress, in line with DFID's standard procedures.

Chars Livelihood Programme

Geoffrey Clifton-Brown: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development whether his Department has carried out an independent audit of the contract signed by his Department and Maxwell Stamp plc in 2004 in respect of management services for the Chars Livelihood Programme in Bangladesh.

Douglas Alexander: The Department for International Development carries out annual independent audits of Maxwell Stamp plc's spending in Bangladesh on the Chars Livelihoods Programme.

Christmas

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how much his Department spent on Christmas  (a) cards,  (b) parties and  (c) decorations in the last 12 months.

Michael Foster: The Department for International Development (DFID) spent 1,567 + VAT on Christmas cards in the last 12 months.
	Under DFID rules, no funds are spent on staff Christmas parties or decorations.

Crimes of Violence: Females

Margaret Moran: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how much funding his Department plans to allocate in 2009-10 to tackling violence against women, broken down by recipient country.

Michael Foster: It is not possible to calculate a figure for funding commitments in 2009-10 to tackling violence against women, broken down by recipient country. Gender based violence is addressed through many different approaches and programmes, according to country context and whether partners are focussing on preventing violence against women or responding to it.

Departmental Statistics

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what proportion of the statistical datasets collected by his Department are published.

Michael Foster: The Department for International Development (DFID) publishes summary information on all its projects via its website. We are working on arrangements and a time table for publishing further details of our projects. In doing so, we need to balance our commitment to transparency with the need to protect sensitive information, and the cost and practicality of publishing information in a usable format.
	Further detail on individual UK aid programmes is provided to the Creditor Reporting System administered by the Development Assistance Committee of the Organisation for Economic Development (OECD). The underpinning datasets for the UK and other donors are available from the OECD website.
	All of this information contributes to the annual DFID publication Statistics on International Development. This publication is published in accordance with the requirements set out in the 'Code of Practice for Official Statistics' and the 'National Statistician's Guidance on the Presentation and Publication of Official Statistics'.

Developing Countries

Tom Clarke: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent discussions he has had on the role of scientists in policy-making in developing countries; and if he will make a statement.

Michael Foster: The role of scientists in policy making has not been the subject of any recent separate discussions but has been reflected in discussions on a wide range of thematic policy and research issues and has been a key component of recent discussions in the lead up to the Copenhagen Climate Conference. Increasing our support for building the capacity to undertake and use research within our developing country partners was a key commitment in the Research Strategy 2008-13 launched last year and available on the Department for International Development (DFID) website:
	www.dfid.gov.uk

Developing Countries: HIV Infection

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how much UK funding was  (a) allocated to and  (b) spent on tackling HIV/AIDS in developing countries in each of the last five years.

Michael Foster: We pledged an ambitious target of 1.5 billion for AIDS related expenditure from 2005 to 2008.
	Details on DFID's expenditure on HIV and AIDS are produced as follows.
	
		
			  DFID's estimated expenditure on HIV/AIDS activities 
			   HIV/AIDS Expenditure ( millions) 
			 2004-05 312.5 
			 2005-06 429.8 
			 2006-07 488.8 
			 2007-08 523.2 
			 2008-09 586.4 
		
	
	More information on DFID expenditure can be found in Statistics on International Development 2009, which is available on-line at:
	www.dfid.gov.uk

Developing Countries: Vaccination

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what the UK's contribution to the International Finance Facility for Immunisation was in each of the last five years; what assessment has been made of the effectiveness of the facility in preventing deaths; and if he will make a statement.

Michael Foster: In 2006 the UK committed 1.38 billion over 20 years to the International Finance Facility for Immunisation (IFFIm). All pledges to IFFIm are legally binding and are used to raise money from selling bonds on the international capital markets. So far the following payments have been made by the UK; 20079,043,200, 200816,848,900, 200925,064,800.
	IFFIm will be formally evaluated in 2011. It's funding aims to allow the vaccination of over 500 million people and has the potential to save 10 million lives. Funds raised by IFFIm are used by the GAVI Alliance (formerly the Global Alliance for Vaccines and Immunisation). Ongoing assessment by GAVI shows that the money provided by IFFIm has helped massively boost immunisation coverage and health service availability in the world's 72 poorest countries. Some of GAVI's achievements to date due to IFFIm funding have been: 194 million children in 32 countries immunised with life saving measles vaccine, the immunisation of more than 100 million children under the age of five against polio, helping poor countries target 26 million women with immunisation against maternal and neonatal tetanus, and yellow fever immunisation activities in 12 West African countries that will strengthen health systems and support vaccine security and affordability to prevent approximately 687,000 deaths between now and 2050.

East Africa: Education

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent steps his Department has taken to increase the number of children receiving schooling in  (a) Kenya and  (b) Mozambique.

Gareth Thomas: The information is as follows.
	 (a) The Department for International Development (DFID) spends 11 million annually to support the Government of Kenya's Education Sector Support programme (KESSP) 2005 to 2010. Our funds are used to build classrooms, provide textbooks, train teachers and improve the way schools are managed. This year DFID has also provided an extra 5 million to improve water and sanitation facilities in 2,500 primary schools.
	DFID's support in Kenya has contributed to a rise in enrolments in primary school from 7.6 million in 2005 to 8.6 million in 2008 and an increase in the proportion of children going on to secondary school from 56 per cent. to 68 per cent. over the same period. With the net enrolment rate currently at 92.5 per cent. (girls 90.5 per cent.), Kenya is on track to achieve Millennium Development Goal (MDG) 2 by 2015.
	 (b) In Mozambique DFID supports the education sector through Mozambique's Poverty Reduction Strategy, in which we invested 44 million in 2009-10, and by direct support to the education sector. DFID has a 10-year funding commitment of 45 million with the Government of Mozambique up to 2016. DFID funding contributed to Mozambique's success in increasing the primary net enrolment rate from 87.1 per cent. in 2006 (84 per cent. for girls) to 99.2 per cent. 2008 (96.2 per cent. for girls). This increased enrolment means that there are 729,000 more children in school now than there were in 2006.
	We have also supported both Kenya and Mozambique to receive substantial funding from the global Education For All Fast Track Initiative, managed by the World Bank, to which DFID is a major donor.

HIV Infection: Uganda

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what assessment has been made of the effectiveness of his Department's programme to reduce HIV/AIDS in Uganda; and if he will make a statement.

Gareth Thomas: The Department for International Development (DFID) is providing 13.6 million towards a programme to help Uganda increase access to HIV/AIDS prevention, treatment and care. An independent review in June of this year found that the programme was strengthening the leadership role of the Uganda AIDS Commission, improving coordination amongst United Nations agencies and increasing service coverage by non-governmental organisations (NGOs). The independent reviewers concluded that the programme has been highly influential on the Ugandan response to the AIDS epidemic for a modest amount of funding.
	The Civil Society Fund component, jointly funded by the United Kingdom, American, Danish and Irish Governments, has so far provided more than 120 grants to NGOs. This has resulted in (a) more than 1 million Ugandans benefiting from individual HIV services, including 46,000 orphans and vulnerable children (OVCs); (b) over 800,000 people being reached with prevention messages, and (c) 66,000 people receiving an HIV test and counselling.

India: Polio

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent assessment has been made of the effectiveness of his Department's work to tackle polio in India.

Michael Foster: The Department for International Development (DFID) supports polio eradication in India though the Global Polio Eradication Programme (GPEP), to which the UK is the second largest bilateral contributor (424 million to date).
	In 2009, the World Health Organisation (WHO) carried out an independent evaluation of the GPEP, which found that the programme is well executed, has high coverage of the population and scrupulously implements recommendations from technical experts. In addition, the Expert Advisory Group on Polio convened by the World Health Organisation (WHO) has said that there is strong epidemiological and operational evidence that India is on track to eradicate the disease.

Kenya: Overseas Aid

Tom Clarke: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development 
	(1)  what recent discussions he has had on food shortages in northern Kenya;
	(2)  what recent steps he has taken to reduce food shortages in northern Kenya.

Gareth Thomas: The Department for International Development (DFID) has had discussions with international partners on the current food shortages in Kenya and accepts the United Nations (UN) agencies and the Government of Kenya's recent assessment that almost 10 million people will be unable to access sufficient food.
	DFID has provided 7.9 million this year to support food relief to the general population through the World Food Programme, and additional relief for acutely malnourished children through international non-governmental agencies. On 2( )October we announced an additional 5 million allocation to help those most in need. We are also pressing the Government of Kenya to do all it can to respond to the needs of its people, and in the longer-term to address the root causes of Kenya's chronic food insecurity.

Malaria

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent steps his Department has taken to improve standards of anti-malaria treatment in developing countries; and if he will make a statement.

Michael Foster: DFID's work in health aims to strengthen countries' health systems to deliver decent basic health care, including for malaria prevention, control and effective treatment. We look to the World Health Organisation to take the lead in setting and supporting countries to implement appropriate standards of anti-malaria treatment.
	We have committed 1 billion of long-term funding over the period 2008-15 to the Global Fund to fight AIDS, TB and Malaria to help countries get the malaria treatments they need. In addition we have committed 40 million to the Affordable Medicines Facility for Malaria (AMFm) that will help make highly effective ACT drugs available to poor people and postpone emergence of resistance. In helping displace ineffective monotherapy, the AMFm is an important element in our efforts to improve malaria treatment.

Overseas Aid

Tom Clarke: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what recent steps his Department has taken to reduce  (a) childhood diarrhoea and  (b) diabetes in developing countries.

Michael Foster: The Department for International Development (DFID) is committed to improving health services in developing countries. 90 per cent. of diarrhoea cases can be prevented by increasing the availability of clean water and improving sanitation and hygiene. DFID has recently made a commitment to spend half of future UK direct support for developing countries on basic services. This includes a commitment to spend 1 billion on water, sanitation and hygiene in Africa over five years (2008-13) to ensure that up to 25 million additional people gain access to safe water and basic sanitation. DFID will also support at least 30 million more people to get access to improved sanitation and hygiene promotion in South Asia by 2011.
	DFID also recognises the increasing importance of non-communicable diseases, such as diabetes and has committed 6 billion over the period 2008-15 to help developing countries strengthen their health systems to respond to all basic health needs. This support is aligned to the priorities identified by partner governments in developing countries. In addition, at the UN high-level event in New York on 23 September 2009, the United Kingdom led the way in helping to secure a landmark 3.2 billion deal for more financing to improve health services across the developing world.

Overseas Aid

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how much of his Department's funding to assist poorer countries investigate the effects of global warming has been spent in each year since its introduction.

Gareth Thomas: The Department for International Development (DFID) supports poorer countries to investigate the effects of climate change both directly through a portfolio of centrally managed research programmes and indirectly through our country programmes. Research is carried out by external agencies in both the UK and developing countries. Though it is difficult to disaggregate the amount spent in poorer countries, total previous and anticipated spending on this research is outlined in the table. DFID also provides substantial levels of funding through country programmes although we are unable to disaggregate the amount utilised specifically for this purpose.
	
		
			  Previous and anticipated spend 
			  Financial year   million 
			 2006-07 5.88 
			 2007-08 8.75 
			 2008-09 3.08 
			 2009-10 9.8 
			 2010-11 24.7 
			 2011-12 29.7 
			 2012-13 30.6 
		
	
	In our recent White Paper DFID has committed to invest 100 million in climate change research between 2008 and 2013. This will include bringing southern and northern institutions together to establish a Climate Change Knowledge Network (CCKN) to deliver policy advice and knowledge to over 60 developing countries.

Overseas Aid: Poverty

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development what estimate his Department has made of the number of people taken out of poverty by UK foreign aid in each of the last five years.

Michael Foster: The Department for International Development estimates that from 2007-08 it has helped to lift at least three million people permanently out of poverty every year.
	Prior to 2007-08 we did not produce this estimate.

Palm Oil: Sustainable Development

Bill Wiggin: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development 
	(1)  whether his Department was represented at the most recent Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil meeting; and if he will make a statement;
	(2)  when he last discussed the use of sustainable palm oil with  (a) Ministerial colleagues,  (b) representatives of the Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil,  (c) representatives of the palm oil industry,  (d) representatives of environmental non-governmental organisations and  (e) officials of other Government departments; and if he will make a statement.

Gareth Thomas: The Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil annual meeting (2-4 November) was attended by a Government official from the Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) posted to the South East Asia region. FCO officials work closely with counterparts in the UK to represent wider Government interests and to keep policy makers informed of relevant developments abroad.
	In the last month, Ministers from the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs and the Department for Energy and Climate Change have met with UK based businesses who are members of the RSPO and with international NGOs on forestry and palm oil. Engagement with these groups and other Governments will continue as the UK Government works to support sustainable production and consumption of palm oil.

Sudan: Humanitarian Aid

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how much humanitarian aid his Department has provided for Darfur in each of the last five years.

Gareth Thomas: The Department for International Development (DFID) does not systematically disaggregate humanitarian aid by region within Sudan. Most of DFID's humanitarian funding is channelled through the UN's Common Humanitarian Fund (CHF) or appeal funding to the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC). These funding channels combine DFID's money with other donors', and allocate resources to where they are needed most throughout the year. In order to allow flexibility to respond quickly where the needs are greatest, we do not earmark our contributions for specific regions.
	DFID's humanitarian funding in Sudan is some 50 million in 2009, including 36 million through the Common Humanitarian Fund, 6 million to ICRC and the remainder delivered directly through NGOs.
	Information on the Department for International Development's funding to Sudan is available in the publication Statistics on International Development 2007-08. This is available in the Library of the House and online at:
	http://www.dfid.gov.uk/pubs/files/sid2008/release.asp.

Youth Volunteer Programme: Finance

Chris Ruane: To ask the Secretary of State for International Development how much of the funding for the Youth Volunteer Programme has been spent in each year since its introduction.

Michael Foster: The Department of International Development has spent the following amounts since the introduction of our youth volunteer programme, Platform2, in January 2008:
	
		
			
			 January to December 2008 1,545,987.73 
			 January to September 2009 2,354,827.47

Christmas

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how much  (a) his Department and  (b) its agencies have spent on Christmas (i) cards, (ii) parties and (iii) decorations in the last 12 months.

Jack Straw: The information requested is as follows.
	 (i) Christmas  c ards
	The Ministry of Justice spent 1,695 on official Christmas cards in 2008. 3,800 printed cards were sent to the Department's stakeholders, and 400 more cards were sent out electronically. The official card was used by Ministers, MOJ headquarters and the Office for the Public Guardian.
	The order for cards for 2009 has not yet commenced.
	Other executive agencies made their own arrangements for Christmas cards, HM Courts Service and Tribunals Service did not produce official cards. Expenditure on Christmas cards by the National Offender Management Service is at local discretion. No central records of expenditure are held and details could be obtained only at disproportionate cost.
	 (ii) Christmas parties
	 Secretary of State
	I hosted one Christmas function in 2008. This was an event attended by approximately 50 members of the national media. The total cost of the function was 1,199.90 (excluding VAT). This expenditure included the provision of finger foods and beverages, and the cost of staffing and equipment.
	I did not attend any Christmas functions arranged by the Ministry or its agencies other than the one I hosted above.
	 For officials at the Department and its agencies
	The Department and its agencies do not fund Christmas parties for staff, although staff may personally contribute towards the cost of such an event.
	 (iii) Christma s d ecorations
	The cost of Christmas trees for MOJ headquarters was 970 inclusive of VAT. The decorations from 2007 were re-used for 2008.
	The information for agencies can be gathered only at a disproportionate cost. All four MOJ agencies (National Offender Management Service; HM Courts Service; Tribunals Service and Office of the Public Guardian) have regionalised structures). Each individual building orders their own trees and decorations.

Departmental Air Travel

Simon Hughes: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many domestic flights within Great Britain officials from his Department made in 2008-09; and at what cost.

Jack Straw: The Ministry has a contract with a travel management company for the booking of flights at the most economical rates available. The expenditure incurred by the Ministry on domestic flights within Great Britain via this travel management company in 2008-09 was 478,091. This consisted of 2,262 transactions, with a return flight counting as one transaction.
	Exceptionally, some flights may have been purchased outside of the contract using the Government Procurement Card (GPC) or paid for by members of staff and reclaimed through expense claims. To determine the number and cost of domestic flights outside of the travel management contract would involve the disproportionate cost of scrutinising individual records held locally across the Department.
	All travel bookings by Ministry of Justice staff members is completed in line with the published rules for official travel and subsistence within the staff handbook. The rules are in accordance with the guidelines set out in the 'Civil Service Management Code'. The Ministry's policy is that air travel should only be used where there is a cost advantage from savings of subsistence and official time, or if urgency justifies the additional cost.

Departmental Air Travel

Oliver Heald: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many first-class flights were taken by each Minister in his Department in 2008-09; and what the  (a) origin,  (b) destination and  (c) cost was of each such flight.

Jack Straw: For the 2008-09 financial year, there was only one first-class flight taken from Mumbai to London, costing 2,040.50. This flight was taken by the Parliamentary Under-Secretary of State, my hon. Friend the Member for Lewisham, East (Bridget Prentice), who had to travel first class on the return leg of the journey owing to illness. All travel by Ministers is undertaken in accordance with the 'Ministerial Code'.

Departmental Billing

Michael Weir: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what percentage of invoices from suppliers his Department paid within 10 days of receipt in  (a) September and  (b) October 2009.

Michael Wills: The Ministry of Justice (MOJ) is committed to achieving compliance with the Prime Minister's target of paying 90 per cent. of suppliers within 10 days where possible, and is a signatory to the prompt payment code. The MOJ's percentage of supplier invoices paid within 10 days for September and October 2009 exceeded the 90 per cent. target (September 2009 was 91.7 per cent., October 2009 was 92.2 per cent.). The value of invoices paid within the target for September and October totalled around 881 million.

Departmental Information and Communications Technology

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what IT systems have been in development for use within his Department in the last five years; what the primary reason for the development of each system was; how much has been spent on the development of each system; and which systems have subsequently been  (a) implemented,  (b) terminated prior to implementation and  (c) terminated following implementation.

Jack Straw: Details of the IT systems developed since the Ministry of Justice was established in May 2007, together with reasons for the development, implementation date and cost, are listed as follows.
	
		
			  Project name  Implementation date  Reason for development  Total cost 
			 Athena April 2010 Business Change 600,000 
			 Computer Aided Facilities Management November 2009 Operational Benefit 2.1 million 
			 Corporate Staff Rostering December 2009 Operational Benefit 14.1 million 
			 HMPS Replacement Intranet October 2009 Business Change 3.9 million 
			 Manage Interconnect (MINT) December 2009 Infrastructure development 500,000 
			 NOMSnet September 2008 Infrastructure development 5.3 million 
			 NOMSnet2 December 2009 Infrastructure development 1.5 million 
			 OASys 4.2 March 2008 Business Change 8.5 million 
			 OASys Interim Continuity July 2008 Applications Maintenance 600,000 
			 Oracle Discrete Manufacturing March 2009 Business Application 600,000 
			 OMNI Transformation April 2010 Operational Benefit 35.3 million 
			 Perimeter Security December 2008 Operational Benefit 1.1 million 
			 Phoenix January 2009 Shared Service Development 55.5 million 
			 Shared Services Phoenix March 2010 Shared Service Maintenance 1.7 million 
			  Infrastructure Projects
			 Sharepoint October 2009 Infrastructure 600,000 
			 VISOR May 2008 Business Application 8.1 million 
			 WAN Upgrade January 2009 Infrastructure development 25.7 million 
		
	
	This table includes IT developments costing more than 500,000.
	In addition, details follow of the National Offender Management Service's NOMIS programme.
	
		
			  NOMIS Programme, comprising the following projects 
			  System  Development reasons  Cost of development (up to March 2009)  Implemented 
			 C-NOMIS/Prison- NOMIS C-NOMIS: The C- NOMIS project was intended to provide a single interactive record of offenders in England and Wales across the National Probation Service(NPS) and Her Majesty's Prison Service (HMPS). Prison-NOMIS: The work done on C-NOMIS has been used as the basis of Prison-, NOMIS. To replace the HMPS case management system, Local Inmate Database System (LIDS), with a single enhanced centralised system The total C-NOMIS historic sunk costs(1) up to December 2007 was 160.7 million. This figure included the costs for requirements definition, application development, testing, implementation and infrastructure. At that time, development costs were not separately identified. Prison-NOMIS 34.5 million Implementation of Prison-NOMIS commenced May2009, expected to complete summer 2010 
			 Probation Case Management System To replace a variety of NPS systems with a centralised version based on a redevelopment of Delius 1.3 million Provisional commencement subject to confirmation 
			 Offender Assessment System- Replacement To replace the existing Offender Assessment Systems, used by HMPS and NPS, with an improved, single and centralised system 1.3 million Implementation expected to commence in 2011 
			 Data Share System To enable staff in both organisations to share core information required to support Offender Management 0.5 million Implementation expected to commence in 2010 
			 (1) Includes 15.6 million of expenditure subsequently classified as an impairment. The 15.6 million relates to the National Audit Office estimate of the costs incurred on the Probation element in C-NOMIS that would not transfer to Prison-NOMIS. 
		
	
	Responsibility for IT systems prior to May 2007 rested in three Departments and it has not been possible to gather information for the earlier years without incurring disproportionate cost. However, available records identify two IT projects, which commenced in the former Department for Constitutional Affairs, which were subsequently terminated. Details are as follows:
	(1) In November 2008, following a review by Her Majesty's Courts Service (HMCS) Board, the Electronic Filing and Document Management programme, which included plans for future investment in ICT, was cancelled. The review concluded that the Electronic Filing and Document Management programme was not affordable. The costs incurred by the programme from commencement of the programme in August 2005 to its closure in November 2008 were 5.9 million.
	(2) The National Enforcement Tracker System (NETS) project was cancelled in August 2007 following a detailed review which highlighted that the cost and scope of the project no longer provided value for money or met current business requirements. Expenditure to closure of the project was 4.3 million. This sum was reported in accordance with HMT accounting rules.
	No other abandoned IT projects have been identified for this period from available records.

Driving Offences: Reading East and Berkshire

Robert Wilson: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many  (a) hit and run accidents,  (b) hit and run accidents in which the driver did not have insurance and  (c) hit and run drivers taken to court there were in Reading East constituency in each of the last five years.

Claire Ward: Data on the number of reported hit and run personal injury road accidents in Berkshire and Reading East constituency provided by the Department for Transport (DfT) from 1999 to 2008 can be viewed in Table 1. The DfT do not collect information centrally on uninsured drivers involved in hit and run accidents.
	Information available on the Ministry of Justice Court Proceedings Database cannot identify those defendants, proceeded against for offences of using a motor vehicle uninsured against third party risks, that have been involved in a hit and run accident.
	The number of defendants proceeded against at magistrates' courts for the offence of 'failing to stop after an accident' in Thames Valley Police Force Area, from 1998 to 2007 (latest available) are given in Table 2.
	Court proceedings data are not available at parliamentary constituency level, therefore information is given for the Thames Valley police force area in which the Reading East constituency is located.
	Data for 2008 are planned for publication on 28 January 2010.
	
		
			  Table 1: The number of reported hit and run personal injury road accidents in Berkshire and the Reading East parliamentary constituency area, from 1999 to 2008 
			Number 
			   Berkshire  Reading East( 1) 
			 1999 255 37 
			 2000 321 48 
			 2001 288 51 
			 2002 326 52 
			 2003 269 41 
			 2004 249 33 
			 2005 237 35 
			 2006 252 35 
			 2007 249 34 
			 2008 323 59 
			 (1) Based on 2004 Parliamentary Constituency boundaries.  Source:  Department for Transport. 
		
	
	
		
			  Table 2: The number of defendants proceeded against at magistrates' courts for the offence of failing to stop after an accident( 1, 2, 3)  in the Thames Valley police force area, from 2003 to 2007( 4, 5) 
			  Offence description  Statute  2003  2004  2005  2006  2007 
			 Failing to stop after accident Road Traffic Act 1988  S. 170(4) 199 208 187 167 164 
			 (1) Not all hit and run incidents are pursued through the courtsminor ones in particular may not involve police attendance and may not be reported to the police by the injured party. (2) Hit and run usually refers to a collision in which someone was injured or killed. The offence of failure to stop is also committed if there has only been damage but such incidents cannot be distinguished from those involving injury or death. (3) A person involved in a hit and run incident may be convicted of a more serious offence such as dangerous driving. (4) The figures given in the table relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offences for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been found guilty of two or more offences it is the offence for which the heaviest penalty is imposed. Where the same disposal is imposed for two or more offences, the offence selected is the offence for which the statutory maximum penalty is the most severe. (5) Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.  Source:  Justice Statistics Analytical ServicesMinistry of Justice.

Elections: Costs

Francis Maude: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what types of expenditure will be included in the new pre-candidacy election spending limits; and how expenditure will be calculated against the limits if it partially or wholly promotes local government candidates for a party.

Jack Straw: The types of expenditure which will be regulated by the new pre-candidacy election spending limit, as introduced by section 21 of the Political Parties and Elections Act 2009, are identical to the types of expenditure that are regulated by the pre-existing candidate spending limit. These are listed in Part 1 of Schedule 4A to the Representation of the People Act 1983.
	Expenditure will only be regulated by the pre-candidacy spending limit if it is for the purposes of the candidate's election at the following general election. Expenditure which promotes local government candidates for a party would therefore not be counted against the pre-candidacy spending limit for the general election. Where an item of expenditure promotes both the candidate for the following general election and local government candidates for a party, an appropriate fraction of the costs should be recorded against the pre-candidacy expenditure limit for the general election.
	The Electoral Commission has published detailed draft guidance on its website on candidate election expenses at the forthcoming election, and has stated that it will issue final guidance in December 2009. The Commission's draft guidance includes detailed advice on splitting costs between different campaigns. Its guidance states that the guiding principle when splitting costs is that a candidate
	should make an honest assessment on the facts of the proportion of the costs that can be attributed fairly to (his/her) election expensesthat is, to promoting or processing (his/her) election during the regulated period.

Foreigners: Prisoners

Dominic Grieve: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many foreign national prisoners were ineligible for deportation due to interference with their family life in the last three years.

Phil Woolas: I have been asked to reply.
	As the Chief Executive of the UK Border Agency indicated in her letter to the Home Affairs Committee on 19 October (copies available in the Library of both Houses), management information in this area is particularly complex and, as such, identifying the exact number of foreign nationals who became ineligible for deportation due to interference with their family life in any given year would necessitate a review of every case file for each year. This would incur a disproportionate cost.
	The Chief Executive will continue to update the Committee as further data becomes available.

Intellectual Property: Internet

Willie Rennie: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how many convictions there have been for offences of internet piracy in each of the last five years.

Claire Ward: Information showing the number of defendants found guilty for offences under the 1988 Copyright, Patents  Designs Act in England  Wales from 2003 to 2007 (latest available) is shown in the following table.
	Data for 2008 are planned for publication at the end of January 2010.
	Section 107 of that Act contains a number of offences relating to, for example, the making, importing or distributing of illicit recordings. It is not, however, possible to distinguish between convictions for the offence of online piracy and other forms of piracy, such as the offence of optical media piracy.
	Copying from one media to another becomes a criminal offence under Section 107 only if it is conducted on a scale prejudicial to the interests of the legitimate rights holder, or in the course of business.
	
		
			  Number of defendants found guilty at all courts for offences under section 107 of the 1988 Copyright, Designs and Patents Act, England  Wales, 2003 to 2007( 1, 2) 
			  Offence  2003  2004  2005  2006  2007 
			 Makes, imports or distributes illicit recordings. Makes for sale or hire, imports possesses or distributes articles which infringes copyright(3) 40 44 85 109 132 
			 Other offences(4) 37 39 55 88 169 
			 Person infringes copyright in a work by communicating the work to the public(5) (6) 6 13 10 30 
			 Total 77 89 153 207 331 
			 (1) The statistics relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offences for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been found guilty of two or more offences the principal offence is the offence for which the heaviest penalty is imposed. Where the same disposal is imposed for two or more offences, the offence selected is the offence for which the statutory maximum penalty is the most severe. (2 )Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used. (3) The Ministry of Justice cannot separate offences relating to Section 107 from those under section 198. (4 )The Ministry of Justice cannot separate offences relating to Section 107 from those under other sections of the Act. Statutes covered by this offence are as follows;  Section 107(1)(c), (1)(d)(i)(ii) and (iii) Section 107(2)(a), (2)(b), (3)(a) and 3(b)  Section 198(1)(c), (1)(d)(i), (ii) and (iii) Section 198 (2)(a) and (b)  Section 201(1)  Section 276 (1)(a) and (b) Section 276 (2)(a) and (b) Section 276 (3)(a) and (b)  Section 279 (3)  Section 297(1). (5) Includes S.107 2A  4A as added by Copyright  Related Rights Regulations Reg. 26 (1). (6 )Not applicable.  Source:  Evidence  Analysis UnitOffice for Criminal Justice Reform.

Intellectual Property: Internet

Willie Rennie: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how much has been levied in fines from those convicted of offences related to internet piracy in each of the last five years.

Bridget Prentice: Her Majesty's Court Service systems do not identify the value of fines collected for specific offences and this information could be provided only at disproportionate cost.
	The total value of all financial penalties collected in England and Wales for the last five years is as follows:
	
		
			
			 2004-05 212,505,558 
			 2005-06 233,332,326 
			 2006-07 244,555,540 
			 2007-08 256,117,662 
			 2008-09 246,519,704

Prisons: Contracts For Services

Paul Rowen: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice which prisons have been market tested; and how much it has cost to market test prisons to date.

Maria Eagle: The following prisons were market tested between 1992 and 2001: Blakenhurst, Brixton, Buckley Hall, Doncaster, Manchester and the Wolds.
	The cost of putting together the public sector bid for these prisons was in a range between 250,000 and 350,000 per prison. There are other administrative and procurement costs which cannot now be identified separately. Experience has shown that the costs of market tests are significantly outweighed by the efficiency savings that the market test process identifies.
	The competition for five prisons, as originally announced on 27 April 2009 by my right hon. friend the Secretary of State for Justice and Lord Chancellor (Mr. Straw), will commence shortly. Two prisonsBirmingham and Wellingboroughwill be market tested during this exercise.

Prisons: Costs

Lindsay Hoyle: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice what the percentage change in the operational costs of HM Prison Garth was in each of the last five years; and how many  (a) prisoners and  (b) prison officers there were at HM Prison Garth in each such year.

Maria Eagle: The information requested is shown in the following table.
	
		
			 Year on year costs 
			   Prison officers  Prisoners  Change (percentage) 
			 2005-06 187 667  
			 2006-07 236 667 6.3 
			 2007-08 245 667 (847) 24.5 
			 2008-09 240 847 3.1 
			 2009-10 (1)233 847 0.1 
			 (1) 31 October 2009

Probation: National Offender Management Service

Bill Wiggin: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice when he will announce the planned  (a) Probation Service and  (b) National Offender Management Service budgets for each (i) probation area and (ii) probation trust in (A) 2010-11 and (B) 2011-12; and if he will make a statement.

Maria Eagle: No budgets are set outside of the current comprehensive spending review period, hence there is no information available on the announcement of the 2011-12 budgets. The 2010-11 budget for probation was announced on 29 October by the Secretary of State for Justice as 870 million. This shows an increase on indicative budgets issued for planning purposes of 26 million. The allocation for each probation area and trust will be agreed with the relevant Director of Offender Management before the end of December.

Probation: National Offender Management Service

Bill Wiggin: To ask the Secretary of State for Justice how much was spent on the  (a) Probation Service and  (b) National Offender Management Service in each probation area in (i) 2009-10 and (ii) each of the previous five years; and if he will make a statement.

Maria Eagle: The National Offender Management Service (NOMS) was created as an executive agency of the Ministry of Justice in April 2008 with the goal of helping Prison and Probation services work together to manage offenders throughout their sentences by providing end to end offender management.
	NOMS provides funding for Probation Services for England and Wales.
	 (a) The total figures for the Probation Service are as shown in table 1.
	
		
			  Table 1: Expenditure on the Probation Service 
			  Financial year   million 
			 2009-10 (1)894 
			 2008-09 (2)897 
			 2007-08 (3)845.3 
			 2006-07 (3)807.1 
			 2005-06 (3)770.2 
			 2004-05 (3)687.0 
			 (1) Budget (2) Provisional expenditure (3) Expenditure 
		
	
	The probation accounts for 2008-09 have not yet been finalised, as a result it is not possible to provide figures by probation area. Probation budget figures have been provided for 2009-10 because the financial year does not end until 31 March 2010. The expenditure by the Probation Service in each of the 42 probation areas for the financial years 2004-05 to 2007-08 is shown in table 3.
	 (b) In addition to funding Probation Services NOMS also funds Custodial Services in England and Wales for both public sector and contractually run prisons, and other associated contracts such as Prisoner Escort and Custody Services and Electronic Monitoring. However, NOMS does not break down all its activities by probation area. The expenditure figures (excluding probation) for the financial years 2004-05 to 2008-09 have been provided in table 2. NOMS budget figure (excluding probation) for 2009-10 has also been provided.
	
		
			  Table 2: NOMS expenditure (excluding probation) 
			  Financial year   million 
			 2009-10 (1)3,636 
			 2008-09 (2,3)4,047 
			 2007-08 (2)3,877 
			 2006-07 (2)3,551 
			 2005-06 (2)3,264 
			 2004-05 (2)2,993 
			 (1) Budget (2) Expenditure (3) The NOMS expenditure in 2008-09 of 4,046,897,000 includes an impairment charge of 514.1 million comprising 498.5 million for revaluation of land and buildings and 15.6 million for the rescoping of the NOMIS project.  Note: The National Offender Management Service, an executive agency of the Ministry of Justice (MOJ), was established from the 1 April 2008. The figures before this date relate to the old NOMS organisation and include functions that were transferred to the MOJ, including the Youth Justice Board, from the 1 April 2008. 
		
	
	
		
			  Table 3:  National Probation Serviceexpenditure by Probation Board 
			  000 
			   2007-2008  2006-2007  2005-2006  2004-2005 
			 Avon and Somerset 21,237 19,317 17,582 16,859 
			 Bedfordshire 8,566 8,615 8,244 7,086 
			 Cambridgeshire 9,417 9,130 8,800 7,430 
			 Cheshire 13,499 14,733 14,878 12,023 
			 Cumbria 8,368 8,186 7,374 6,496 
			 Derbyshire 13,412 12,738 11,907 11,158 
			 Devon and Cornwall 20,685 18,258 17,683 15,680 
			 Dorset 8,731 8,847 8,060 7,367 
			 Durham 10,671 9,621 9,561 8,549 
			 Essex 19,793 18,081 17,227 16,178 
			 Gloucestershire 7,262 6,892 6,460 5,838 
			 Hampshire 24,836 22,207 21,336 20,032 
			 Hertfordshire 10,930 9,982 9,421 8,092 
			 Kent 20,809 19,795 18,734 16,401 
			 Lancashire 23,486 21,041 20,175 19,327 
			 Lincolnshire 8,878 8,683 8,257 7,178 
			 Norfolk 10,825 10,245 10,187 8,420 
			 Northamptonshire 9,144 8,554 7,753 6,958 
			 North Yorkshire 9,992 8,908 8,511 7,623 
			 Nottinghamshire 18,434 18,219 16,590 14,932 
			 Staffordshire 15,986 15,373 14,521 12,807 
			 Suffolk 8,897 8,629 8,229 6,981 
			 Surrey 10,490 9,792 9,507 8,186 
			 Sussex 16,563 16,305 15,305 13,183 
			 Teesside 13,858 12,780 11,856 10,705 
			 Thames Valley 24,756 23,501 23,218 20,133 
			 Warwickshire 7,071 6,973 6,467 5,728 
			 Wiltshire 7,486 7,458 7,056 5,769 
			 Greater Manchester 47,513 47,384 46,374 41,850 
			 Northumbria 26,488 24,463 23,582 22,559 
			 South Yorkshire 24,312 23,688 22,481 21,149 
			 West Midlands 55,973 53,141 49,506 45,753 
			 West Yorkshire 39,429 37,358 35,083 33,595 
			 London 135,317 134,882 130,657 108,617 
			 Gwent 11,219 10,683 9,553 8,688 
			 North Wales 12,097 11,495 10,710 9,745 
			 Humberside 15,995 15,779 14,796 12,778 
			 Leicestershire 13,846 13,103 12,839 11,394 
			 West Mercia 15,459 13,270 12,985 11,754 
			 Merseyside 27,704 27,652 26,650 24,881 
			 Dyfed Powys 8,305 8,138 7,577 6,462 
			 South Wales 27,603 23,175 22,544 20,619 
			 Total 845,341 807,074 770,236 686,964

Christmas

Mark Prisk: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many Christmas functions arranged by his Department and its agencies  (a) the then Secretary of State,  (b) officials of his Department and  (c) officials of its agencies (i) hosted and (ii) attended in 2008; what the cost to the public purse was; and if he will make a statement.

Barbara Follett: My right hon. Friend the former Secretary of State, attended one Christmas function in 2008. She also hosted one Christmas function at a cost of 330.60. The other information is not held centrally and could be provided only at disproportionate cost.

Christmas

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much  (a) his Department and  (b) its agencies have spent on Christmas (i) cards, (ii) parties and (iii) decorations in the last 12 months.

Rosie Winterton: The Department  (a) and its agencies  (b) have spent the following on Christmas cards, parties and decorations in the last 12 months:
	
		
			   
			   (i) Cards  (ii) Parties  (iii) Decorations 
			 Communities and Local Government 2,630.82 0 1,036.80 
			 Fire Service College 796.56 0 0 
			 Planning Inspectorate 0 0 0 
			 Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre 0 0 800 
		
	
	The Department's expenditure on decorations relates to a Christmas tree in the reception area.
	In relation to Christmas functions/parties, the Department has interpreted this to mean internal, departmental Christmas functions/parties. On this basis, the Department can confirm that no official funds were used for Christmas parties in 2008.

Community Relations: Finance

Paul Goodman: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 11 March 2009,  Official Report, column 479W, on community relations, how much his Department plans to allocate in total to Prevent-related  (a) national projects,  (b) local authority projects and (c) community leadership fund projects in (i) 2009-10 and (ii) 2010-11.

Shahid Malik: The Department plans to spend the following amounts to support Prevent-related projects. In 2009-10 16.5 million was paid through the area based grant to local authorities, and in 2010-11 local authorities will receive a further 24 million through the ABGto support local Prevent work.
	
		
			   
			   Funding in: 
			   2009-10  2010-11 
			 National projects 7.08 million 10.72 million 
			 Local authority projects and Government office capacity building(1) 3.95 million 750,000 
			 Community Leadership Fund projects 1,664.940 million 1,024.179 million 
			 (1) Excluding area based grantbut including 3.2 million Challenge and Innovation Fund paid in 2009-10

Community Relations: Finance

Paul Goodman: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the written ministerial statement on 14 October 2009,  Official Report, columns 30-32WS, on connecting communities, how many areas will receive funding from the Connecting Communities programme; and what criteria will be used to select those areas.

Barbara Follett: We aim to support about 100 areas in this financial year to re-invigorate neighbourhoods that are feeling the pressure from the recession most acutely. The first 27 areas to receive help from the 12 million Strong Connecting Communities fund were announced on 14 October this year and we expect to announce further areas in early December.
	The neighbourhoods have been identified after the examination of a range of hard and soft data on cohesion; deprivation and crime; perceived unfairness in the allocation of resources and feedback from people working locally. Although there are modest additional resources available for support specific to the individual area, the focus will be on working through mainstream government and local programmes and using resources already allocated to the target areas. We aim to help local authorities ensure that residents are aware of the opportunities and services to them and to give them the tools to influence what happens in their local area.

Departmental Billing

Michael Weir: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what percentage of invoices from suppliers his Department paid within 10 days of receipt in  (a) September and  (b) October 2009.

Barbara Follett: Communities and Local Government paid 90.59 per cent. of invoices within 10 days in September and 93.38 per cent. of invoices within 10 days in October. The value of invoices paid within 10 days in September was over 2.8 billion and in October was over 2.4 billion.

Departmental Energy

Grant Shapps: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the  (a) energy rating and  (b) energy band of each building occupied by his Department and its agencies was in each year for which figures are available.

Barbara Follett: Display Energy Certificate (DEC) energy ratings and bands for buildings occupied by Communities and Local Government and its executive agencies are detailed as follows:
	
		
			2008  2009 
			  Property centre  Building name  Operational rating (A-G)  Operational rating (numerical)  Operational rating (A-G)  Operational rating (numerical) 
			  CLG-Central Eland House F 127 E 108 
			  Hempstead House B 50 B 48 
			  Ashdown House G 171 No longer occupied by CLG 
			  Executive Agencies Fire Service College D 87 Not yet available 
			  Planning Inspectorate G 168 G 152 
			  Queen Elizabeth II Conference Centre F 132 F 126 
			  Note: This data covers does not include the Government Office Network. 
		
	
	The Office of Government Commerce (OGC) also publishes central Government Departments' Display Energy Certificate (DEC) operational ratings on a building by building level twice a year. The most recent data, published on 31 July 2009, contains DEC data up to and including 28 February 2009. Data relating to the month ending 30 September 2009 will be published on 18 December 2009. This information can be found at:
	http://www.ogc.gov.uk/sustainability_ programme_progress.asp
	The table OGC is publishing will also include DEC reference numbers for each building, which can be used to view each building's advisory report on the following website:
	https://www.ndepcregister.com/home.html

Departmental Pay

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much was claimed in reimbursable expenses by press officers in his Department and its agencies in 2008-09.

Barbara Follett: Press officers in the Department for Communities and Local Government (CLG) and it's executive agencies claimed 2,492.63 in reimbursable expenses in 2008-09.

Departmental Political Activities

Don Foster: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 28 October 2009,  Official Report, column 474W, on party conferences, how much each of his Department's non-departmental public bodies spent sending representatives to attend each of the party political conferences in 2009.

Barbara Follett: I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave him on 28 October 2009,  Official Report, columns 474-75W. Please see following table.
	
		
			  Body  Total spend () 
			 Audit Commission 58,760 
			 Community Development Foundation 1,300 
			 Homes and Communities Agency 1,770 
			 Standards Board for England 54,060 
			 Tenant Services Authority 2,920 
		
	
	Most of the Audit Commission's and the Standards Board's expenditure was on exhibitor costs, as approved by the Department's Accounting Officer after he had considered business cases from the bodies.

Departmental Recruitment

Caroline Spelman: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) of 1 September 2009,  Official Report, column 1834W, on departmental recruitment, if he will publish the job specification of the  (a) Policy AdviserLocal Government Restructuring,  (b) Policy AdviserStrategy and Performance and  (c) Project AdviserLocal Analysis and Delivery Unit; and whether each is assigned to work primarily for a particular Minister.

Barbara Follett: Officials at this level in the Department provide advice and support to Ministers, working on a flexible basis in policy teams. In these cases the teams are in local government restructuring, strategy and performance and local area analysis.
	Summaries of the job specifications for each of the roles are as follows:
	 (a) The role of the Policy Adviser, Local Government Restructuring, is to contribute to the work of the local government reorganisation team through assisting in project management; updating project plans and monitoring progress; communications, including designing and maintaining internet pages; drafting ministerial and treat official correspondence; collating and analysing representations from the public in relation to the Boundary Committee's advice; assisting in the development of regulations and assisting in the formulation of advice using GIS software.
	 (b) The role of the Policy Adviser, Strategy and Performance, as with all members of the Strategy and Performance team, is to provide additional policy advice and flexible support to officials and Ministers across the Department as business need demands. The individual in this specific post currently provides support on housing and planning issues.
	 (c) The role of the Project Adviser, Local Analysis and Delivery Unit is to work as part of a priority project team which undertakes projects as commissioned by the Local Government Director General's meeting and reports the findings to this group and LPD Programme Board. The role also supports the project team leader to establish and maintain relationships with relevant stakeholders in other Government Departments, Government offices for the Region, local areas and agencies in order to identify issues and engage stakeholders in priority project work.

Departmental Recruitment

Caroline Spelman: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) of 1 September 2009,  Official Report, column 1834W, on departmental recruitment, which individuals were employed in the positions of  (a) Policy AdviserLocal Government Restructuring and  (b) Policy AdviserStrategy and Performance.

Barbara Follett: It is standard practice not to identify junior staff holding particular posts. The holders of these posts fall within that category.
	Information about the senior civil servants responsible for specific business areas in the Department can be found annually in the Civil Service Yearbook.

Departmental Recruitment

Caroline Spelman: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) of 1 September 2009,  Official Report, column 1834W, on departmental recruitment, for what reasons the position of  (a) Policy AdviserLocal Government Restructuring and  (b) Policy AdviserStrategy and Performance, was not publicly advertised.

Barbara Follett: The two policy adviser roles were not publicly advertised as the Civil Service Recruitment Principles allow for appointments to be made through limited competition as exceptions to fair and open competition where they believe this is justified by the needs of the civil service.
	The role of Policy Adviser, Local Government Restructuring was not publicly advertised because the role had been filled on a temporary basis by an individual found through a recruitment agency. This individual proved successful in the role and was offered a fixed-term appointment.
	For the role of Policy Adviser, Strategy and Performance, a suitable candidate was identified with specific capabilities and experience. Candidates are sourced for these appointments through recruitment agencies and through contacts such as stakeholders with whom the Department engages regularly, who may be able to assist with vacancies which require specific skills.
	In both cases, the candidates were judged to have the necessary capability to be effective in the roles. As such, the jobs were not advertised more widely.

Homelessness: South East

Mark Lancaster: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many homeless people there were in  (a) North East Milton Keynes constituency,  (b) Buckinghamshire and  (c) the South East in each year since 1997.

Ian Austin: Information about English local housing authorities' actions under the homelessness legislation (part 7 of the Housing Act 1996) is collected at local authority level, and published by the Department in the quarterly Statistical Release on Statutory Homelessness, available both in the Library and via the CLG website:
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/corporate/statistics/homelessnessq22009
	Data collected include the number of households accepted by local housing authorities as eligible for assistance, unintentionally homeless and in priority need, and therefore owed a main homelessness duty (to secure that suitable accommodation is available). If a home is not immediately available, the authority must secure temporary accommodation until a settled home becomes available.
	The regional figures for the number of applicants accepted as owed a main duty and the number of households in temporary accommodation, for each financial year since 1998-99 can be found in tables 3 and 7 of the latest Statistical Release. The equivalent 1997-98 figures can be found in earlier additions of the release, accessible from this link:
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/housing/housingresearch/housingstatistics/housingstatisticsby/homelessnessstatistics/publicationshomelessness/
	Data are not collected at constituency level. North East Milton Keynes is one of the two constituencies that form the local authority of Milton Keynes. Data are not reported at county level. Buckinghamshire includes the following local authorities: Aylesbury Vale, Chiltern, Milton Keynes, South Bucks and Wycombe.
	For local authority level acceptance and temporary accommodation figures between 1997-98 and 2008-09 (including those listed above), I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave to the hon. Member for Castle Point (Bob Spink) on 23 June 2009,  Official Report, column 843W.
	Information is also collected and reported on the number of people who sleep roughthat is, those who are literally roofless on a single night. Local authority data and count guidance can be found here:
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/housing/homelessness/roughsleeping/

Homes and Communities Agency

Grant Shapps: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government 
	(1)  which HomeBuy agents were appointed by the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor in each of the last three years; and how much was paid to each agent in each such year;
	(2)  how much  (a) his Department,  (b) the Homes and Communities Agency,  (c) the Homes and Communities Agency Academy and  (d) the Tenant Services Authority expects to spend on Christmas parties in 2009;
	(3)  what  (a) drinks receptions,  (b) seminars and  (c) conferences have been hosted by (i) his Department, (ii) the Tenant Services Authority, (iii) the Homes and Communities Agency and (iv) the Homes and Communities Agency Academy in each of the last 12 months;
	(4)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) has spent on staff costs related to the HCA Academy;
	(5)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor paid in social housing grants in relation to  (a) low cost home ownership,  (b) social rent and  (c) works to registered social landlords' housing stock in each of the last three years;
	(6)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor received in interest payments in each of the last three years;
	(7)  what the monetary value of  (a) buildings and  (b) leases owned by (i) the Tenant Services Authority and (ii) the Homes and Communities Agency and their predecessors and used as offices was in each of the last three years;
	(8)  what assessment the Homes and Communities Agency has made of the  (a) costs and  (b) benefits to it related to changes in taxation levels during 2009-10; and if he will make a statement;
	(9)  what  (a) shareholdings and  (b) subsidiaries the Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) owns; what the purpose of ownership of each stake is; what the HCA's shareholding represents as a percentage of the overall shares; and what recent estimate he has made of the monetary value of each stake;
	(10)  what sums the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor charged to other public sector bodies in each of the last three years;
	(11)  for how much the Homes and Communities Agency's land at the Gateway site in Harlow was  (a) purchased and  (b) sold;
	(12)  what the average per household entitlement to the proceeds of future sales of properties owned by the Homes and Communities Agency is under each HomeBuy scheme;
	(13)  what the monetary value of the sums owed  (a) by and  (b) to the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor was in each of the last three years; and how much of each amount is due to be paid in each of the next three years;
	(14)  how many property interests with negative value the Homes and Communities Agency holds; and if he will make a statement;
	(15)  how many bad debts the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor acquired in each of the last three years; and what the monetary value of each such debt was;
	(16)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency spent in acquiring  (a) St. Clement's Hospital, London and  (b) Castle College Northside, Sheffield; and if he will make a statement;
	(17)  what business EP(LP) Ltd undertakes as a subsidiary of the Homes and Communities Agency; and if he will make a statement;
	(18)  if he will place in the Library a copy of the Homes and Communities Agency's Single Equality Scheme;
	(19)  what the reasons were for the requirement for an advance from the National Loans Fund to the Homes and Communities Agency as referred to on page 56 of the Agency's Annual Report and Financial Statement 2008/09;
	(20)  what the components are of the impairment charge referred to on page 74 of the Homes and Communities Agency's Annual Report and Financial Statement 2008/09;
	(21)  what the net cost to the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor was of each bad debt incurred against it in each of the last three years;
	(22)  if he will place in the Library a copy of the  (a) management agreement and  (b) financial framework in operation between his Department and the Homes and Communities Agency;
	(23)  what estimate he has made of the monetary value of the entitlements of the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor to future sale proceeds resulting from the sale of homes under  (a) HomeBuy Direct,  (b) OwnHome,  (c) Open Market HomeBuy,  (d) MyChoice HomeBuy,  (e) New Build HomeBuy and  (f) Social HomeBuy in each of the last three years;
	(24)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor paid in loans to water companies in each of the last three years;
	(25)  how many private finance initiative credits the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor allocated in each of the last three years;
	(26)  how many Homes and Communities Agency employees received  (a) performance-related payments,  (b) other taxable benefits and  (c) benefits in kind in respect of the year to March 2009; and how much was spent on such payments;
	(27)  what salary has been set for each Homes and Communities Agency regional director for 2009-10;
	(28)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency secured in private sector contributions to its property and regeneration programme in 2008-09;
	(29)  what target was set for the Homes and Communities Agency in respect of low cost homes ownership starts in 2008-09; and what target has been set for 2009-10;
	(30)  how much each board member of the Homes and Communities Agency Academy has been paid since their appointment;
	(31)  on what dates the Homes and Communities Agency's Rural Housing Group has met since 1 December 2008; and if he will place in the Library a copy of the minutes of each meeting;
	(32)  what the net value of assets held by the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor was in each of the last three years;
	(33)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor spent on  (a) the Property and Regeneration Scheme,  (b) the National Affordable Housing Programme,  (c) the Community Infrastructure Fund,  (d) Homes and Communities Agency Academy and  (e) the Decent Homes programme in each of the last three years;
	(34)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor spent on  (a) Places of Change,  (b) the Thames Gateway and  (c) growth funding in each of the last three years;
	(35)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency has spent on the Hanham Hall development  (a) in total and  (b) per unit;
	(36)  how many new homes have been built with support from the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor on  (a) brownfield and  (b) greenfield sites in each of the last three years;
	(37)  what role the Homes and Communities Agency has had in the delivery of  (a) the Mortgage Rescue Scheme and  (b) the National Clearing House;
	(38)  how many projects the Homes and Communities Agency has supported through community infrastructure funding;
	(39)  how many local authorities received loans from the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor bodies in each of the last three years; and how much was provided in such loans in each such year;
	(40)  how many registered social landlords received loans from the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor bodies in each of the last three years; and how much was provided in such loans in each such year;
	(41)  what estimate he has made of the amount of Homes and Communities Agency liabilities in each of the next three years;
	(42)  what estimate he has made of the amount of debts due to the Homes and Communities Agency in each of the next three years;
	(43)  what Homes and Communities Agency assets are available for sale; and what the book value of such assets was in each of the last three years;
	(44)  what target was set for the Homes and Communities Agency in relation to private sector investment in its property and regeneration programme in 2008-09; and what target has been set for 2009-10;
	(45)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency has spent on its National Consultancy Unit since the creation of that unit;
	(46)  what percentage of the asset writedown due to impairment of development assets referred to on pages 83 and 97 of the Homes and Communities Agency's Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008-09 relates to assets previously held by  (a) English Partnerships,  (b) the Housing Corporation and  (c) the Academy for Sustainable Communities;
	(47)  what percentage of the asset writedown due to impairment of development assets referred to on pages 83 and 97 of the Homes and Communities Agency's Annual Report and Financial Statements 2008-09 relates to  (a) land and  (b) property assets;
	(48)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency has spent on the Future Communities website; and how many  (a) unique visitors and  (b) page impressions have been recorded by the site since its creation;
	(49)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor spent on the employment of temporary staff in each of the last three years;
	(50)  pursuant to the answer of 5 November 2009,  Official Report, columns 1121-22, on departmental recruitment, who was engaged by his Department to advise on and oversee the recruitment process for the Homes and Communities Agency and the Tenants Services Agency; what the terms of the contract with his Department was; and what procurement process was followed in respect of the contract;
	(51)  pursuant to the answer of 5 November 2009,  Official Report, column 1124W, on the Homes and Communities Agency: consultants, how much the Homes and Communities Academy spent on  (a) the National and Regional Delivery Structure project,  (b) the Brownfield Skills project,  (c) the Endorsement Framework project,  (d) the Benchmark and Toolkit project,  (e) the Practical Knowledge to Support delivery project and  (f) the Programme staff costs project; and how much of each sum was spent on consultancy costs;
	(52)  how many sites listed as  (a) Grade I and  (b) Grade II the Homes and Communities Agency and its predecessor has redeveloped in each of the last three years; and how many homes have been built on such sites;
	(53)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency spent under each budget category in exhibiting a show garden at the Chelsea Flower Show 2009;
	(54)  when he expects to make a decision on the future of the pilot Rent to HomeBuy scheme;
	(55)  what the financial exposure of the Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) was in each of the last three years; and to how many single counterparties of more than  (a) 50 million and  (b) 100 million the HCA is exposed;
	(56)  how much was transferred from the Homes and Communities Agency to the Government Banking Service at the end of each of the last 30 days for which figures are available;
	(57)  how much grant-in-aid funding from his Department was drawn down by the Homes and Communities Agency in each of the last  (a) 24 weeks and  (b) 12 months;
	(58)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency has spent  (a) in total and  (b) on each housing association (i) shared ownership products and (ii) try before you buy homes in the latest year for which figures are available;
	(59)  how much has been spent by the Homes and Communities Agency on providing  (a) signage and  (b) security for the site at (A) St Clements Hospital, London and (B) Castle College Northside, Sheffield;
	(60)  how many  (a) mobile telephones,  (b) personal digital assistants and  (c) laptops computers were purchased by the (i) Tenant Services Authority and (ii) Homes and Communities Agency in the last 12 months;
	(61)  with which  (a) central Government bodies,  (b) local authorities and  (c) public corporations the Homes and Communities Agency held balances in each of the last three years;
	(62)  which sites have been purchased for development by the Homes and Communities Agency from public sector bodies; from which organisations such sites were purchased; and how many such sites have been sold;
	(63)  how much the Homes and Communities Agency paid for each piece of surplus public sector land it purchased in each of the last five years; and for how much each site was subsequently sold;
	(64)  what  (a) mortality and  (b) financial assumptions were made by (i) his Department, (ii) the Homes and Communities Agency and (iii) the Tenant Services Authority in relation to its pension scheme in each of the last three years.

John Healey: Notice of these questions was only received on 11 November and it has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Homes and Communities Agency: Consultants

Grant Shapps: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 5 November 2009,  Official Report, column 1124W, on the Homes and Communities Agency: consultants, 
	(1)  how much was spent by Homes and Communities Agency on High Profile Events; how much of that was spent on consultancy costs; and if he will make a statement;
	(2)  how much was spent by Homes and Communities Academy on the Leadership of Space project; and how much of that was spent on consultancy costs;
	(3)  how much was spent by the Homes and Communities Academy on the new products and programmes project; and how much of that was spent on consultancy costs;
	(4)  how much was spent by the Homes and Communities Academy on the Skills Action Plan project; and how much of that was spent on consultancy costs.

John Healey: The figures requested are shown in the following table.
	
		
			   
			  Event/project  Total spend  Of which: Consultancy spend 
			 New products and programmes (1)131,000 48,000 
			 High Profile Events (2)282,000 1,000 
			 Leadership of Space 27,000 3,000 
			 Skills Action Plan 65,000 53,000 
			 (1) Includes event management, travel, marketing, staff salaries and press cuttings costs. (2) Includes grants and marketing costs.

Housing

Grant Shapps: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much has been spent by the Homes and Communities Agency Academy on  (a) developing,  (b) publicising and  (c) conducting its online introductory course for place-making; and if he will make a statement.

John Healey: The development cost associated with the academy's 10 week online workshops were incurred prior to the creation of the Homes and Communities Agency. Publicity costs have amounted to 816. The continued support costs associated with the course are 21,000 to deliver seven workshops since 1 April 2009. The total costs to date are therefore 21,816, which equates to a cost per person of 33.72. The workshops give practitioners and professionals advice, guidance and support from experienced tutors.

Housing: Building Regulations

John Horam: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government for what reasons the cost-benefit impact assessment of funding for overground oil tanks contained in Proposals for amending the approved document J (combustion appliances and fuel storage systems) of the Buildings Regulations omitted  (a) the potential wider costs to the environment and the potential health implications of water and environmental contamination,  (b) the benefit to tank manufacturers of selling a high-specification tank as standard and  (c) any estimate of the damage caused by non-reported spillages; and if he will commission a further impact assessment study.

Ian Austin: The consultation stage impact assessment, which was included in my Department's consultation document on proposals for amending part J of the building regulations, explains in some detail how the potential benefits of bunding all domestic oil tanks has been estimated.
	 (a) A figure for environmental damage of 10,000 per incident is included in the assessment. This is an indicative estimated average provided by the Environment Agency.
	 (b) The benefits to manufacturers were not considered to be significant but manufacturers of oil tanks may wish to provide estimates of this in their response to the consultation.
	 (c) There is no way of reliably assessing the number of unreported incidents, however the sensitivity analysis, included in the impact assessment suggests that only a very high number of unreported incidents would affect the conclusions of the assessment.
	The consultation specifically invites comments on the impact assessment and my Officials have already been in discussion with the Oil Firing Technical Association and the Environment Agency to see if the impact assessment can be improved. It is normal practice to revisit an impact assessment once a consultation is complete.

Housing: Low Incomes

David Drew: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government if he will consider the merits of extending his Department's Kickstart Housing Delivery fund to rural areas.

John Healey: The Housing Kickstart Programme, managed by the Homes and Communities Agency, operates across the whole of England including rural areas, where it has a lower threshold for schemes to enable typically smaller schemes to be considered. In Round one of the Kickstart programme 23 of the 91 projects now approved are in rural areas. These will generate over 1,600 homes with investment of around 37 million.

Mortgages: Government Assistance

Grant Shapps: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government 
	(1)  how much his Department has spent on the Homeowner Mortgage Support Scheme to date;
	(2)  how much his Department has spent on the Homeowner Mortgage Support Scheme to date.

John Healey: We have acted rapidly to put in place a range of help and support for households struggling with their mortgage at every stage.
	The Department spent 905,334 (excluding VAT) on legal, IT and operational services to develop and implement Homeowners Mortgage Support. Ongoing operational costs to 31 October 2009 were 92,860 (excluding VAT).
	Additionally, PricewaterhouseCoopers have provided commercial expertise to support development of our interventions to prevent repossessions, in particular to inform negotiations with lenders on their forbearance policies and liaison with the money advice sector, and advise on the interface with the regulatory framework. The total cost was 1,143,883 (excluding VAT). Statistics from the Financial Services Authority show that by June 2009, over 135,000 borrowers were benefiting from forbearance offered by their lender, an increase of 74 per cent. on the previous year.

Non-Domestic Rates

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many  (a) crematoriums,  (b) funeral parlours and chapels of rest and  (c) cemeteries (i) there were on the 2005 Rating List and (ii) there are on the draft 2010 Rating List; what the aggregate rateable value is of the premises on each list; and what methodology the Valuation Office Agency used to rate (A) the crematoriums and (B) funeral parlours and chapels of rest at the 2005 and 2010 revaluations.

Barbara Follett: holding answer 4 November 2009
	I refer the hon. Member to the answers given to the hon. Members for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman), Peterborough (Mr. Jackson) and Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) today to PQs 294135, 294887, 294903, 294527 and 295703 which state that a table has been placed in the Library of the House showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code on both the 2005 rating lists and the draft 2010 rating lists as at 29 May 2009.
	The special category code for crematoria is 80, funeral parlours and chapels of rest 111 and cemeteries 053.
	The aim of a rating valuation is to arrive at the rental value for the premises at the standard valuation date. Because of the differing nature of the numerous classes of property, valuation officers have to use various valuation methods to arrive at rental value. The methodologies used for valuation were the same for both the 2005 rating lists and the 2010 draft lists and these were:
	(A) Crematoria: a value per annual cremation number, adjusted for the age of the crematorium. The value is derived from analysed receipts and expenditure.
	(B) Funeral parlours and chapels of rest: a rentals comparison approach.
	The five-yearly business rates revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of their property relative to others. The 2010 revaluation will not raise a single extra penny for Government.
	Over a million properties will see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation. The Government intend to put in place a 2 billion relief scheme to limit the impact on the minority with bill increases. This is on top of the wider support available to help ease business pressures including discounted rate bills for small businesses and deferring tax payments.

Non-Domestic Rates

Caroline Spelman: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many individual hereditament  (a) betting shops and offices,  (b) bingo halls,  (c) public houses, licensed restaurants and wine bars,  (d) night clubs and discotheques and  (e) casinos and gambling clubs were on the Valuation Office Agency's 2005 Rating List in the most recent period for which figures are available.

Stewart Jackson: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government 
	(1)  what the average rateable value of each type of hereditament is under each special category code in  (a) the 2005 Rating List and  (b) the draft 2010 Rating List;
	(2)  what the average rateable value of petrol stations  (a) was on the 2005 Rating List and  (b) is on the draft 2010 Rating List.

Bob Neill: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many hereditaments with each individual Special Category Code  (a) were on the 2005 and  (b) are on the draft 2010 Rating List.

Barbara Follett: I have placed in the Library of the House a table showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code on both the 2005 Rating Lists and the draft 2010 Rating Lists at 29 May 2009. These data are consistent with the consultation document titled: 'The transitional arrangements for the non-domestic rating revaluation 2010 in England', published on 8 July 2009. A copy of the consultation document is available at the following link:
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/localgovernment/nndrrevaluation2010
	The number of hereditaments in each special category code has been rounded to the nearest 10 and the figures for total and average rateable value have been rounded to the nearest thousand pounds.
	Please note that:
	a) betting shops and offices have special category code 24;
	b) bingo halls have special category code 25;
	c) i) public houses/pub restaurants have special category codes 226 and 227; ii) restaurants have special category code 234; iii) wine bars have special category code 303;
	d) night clubs and discotheques have special code 199;
	e) casinos and gambling clubs have special category code 49;
	f) petrol stations have special category code 209.

Non-Domestic Rates: Fairgrounds

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many  (a) theme parks and  (b) other amusement parks (i) there were on the 2005 Rating List and (ii) there are on the draft 2010 Rating List; what method the Valuation Office Agency used to rate each of the premises for each list; and what the (A) postal address and (B) rateable value is of each of the parks included on each list.

Barbara Follett: I refer the hon. Member to the answers given to the hon. Members for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman), Peterborough (Mr. Jackson) and Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) today (PQs 294135, 294887, 294903, 294527 and 295703), which state that a table has been placed in the Library of the House showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code on both the 2005 Rating Lists and the draft 2010 Rating Lists as at 29 May 2009. The Special Category Code for theme parks is 280 and for amusement parks 012.
	The aim of a rating valuation is to arrive at the rental value of the premises at the standard valuation date. For both the 2005 Rating Lists and the 2010 Draft Lists the rateable values of amusement and theme parks have been assessed in line with the guidance contained in the Rating ManualVolume 5, Section 70 on Amusement Parks and Theme Parks which is available on the VOA website, under Publications, at:
	www.voa.gov.uk
	The addresses and rateable values of theme and amusement parks currently listed in the 2005 Rating Lists and 2010 Draft Lists can be viewed on the live rating lists published on the Valuation Office Agency's website at
	www.voa.gov.uk

Non-Domestic Rates: Parking

Hugo Swire: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many appeals against a Valuation Office Agency decision to place rateable values on parking spaces in  (a) East Devon constituency,  (b) Devon and  (c) England have been successful in each of the last five years.

Barbara Follett: holding answer 9 November 2009
	The number of proposals against decisions to place rateable values on car parking spaces that were accepted by valuation officers or resulted in a change in assessment in  (a) East Devon constituency,  (b) Devon and  (c) England during each of the last five years are as follows:
	
		
			  Billing authorityEast Devon 
			   Settlement  Total 
			 April 2004 to March 2005 Agreed or Wellfounded 0 
			 April 2005 to March 2006 Agreed or Wellfounded 0 
			 April 2006 to March 2007 Agreed or Wellfounded 0 
			 April 2007 to March 2008 Agreed or Wellfounded 1 
			 April 2008 to March 2009 Agreed or Wellfounded 0 
			 April 2009 to October 2009 Agreed or Wellfounded 0 
			 Total Agreed or Wellfounded 1 
		
	
	
		
			  Devon 
			   Settlement  Total 
			 April 2004 to March 2005 Agreed or Wellfounded 0 
			 April 2005 to March 2006 Agreed or Wellfounded 2 
			 April 2006 to March 2007 Agreed or Wellfounded 1 
			 April 2007 to March 2008 Agreed or Wellfounded 0 
			 April 2008 to March 2009 Agreed or Wellfounded 1 
			 April 2009 to October 2009 Agreed or Wellfounded 1 
			 Total Agreed or Wellfounded 5 
		
	
	
		
			  England 
			   Settlement  Total 
			 April 2004 to March 2005 Agreed; or Wellfounded 472 
			 April 2005 to March 2006 Agreed or Wellfounded 399 
			 April 2006 to March 2007 Agreed or Wellfounded 457 
			 April 2007 to March 2008 Agreed or Wellfounded 356 
			 April 2008 to March 2009 Agreed or Wellfounded 363 
			 April 2009 to October 2009 Agreed or Wellfounded 241 
			 Total Agreed or Wellfounded 2,288 
		
	
	There have been no significant changes since May 1997 in the Valuation Office Agency's methodology and guidance for valuing car spaces, which is set out in Rating Manual Volume 5 Section 200 for Car Parks and in the individual practice note issued for each five yearly revaluation. The methodology has remained one of Rental Comparison by parking space. Current and earlier practice notes can be compared on the Valuation Office Agency's website at:
	www.voa.gov.uk

Non-Domestic Rates: Peterborough

Stewart Jackson: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government which 50 individual hereditaments in the local authority area of Peterborough had the greatest percentage increase in rateable value from the 2005 Rating List to the draft 2010 Rating List; and what the  (a) address and  (b) rateable value in each list was of each.

Barbara Follett: holding answer 9 November 2009
	The following table shows the rateable value on the 2005 Rating List and the draft 2010 Rating List for the 50 individual hereditaments in the local authority area of Peterborough that had the biggest percentage increase between the two lists, as at 29 May 2009. These data are consistent with the consultation document titled: The transitional arrangements for the non-domestic rating revaluation 2010 in England, published on 8 July 2009. A copy of the consultation document is available at the following link:
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/localgovernment/nndrrevaluation2010
	No address information other than postcode is held in the dataset used for the analysis. The address, 2005 list rateable value and 2010 draft list rateable value from the live database for each hereditament in the central and local rating lists are published on the Valuation Office Agency's website. This information is updated weekly:
	http://www.voa.gov.uk/
	The figures are rounded to the nearest 1,000.
	
		
			   
			  Rank  Rateable value on the 2005 ratings list  Rateable value on the draft 2010 ratings list 
			 1 3,000 15,000 
			 2 2,000 9,000 
			 3 7,000 29,000 
			 4 13,000 50,000 
			 5 13,000 50,000 
			 6 2,000 7,000 
			 7 21,000 70,000 
			 8 2,000 5,000 
			 9 1,000 2,000 
			 10 19,000 61,000 
			 11 8,000 25,000 
			 12 5,000 14,000 
			 13 11,000 32,000 
			 14 2,000 5,000 
			 15 2,000 7,000 
			 16 6,000 18,000 
			 17 3,000 8,000 
			 18 (1)500 1,000 
			 19 5,000 13,000 
			 20 3,000 9,000 
			 21 10,000 25,000 
			 22 9,000 23,000 
			 23 5,000 12,000 
			 24 33,000 85,000 
			 25 6,000 15,000 
			 26 9,000 22,000 
			 27 2,000 5,000 
			 28 15,000 38,000 
			 29 22,000 55,000 
			 30 12,000 30,000 
			 31 1,000 1,000 
			 32 (1)500 (1)500 
			 33 7,000 18,000 
			 34 74,000 182,000 
			 35 16,000 38,000 
			 36 4,000 10,000 
			 37 7,000 17,000 
			 38 13,000 30,000 
			 39 3,000 8,000 
			 40 1,000 3,000 
			 41 2,000 4,000 
			 42 1,000 2,000 
			 43 2,000 5,000 
			 44 11,000 26,000 
			 45 5,000 11,000 
			 46 8,000 18,000 
			 47 4,000 8,000 
			 48 24,000 54,000 
			 49 16,000 36,000 
			 50 4,000 10,000 
			 (1) Less than 500. 
		
	
	The five-yearly business rates revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of their property relative to others. The 2010 revaluation will not raise a single extra penny for Government.
	Ratepayers occupying over a million properties60 per cent. of total propertieswill see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation. The Government intend to put in place a 2 billion relief scheme to limit the impact on the minority with bill increases. This is on top of the wider support available as part of Real Help Now to help ease business pressures including discounted rate bills for small businesses and deferring tax payments.

Non-Domestic Rates: Peterborough

Stewart Jackson: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the estimated  (a) average rateable value on the (i) 2005 and (ii) draft 2010 Rating List and  (b) percentage change in rateable values between the two lists was for hereditaments in each special category code in the local authority area of Peterborough or nearest comparative local unit of administration.

Barbara Follett: holding answer 9 November 2009
	I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave to the hon. Member for Putney (Justine Greening) earlier today, (PQ 297432) on the rateable value on the 2005 and draft 2010 Rating List.
	I have placed a table of estimates of the percentage change in rateable values by special category code, for the local authority area of Peterborough between the 2005 rating list and the 2010 draft rating list, as at 29 May 2009, in the Library of the House of Commons. These data are consistent with the consultation document titled: The transitional arrangements for the non-domestic-rating revaluation 2010 in England, published on 8 July 2009. A copy of the consultation document is available at the following link:
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/localgovernment/nndrrevaluation2010
	The five-yearly business rates revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of their property relative to others. The 2010 revaluation will not raise a single extra penny for Government.
	Ratepayers occupying over a million properties will see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation. The Government intend to put in place a 2 billion relief scheme to limit the impact on the minority with bill increases. This is on top of the wider support available to help ease business pressures including discounted rate bills for small businesses and deferring tax payments.

Non-Domestic Rates: Ports

Austin Mitchell: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what estimate he has made of the reduction in business rate assessments on newly-rated businesses on Hull docks consequent on the Valuation Office Agency's decision to transfer the charges to Associated British Ports; and what estimate he has made of the equivalent figures should such a decision be taken in relation to the port businesses in  (a) Grimsby,  (b) Immingham and  (c) Goole.

Ian Pearson: I have been asked to reply.
	For the port of Hull, some areas have been merged with the assessment for the statutory port on the basis of new information and agreement of the facts between the parties. This reflects the success of the fast-track appeals process applied by the Valuation Office Agency to cases involving a backdated liability. Where ratepayers co-operate and provide the information requested, the Agency has been able to review the rating lists and make amendments to reflect new information that has a material affect on the assessment. In the port of Hull this has resulted in a reduction of 1.1 million in the total rateable value of occupations separately assessed for the first time from 1 April 2005.
	Where changes have not been made this is either because the facts do not support correction of the rating lists or the parties have not agreed the facts that may still prove material. It is not possible to provide an estimate of whether there will be similar changes in the ports of Grimsby, Immingham and Goole.

Non-Domestic Rates: Sports

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many grounds used for county cricket  (a) there were on the 2005 Rating List and (b) there are on the draft 2010 Rating List; what method the Valuation Office Agency used to rate the grounds for each list; and what the (i) postal address and (ii) rateable value is of each ground included on each list.

Barbara Follett: I refer the hon. Member to the answers given to the hon. Members for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman), Peterborough (Mr. Jackson) and Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) today to PQs 294135, 294887, 294903, 294527 and 295703 which state that a table has been placed in the Library of the House showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code on both the 2005 rating lists and the draft 2010 rating lists as at 29 May 2009.
	The special category code for county cricket grounds is 082.
	The aim of a rating valuation is to arrive at the rental value for the premises at the standard valuation date. For both the 2005 rating lists and the 2010 draft lists the rateable values for county cricket grounds have been assessed by reference to a percentage of fair maintainable trade. The approach has been discussed with, and accepted by, the English and Wales Cricket Board for 2010 and previous rating lists. The addresses and rateable values of county cricket grounds currently listed in the rating lists and draft lists can be viewed on the live rating lists published on the Valuation Office Agency's website at:
	www.voa.gov.uk
	The five-yearly business rates revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of their property relative to others. The 2010 revaluation will not raise a single extra penny for Government.
	County cricket grounds have benefited from the popularity of the 20:20 game and this has generated significant trading income gains, particularly in the more prominent locations where existing or improved ground facilities have enabled this to be maximised.
	All the major grounds will as a consequence see increased rateable values. Yet again the secondary and amateur facilities show a totally different picture with approaching two-thirds benefiting from reduced billsthat is, if available, reliefs do not remove their liability to rates entirely. Across the country, over a million properties will see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation.
	There will be a 2 billion relief scheme in order to phase in significant increases in rates bills. For those grounds experiencing substantial increases in rateable values this will limit the increase in their rate bill to 12.5 per cent. in real terms for next year.

Non-Domestic Rates: Sports

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many grounds used for  (a) rugby league and  (b) rugby union (i) there were on the 2005 Rating List and (ii) there are on the draft 2010 Rating List; what method the Valuation Office Agency used to rate the grounds for each list; and what the (A) postal address and (B) rateable value is of each ground included on each list.

Barbara Follett: holding answer 4 November 2009
	I refer the hon. Member to the answers given to the hon. Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman), the hon. Member for Peterborough (Mr. Jackson) and the hon. Member for Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) today (PQs 294135, 294887, 294903, 294527 and 295703) which state that a table has been placed in the Library of the House showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code on both the 2005 Rating Lists and the draft 2010 Rating Lists as at 29th May 2009. These data provide the most up to date published aggregate data for the number of hereditaments.
	The Special Category Code for Rugby League Grounds is 241 and for Rugby Union Grounds is 242.
	The aim of a rating valuation is to arrive at the rental value for the premises at the standard valuation date. Because of the differing nature of the numerous classes of property valuation officers have to use various valuation methods to arrive at rental value. For both the 2005 Rating Lists and the 2010 Draft Lists smaller rugby grounds have been valued using a rentals approach based on available rental information while larger stadiums have been valued by reference to the contractor's basis with adjustments for ability to pay.
	The addresses and rateable values of rugby union and rugby league grounds currently listed in the Rating Lists and Draft Lists can be viewed on the live rating lists published on the Valuation Office Agency's website at:
	www.voa.gov.uk
	The five-yearly business rates revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of their property relative to others. The 2010 revaluation will not raise a single extra penny for Government.
	The top rugby grounds have experienced significantly increased trading incomes over the five-year revaluation cycle and associated with this has been significant investment in their grounds. At the lower and amateur end of the sport around 70 per cent. of occupiers will see reduced rates bills. Across the country, over a million properties will see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation.
	There will be a 2 billion relief scheme in order to phase in significant increases in rates bills. For those grounds experiencing substantial increases in rateable values this will limit the increase in their rate bill to 12.5 per cent. in real terms for next year.

Non-Domestic Rates: Sports

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many football stadia  (a) there were on the 2005 Rating List and  (b) there are on the draft 2010 Rating List; what method the Valuation Office Agency used to rate the stadia for each list; and what the (i) postal address and (ii) rateable value is of each ground included on each list.

Barbara Follett: holding answer 4 November 2009
	I refer the hon. Member to the answers given to the hon. Members for Meriden, (Mrs. Spelman) Peterborough and Bromley (Mr. Jackson) and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) today, (PQs 294135, 294887, 294903, 294527 and 295703) which state that a table showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code on both the 2005 Rating Lists and the draft 2010 Rating Lists as at 29 May 2009.
	The Special Category Code for Football Stadia is 109
	The aim of a rating valuation is to arrive at the rental value for the premises at the standard valuation date. Because of the differing nature of the numerous classes of property, valuation officers have to use various valuation methods to arrive at rental value. For both the 2005 rating lists and the 2010 draft lists football stadia have been valued by reference to the contractor's basis with adjustments for ability to pay.
	The addresses and rateable values of football stadia currently listed in the rating lists and draft lists can be viewed on the live rating lists published on the Valuation Office Agency's website at:
	www.voa.gov.uk
	The five-yearly business rates revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of their property relative to others. The 2010 revaluation will not raise a single extra penny for Government.
	Premiership clubs, in particular, have experienced massively increased trading incomes over the five-year revaluation cycle and associated with this has been significant investment in their grounds. It is not surprising then that these clubs will typically see rateable values increase. As regards league football clubs about one-third are likely to see rates bills fall. Across the country, over a million properties will see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation.
	There will be a 2 billion relief scheme in order to phase in significant increases in rates bills. For those clubs experiencing substantial increases in rateable values this will limit the increase in their rate bill to 12.5 per cent. in real terms for next year.

Non-Domestic Rates: Valuation

Caroline Spelman: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the textual description is of each SCAT code used by the Valuation Office Agency.

Barbara Follett: I refer the hon. Member to the answer I gave to the hon. Member for Putney (Justine Greening) on 10 November 2009,  Official Report, columns 283-84W. A table showing the numbers of hereditaments for England broken down by full alphanumeric special category code on both the 2005 Rating List and the draft 2010 Rating List at 29 May 2009 has been placed in the Library of the House. These data are consistent with the consultation document titled: The Transitional Arrangements for the Non-domestic Rating Revaluation 2010 in England, published on 8 July 2009. A copy of the consultation document is available at the following link:
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/localgovernment/nndrrevaluation2010
	This table provides the textual description of each scat code used by the Valuation Office Agency. The number of hereditaments in each special category code has been rounded to the nearest 10.

Non-Domestic Rates: Valuation

Caroline Spelman: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the policy of the Durham Valuation Office is on whether Durham road user charge and a material change for the purposes of  (a) calculating rateable value of business premises within and near the charging zone and  (b) domestic valuations of dwellings for council tax within and near the charging zone.

Rosie Winterton: The advice contained in the Valuation Office Agency's Rating Manual, Volume 2, Section 5PN1, is that the introduction of the London Congestion Charge was a material change for the purposes of assessing rateable values. The valuation officer for Durham considers the Durham Congestion Charge to have been, similarly, a material change.
	The regulations for material change are different for council tax. A proposal would be considered valid only if the introduction of the charging zone was associated with particular changes to the physical state of a dwelling's locality.

Non-Domestic Rates: Valuation

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government pursuant to the answer of 12 October 2009,  Official Report, column 345W, on non-domestic rates, how many assessment deletions were made in each region in each year on the grounds that the property  (a) had been demolished,  (b) was incapable of beneficial occupation,  (c) was being used for residential purposes,  (d) was exempt from rating,  (e) had been split into two or more separate rateable premises and  (f) had been combined with another property into a new, merged rateable premises; and how many assessment deletions were made for any other reason.

Barbara Follett: holding answer 3 November 2009
	I have placed in the Library of the House a table showing the number of assessments deleted from the Rating Lists during the period 1 April 2004 to 31 July 2009this period being consistent with the earlier answer of 12 October 2009.
	The table reflects assessments deleted for the following reasons:
	Demolished
	Exempt
	Ceased to be rateable
	Reconstituted
	Other.
	To separately identify assessments deleted specifically because the property is now used for residential purposes or incapable of beneficial occupation could be ascertained only at disproportionate cost.

Non-Domestic Rates: Valuation

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many  (a) takeaway food outlets (predominantly off premises),  (b) restaurants and  (c) cafes there were on the (i) 2005 and (ii) draft 2010 rating list; what the total rateable value was of the properties in each category at each revaluation; what methodology the Valuation Office Agency used to rate the properties in each category at the (A) 2005 and (B) 2010 revaluation; and if he will place in the Library a copy of that methodology.

Barbara Follett: holding answer 9 November 2009
	I refer the hon. Member to the answers given to the hon. Members for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman), Peterborough (Mr. Jackson) and Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) today to PQs 294135, 294887, 294903, 294527 and 295703 which state that a table has been placed in the Library of the House showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code on both the 2005 rating lists and the draft 2010 rating lists as at 29 May 2009.
	The special category code for takeaway food outlet (predominantly off premises) is 442, restaurants 234 and cafes 409.
	The aim of a rating valuation is to arrive at the rental value for the premises at the standard valuation date. The methodology used for takeaway food outlets (predominantly off premises), restaurants and cafes were the same for both the 2005 and the draft 2010 rating lists and is based on the comparative rental method.
	The five-yearly business rate revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of their property relative to others. The 2010 revaluation will not raise a single extra penny for Government.
	Over a million properties will see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation. The Government intend to put in place a 2 billion relief scheme to limit the impact on the minority with bill increases. This is on top of the wider support available to help ease business pressures including discounted rate bills for small businesses and deferring tax payments.

Non-Domestic Rates: Valuation

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the average rateable value is for  (a) all hereditaments,  (b) (i) small and (ii) other businesses in (i) England and (ii) each local authority in England according to the (A) 2005 Rating List and (B) draft 2010 Rating List.

Barbara Follett: holding answer 2 November 2009
	I have placed in the Library of the House a table showing the average rateable values for all properties, small properties and large properties for England and broken down by local authority on both the 2005 Ratings List and the draft 2010 Ratings List at 29 May 2009. These data are consistent with the consultation document titled: 'The transitioned arrangements for the non-domestic rating revaluation 2010 in England', published on 8 July 2009. A copy of the consultation document is available at the following link:
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/local government/nndrrevaluation2010
	In the 2005 Ratings List, a small property is defined as having a rateable value less than 15,000, or 21,500 in London. In the draft 2010 Ratings List, a small property is defined as having a rateable value less than 18,000, or 25,500 in London. This is the definition proposed in the above mentioned 2010 Transitional Relief consultation document.
	The figures have been rounded to the nearest thousand pounds.

Non-Domestic Rates: Valuation

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many  (a) lifeboat stations and  (b) coastguard stations there were on the (i) 2005 and (ii) draft 2010 rating list; what the total rateable value was of stations in each such category at each revaluation; what methodology the Valuation Office Agency used to rate those stations at the (A) 2005 and (B) 2010 revaluation; if he will place in the Library a copy of that methodology; and what the (1) address and (2) individual rateable value on the (x) 2005 and (y) draft 2010 rating list was of each station.

Barbara Follett: holding answer 9 November 2009
	I refer the hon. Member to the answers given to the hon. Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman), the hon. Member for Peterborough (Mr. Jackson) and the hon. Member for Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) today to PQs 294135, 294887, 294903, 294527 and 295703, which state that a table showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code has been placed in the Library of the House on both the 2005 Rating Lists and the draft 2010 Rating Lists as at 29 May 2009.
	The Special Category Code for Lifeboat Stations is 420 and for Coastguard Stations is 411.
	For the 2005 Rating Lists the Valuation Office Agency (VOA) made no recommendation to Valuation Officers as to the methodology to be used to assess either lifeboat stations or coastguard stations. For the 2010 draft Rating Lists, the Valuation Office Agency has recommended that the contractor's basis should be used for the valuation of lifeboat stations. This guidance is contained in the Rating ManualVolume 5Section 560 available on the VOA website, under Publications, at:
	www.voa.gov.uk
	The VOA has not yet provided recommendation to Valuation Officers in respect of coastguard stations. Advice, currently in advanced state of preparation, will agree with the manner in which Valuation Officers have approached coastguard stations in both 2005 and the draft 2010 Lists; this has been valuation by comparison with rented offices and garage/storage premises in the locality.
	The addresses and rateable values of lifeboat and coastguard stations currently listed in the 2005 Rating Lists and 2010 Draft Lists can be viewed on the live rating lists published on the VOA's website:
	www.voa.gov.uk
	The five-yearly business rates revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of their property relative to others. The 2010 revaluation will not raise a single extra penny for Government.
	Over a million properties will see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation. The Government intend to put in place a 2 billion relief scheme to limit the impact on the minority with bill increases. This is on top of the wider support available to help ease business pressures including discounted rate bills for small businesses and deferring tax payments.
	Charities, such as the Royal National Lifeboat Institution, receive an automatic 80 per cent. relief from business rates on any property they occupy for charitable purposes. Furthermore, local authorities may increase this relief to 100 per cent. and, where they have done so, the charity will be paying no business rates at all.

Non-Domestic Rates: Valuation

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many  (a) wine bars,  (b) vineyards/wineries,  (c) public houses/pub restaurants (national scheme) and  (d) breweries (national scheme) there were on the (i) 2005 and (ii) draft 2010 rating list; what the total rateable value was of properties on each category on each list; what methodology the Valuation Office Agency used to rate each property in each category; if he will place in the Library a copy of that methodology; and what the (A) address and (B) rateable value on the (1) 2005 and (2) draft 2010 rating list was of each (x) vineyard/winery and (y) brewery (national scheme).

Barbara Follett: holding answer 9 November 2009
	I refer the hon. Member to the answers given to the hon. Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman), the hon. Member for Peterborough (Mr. Jackson), and the hon. Member for Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) today (PQs 294135, 294887, 294903, 294527 and 295703) which state that a table showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code has been placed in the Library of the House on both the 2005 Rating Lists and the draft 2010 Rating Lists as at 29 May 2009.
	The Special Category Code for Wine Bars is 303, Vineyards/Wineries 294 and public houses/pub restaurants (national scheme) 226-227 and breweries (national scheme) 031.
	The aim of a rating valuation is to arrive at the rental value of the premises at the standard valuation date. For both the 2005 Rating Lists and the 2010 Draft Lists the rateable values for wine bars, public houses and breweries have been assessed in line with guidance contained in the Rating ManualVolume 5Sections 825 and 140 available on the VOA website, under Publications, at:
	www.voa.gov.uk
	Vineyards are predominantly agricultural but any processing buildings or retail outlets will be valued on a comparative rental basis.
	The addresses and rateable values of wine bars, vineyards/wineries, public houses/pub restaurants and breweries currently listed in the Rating Lists and Draft Lists can be viewed on the live rating lists published on the Valuation Office Agency's website at:
	www.voa.gov.uk
	The five-yearly business rates revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of their property relative to others. The 2010 revaluation will not raise a single extra penny for Government.
	Over a million properties will see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation. The Government intend to put in place a 2 billion relief scheme to limit the impact on the minority with bill increases. This is on top of the wider support available to help ease business pressures including discounted rate bills for small businesses and deferring tax payments.

Non-Domestic Rates: Valuation

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many  (a) pet grooming parlours,  (b) kennels and catteries and  (c) animal boarding establishments there were on the (i) 2005 and (ii) draft 2010 rating list; what the total rateable value was of the properties in each category at each revaluation; what methodology the Valuation Office Agency used to rate properties in each category at the (A) 2005 and (B) 2010 revaluation; and if he will place in the Library a copy of that methodology.

Barbara Follett: holding answer 9 November 2009
	I refer the hon. Member to the answers given to the hon. Member for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman), the hon. Member for Peterborough (Mr. Jackson) and the hon. Member for Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) today , (PQs 294135, 294887, 294903, 294527 and 295703) which state that a table has been placed in the Library of the House showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code on both the 2005 Rating Lists and the draft 2010 Rating Lists as at 29 May 2009. This data provides the most up to date published aggregate data for the number of hereditaments and rateable values.
	The Special Category Code for Pet Grooming Parlours is 424, Kennels and Catteries 143 and Animal Boarding Establishments 013.
	The aim of a rating valuation is to arrive at the rental value of the premises at the standard valuation date. For both the 2005 Rating Lists and the 2010 Draft Lists the rateable values for kennels and catteries and animal boarding establishments have been assessed in line with guidance contained in the Rating ManualVolume 5Section 215 available on the VOA website, under Publications, at:
	www.voa.gov.uk
	The five-yearly business rates revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of their property relative to others. The 2010 revaluation will not raise a single extra penny for Government.
	Over a million properties will see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation. The Government intend to put in place a 2 billion relief scheme to limit the impact on the minority with bill increases. This is on top of the wider support available to help ease business pressures including discounted rate bills for small businesses and deferring tax payments.

Non-Domestic Rates: Zoos and Wildlife Parks

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many zoos and safari parks  (a) there were on the 2005 Rating List and  (b) there are on the draft 2010 Rating List; what method the Valuation Office Agency used to rate each of the premises for each list; and what the (i) postal address and (ii) rateable value is of each zoo or safari park included on each list.

Barbara Follett: I refer the hon. Member to the answers given to the hon. Members for Meriden (Mrs. Spelman), Peterborough (Mr. Jackson) and Bromley and Chislehurst (Robert Neill) earlier today, (PQs 294135, 294887, 294903, 294527 and 295703), which state that a table has been placed in the Library of the House showing the number of hereditaments and the total and average rateable values for hereditaments in each special category code on both the 2005 Rating Lists and the draft 2010 Rating Lists as at 29 May 2009.
	The Special Category Code for Zoos and Safari Parks is 304.
	The aim of a rating valuation is to arrive at the rental value of the premises at the standard valuation date. For both the 2005 Rating Lists and the 2010 Draft Lists the rateable values for zoos and safari parks have been assessed in line with guidance contained in the Rating ManualVolume 5Section 1130 available on the VOA website at, under Publications, at:
	www.voa.gov.uk
	The addresses and rateable values of zoos and safari parks currently listed in the Rating Lists and Draft Lists can be viewed on the live rating lists published on the Valuation Office Agency's website at:
	www.voa.gov.uk
	The five-yearly business rates revaluations make sure each business pays its fair contribution and no more by ensuring the share of the national rates bill paid by any one business reflects changes over time in the value of their property relative to others. Since the 2005 revaluation, there has been a growth in public interest in wildlife and, in particular, in observing wild animals. Zoos and safari parks have seen visitor numbers grow and this in turn has increased the value of their property. It is only fair that this is reflected in new rateable values.
	Over a million properties will see their business rate liabilities come down as a result of revaluation. The Government intend to put in place a 2 billion relief scheme to limit the impact of revaluation on the minority with bill increases. This is on top of the wider support available to help ease business pressures including discounted rate bills for small businesses and deferring tax payments.

Regeneration: Hendon

Andrew Dismore: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what funding his Department has made available for regeneration schemes at  (a) Grahame Park,  (b) West Hendon and  (c) Spur Road and Stonegrove in Hendon constituency; and if he will make a statement.

John Healey: The funding from the public purse is broken down as follows:
	 Grahame Park
	The Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) has committed 13 million, with a start on site of 27 February 2007 and expected completion of March 2011. 7 million growth funding was also allocated in 2006 to 2008, for the replacement of the rail bridges at Aerodrome road.
	 West Hendon
	The HCA has committed 15.7 million, broken down into Phase 1 of 1.21 million (start on site expected September 2010); Phase 2 of 4.9 million (start on site expected September 2010); Phase 3 of 9.6 million; 4 million of growth funding has been allocated as well.
	 Spur Road and Stonegrove
	The HCA has agreed this week to a Kickstart allocation of 10 million, which will bring total public monies committed to 18 million (that includes a pre-Kickstart allocation of 8 million).

Rented Housing

Lynne Jones: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government what the average  (a) council and  (b) private sector rent was in (i) Birmingham, (ii) the West Midlands, (iii) inner London, (iv) outer London and (v) England excluding London in (A) 1980, (B) 1990, (C) 2000 and (D) each of the last five years.

John Healey: The following table provides average weekly rent figures for council dwellings. Reliable estimates for earlier years are not available.
	
		
			  Average weekly council rent rates( 1, 2) 
			   
			   Birmingham  West Midlands  Inner London  Outer London  England excluding London 
			 2000-01 41.91 41.31
			 2004-05 49.84 49.28 66.62 66.52 49.11 
			 2005-06 52.23 51.59 70.12 68.74 51.23 
			 2006-07 54.63 54.11 73.63 71.46 53.54 
			 2007-08 57.42 57.32 77.17 76.24 56.93 
			 2008-09(3) 59.38 59.95 80.58 78.56 59.37 
			 '' Indicates data are not available (1 )Average rent data for 2003-04 and onwards are based on a standardised 52 week collection. Data prior to 2003-04 may have been reported on various different collection. (2) Average rent data are based upon data reported by stock-owning local authorities that have provided information. (3) Average rent data for 2008-09 are provisional and will be updated when stock data at the start of the following financial year become available.  Source: Average rent rates from Housing Revenue Account (HRA) second subsidy claim form. Total stock data from Housing Revenue Account (HRA) audited base claim form (2004-05 to 2007-08) and Housing Revenue Account (HRA) second subsidy claim form (2000-01, 2008-09). 
		
	
	Average free market monthly rents (mean) for private tenants by region in England are published on the Communities and Local Government website in table 734. Estimates for the West Midlands, London and England are available in this table for all years from 1995-96 and 1996-97 to 2006-07 and 2007-08. These rent estimates are based on data from the Survey of English Housing and a two-year rolling average is used as sampling variability is too great to provide a reliable indication of change between years at regional level. Reliable estimates below the regional level or for earlier years are not available.
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/housing/xls/141656.xls

Social Rented Housing

Lynne Jones: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how many  (a) local authority-owned homes and  (b) homes owned by other social landlords there were in (i) Birmingham, (ii) the West Midlands and (iii) England in (A) 1980, (B) 1990, (C) 1995, (D) 2000, (E) 2005 and (F) the most recent year for which figures are available.

Ian Austin: Information on the number of council-owned dwellings as at 1 April each year is supplied by local authorities on the annual Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix (HSSA) returns and is published annually from 1994 to 2008 on the Communities and Local Government website in Table 116:
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/housing/xls/140882.xls
	Reliable estimates of the number of council-owned dwellings for local authorities and regions as at 1 April 1980 and 1990 are not available.
	Information on the number of registered social landlord (RSL) owned dwellings as at 31 March each year is collected by the Tenants Services Authority and is published annually from 1997 to 2008 on the Communities and Local Government website in Table 115:
	http://www.communities.gov.uk/documents/housing/xls/140879.xls
	No figures are available for 1980.
	The following table shows the number of council-owned and registered social landlord/housing association owned dwellings.
	
		
			  Number of dwellings owned( 1) 
			   Birmingham  West Midlands( 3)  England( 3) 
			  Council-owned( 2)  (as at 1 April)
			 1980(3) (7) (7) 4,764,000 
			 1990(3) (7) (7) 3,991,000 
			 1995 99,600 440,000 3,564,600 
			 2000 88,600 354,200 3,012,000 
			 2005 70,300 232,000 2,165,500 
			 2008 65,900 213,200 1,870,400 
			 
			  RSL/HA owned (as at 31 March)
			 1980
			 1990(4) 24,200 54,100 568,300 
			 1995 33,100 102,100 997,800 
			 2000(5) 33,100 149,500 1,272,700 
			 2005(5,6) 38,600 226,500 1,880,600 
			 2008(5,6) 37,300 229,400 2,062,100 
			 (1) Council-owned dwellings figures for 1980 and 1990 have been rounded to the nearest thousand. All other figures have been rounded to the nearest hundred. (2) Local authorities count the number of dwellings they own that are situated within their administrative boundary. (3) Figures for the west midlands and England totals include estimated values for missing data. (4) Figures for 1990 include bedspaces and shared ownership units. (5) The number of dwellings for 2000, 2005 and 2008 includes general needs social housing rental stock, supported housing stock and housing stock for older people. (6) Figures for 2005 and 2008 also include bedspaces. From 2005 some general needs stock was reclassified as supported stock. This may have resulted in some of the housing stock for older people being counted as bed spaces rather than dwellings which may have increased the dwelling count. (7) Data are not available.  Sources: For council-owned stock: Housing Strategy Statistical Appendix (2000, 2005, 2008), Housing Investment Programme (1980, 1990, 1995). For RSL/HA owned stock: Regulatory and Statistical Return (2000, 2005, 2008), Housing Association Annual Return (Statistics) (1990, 1995)

Social Rented Housing: Bedfordshire

Nadine Dorries: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government 
	(1)  what steps he plans to take to increase the standard of social housing in Mid Bedfordshire constituency in the next 12 months;
	(2)  what steps he plans to take to raise the standard of social housing in  (a) Mid Bedfordshire constituency and  (b) the East of England in the next 12 months.

Ian Austin: This Government believe that everyone should have the opportunity to have a decent home. In 1997 our Decent Homes Programme was introduced and all council and housing associations were challenged to meet the Decent Homes Standard. Many will meet this challenge using existing resources. For those that need extra funding this Government have a suite of options that may be applied for. Since 1997 over 33 billion has been invested in improving social housing.
	The former Mid Bedfordshire local authority transferred their social housing stock to the Aragon Housing Association who expect to meet the decent homes standard by 2010 (except where tenants have declined work that would bring them up to standard). This has been confirmed by the Tenants Services Authority who are the statutory regulator for the raising of social housing standards, and the regeneration of social housing. The TSA is about to consult on the standards which it will set for Registered Providers from 1 April 2010. The Government are proposing to direct the TSA to set a standard on quality of accommodation.
	In June we announced our Housing Pledge bringing forward a further 1.5 billion to build additional affordable homes by:
	Expanding the existing programme enabling RSLs (registered social landlords) to deliver additional affordable homes.
	Expanding the Kickstart Housing Delivery Programme to help unlock stalled sites and deliver additional affordable housing.
	An adequate overall supply of housing is critical to meeting the need for social housing. For instance it gives more opportunities to negotiate for affordable housing provision from developers, whereas an inadequate supply can force up prices and push people into needing social housing, where their preference would be home ownership. In this context targets for overall house building are important. The RSS (Regional Spatial Strategy) for the East of England (which was published by the Secretary of State in May 2008) sets a target for central Bedfordshire of 762 additional dwellings per year. I am pleased to say that central Bedfordshire is one of the areas which is doing well at meeting its target, with an average of 1,240 dwellings built each year between 2001 and 2008.

Social Rented Housing: Standards

Clive Betts: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government how much funding was originally planned for the ALMO decent homes programme in respect of those ALMOs gaining two stars on their first inspection in  (a) 2009-10 and  (b) 2010-11; and what is the revised amount.

Ian Austin: The Homes and Communities Agency (HCA) who manage the day to day delivery of the ALMO Decent Homes programme report that the original planned funding for 2009-10 for ALMOs gaining two stars at their first inspection was 35 million. The revised amount is 14.5 million.
	The original amount planned for 2010-11 was 14.6 million. Those ALMOs who gain two stars in 2010-11 will now likely receive funding in 2011-12. As we announced on 17 July, in order to fund the 1.5 billion Housing Pledge to provide new affordable homes, get the construction industry moving and create around 45,000 jobs in the building trade, 150 million has been deferred from the Decent Homes programme into 2011-12.

Tenant Services Authority

Grant Shapps: To ask the Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government 
	(1)  how much the Tenant Services Authority has spent on assessing the financial viability of registered social landlords since its inception;
	(2)  how many full-time equivalent employees the Tenant Services Authority employs to assess the financial viability of registered social landlords.

Ian Austin: holding answer 10 November 2009
	 The Tenant Services Authority have to date spent 11.7 million on their risk and assurance functions. These include assessing the viability of registered social landlords.
	125 full-time equivalent staff are currently employed in the risk and assurance directorate (out of total TSA staffing of 264). Going forward, the TSA will adopt a more targeted approach to viability regulation and will dedicate additional resources to the tenant facing standards. Numbers of staff in risk and assurance will then reduce to fewer than 100.

Bloody Sunday Tribunal of Inquiry

Gregory Campbell: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the cost to the public purse of the Saville Inquiry has been in each month since January 2005.

Shaun Woodward: I am advised that the cost of the Bloody Sunday Inquiry to the end of September 2009 is 188.7 million. The costs of the Inquiry for each calendar month since January 2005 are shown in the following table.
	
		
			   NIO funding  MoD funding  Total 
			  2009-10
			 April 67,442 0 67,442 
			 May 351,006 0 351,006 
			 June 105,924 0 105,924 
			 July 171,543 0 171,543 
			 August 301,730 0 301,730 
			 September 240,215 0 240,215 
			  Total 1,237,860 0 1,237,860 
			  2008-09
			 April 499,141 25,377 524,518 
			 May 332,889 11,454 344,343 
			 June 189,141 18,812 207,953 
			 July 375,454 21,150 396,604 
			 August 346,626 22,358 368,984 
			 September 406,974 27,884 434,858 
			 October 247,919 27,710 275,629 
			 November 424,443 19,554 443,997 
			 December 362,420 0 362,420 
			 January 628,726 0 628,726 
			 February 381,120 0 381,120 
			 March 672,185 0 672,185 
			  Total 4,867,038 174,299 5,041,337 
			  2007-08
			 April 286,425 20,946 307,371 
			 May 325,249 25,896 351,145 
			 June 300,272 15,978 316,250 
			 July 940,194 27,058 967,252 
			 August 338,424 22,305 360,729 
			 September 507,882 17,983 525,865 
			 October 234,884 25,629 260,513 
			 November 462,529 22,189 484,718 
			 December 239,949 21,362 261,311 
			 January 453,054 25,255 478,309 
			 February 599,295 23,167 622,462 
			 March 365,839 22,194 388,033 
			  Total 5,053,996 269,962 5,323,958 
			  2006-07
			 April 351,827 22,192 374,019 
			 May 4,033,188 24,689 4,057,877 
			 June 706,742 26,602 733,344 
			 1 July 353,425 42,161 395,586 
			 1 August 954,094 18,323 972,417 
			 September 330,117 21,305 351,422 
			 October 219,749 29,300 249,049 
			 November 716,369 25,984 742,353 
			 December 576,040 27,861 603,901 
			 January 415,493 27,826 443,319 
			 February 360,675 20,670 381,345 
			 March 501,147 18,293 519,440 
			 Total 9,518,866 305,206 9,824,072 
			  2005-06
			 April 551,126 38,093 589,219 
			 May 448,943 27,278 476,221 
			 June 665,401 60,196 725,597 
			 July 762,083 53,926 816,009 
			 August 1,201,478 27,437 1,228,915 
			 September 574,566 11,327 585,893 
			 October 662,000 30,054 692,054 
			 November 488,252 31,803 520,055 
			 December 455,719 47,323 503,042 
			 January 439,321 31,390 470,711 
			 February 456,188 36,448 492,636 
			 March 456,892 26,650 483,542 
			  Total 7,161,969 421,925 7,583,894 
			  2004-05
			 January 1,325,711 130,649 1,456,360 
			 February 1,629,280 31,696 1,660,976 
			 March 698,762 70,821 769,583 
			  Total 3,653,753 233,166 3,886,919 
		
	
	Northern Ireland Office funding to the Inquiry covers expenditure by the Bloody Sunday Inquiry, including staff, accommodation, IT, travel and legal costs for some participants. MoD funding represents the cost of legal representation.

Chief Electoral Officer for Northern Ireland

Nigel Dodds: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what assessment he has made of the performance of the Electoral Office for Northern Ireland.

Paul Goggins: The Electoral Office for Northern Ireland supports the Chief Electoral Officer for Northern Ireland in carrying out his statutory duties. Its performance against its 2008-09 business plan is assessed in chapter 2 and annex A of the Chief Electoral Officer's annual report for 2008-09 which can be found at:
	http://www.eoni.org.uk/index/plans-and-reports.htm

Departmental Air Travel

Oliver Heald: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many first-class flights were taken by each Minister in his Department in 2008-09; and what the  (a) origin,  (b) destination and  (c) cost was of each such flight.

Paul Goggins: Travel by Ministers is undertaken in accordance with the Ministerial Code. The information on ministerial flights costing over 500 is published annually by the Cabinet Office in respect of all Departments.
	Information in relation to the 2008-09 year can be found on the Cabinet Office website using the following link:
	www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/media/226022/travel_2008_2009.pdf
	There were no first class flights undertaken by Ministers costing less than 500.

Departmental Data Protection

Eleanor Laing: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland whether his Department's information assurance procedures have been subject to an independent audit.

Paul Goggins: The Northern Ireland Office has subjected its information assurance procedures to an independent audit in April 2009 as mandated by the Cabinet Secretary's report into data handling processes across government and the Security Policy Framework.

Departmental Energy

Grant Shapps: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the  (a) energy rating and  (b) energy band of each building occupied by his Department and its agencies was in each year for which figures are available.

Paul Goggins: Information on the energy rating/band of departmental and agency buildings is only available for those buildings that require either an Energy Performance Certificate or a Display Energy Certificate as set out in the Energy Performance of Buildings Regulations 2008. The following buildings have a Display Energy Certificate:
	Hillsborough Castleenergy rating 110, energy band E;
	HMP Maghaberryenergy rating 200, energy band G;
	Young Offenders Centre, Hydebankenergy rating 200, energy band G.

Departmental Pay

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how much was claimed in reimbursable expenses by press officers in his Department and its agencies in 2008-09.

Paul Goggins: Reimbursable expenses claimed by press officers in the Northern Ireland Office (NIO), including its arm's length bodies and the Public Prosecution Service Northern Ireland but excluding its NDPBs, and the Northern Ireland Prison Service is shown in the following table.
	
		
			
			 NIO 12,510 
			 NI Prison Service 216 
		
	
	The NIO provides press office support to the Compensation Agency, Forensic Science Northern Ireland and Youth Justice Agency. These expenses include travel undertaken in support of Ministers.

Departmental Procurement

Philip Hammond: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland whether there has been any nugatory cost to his Department and its agencies on procurement under tender because the tender process had been cancelled prior to the award of the contract in the last 12 months.

Paul Goggins: There has been no nugatory cost to the Northern Ireland Office, including the Public Prosecution Service Northern Ireland and its agencies but excluding its NDPBs, on procurement under tender because the tender process has been cancelled prior to the award of the contract in the last 12 months.

Fireworks: Prosecutions

Nigel Dodds: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many people have been  (a) charged and  (b) convicted of offences involving the use of fireworks in Northern Ireland in each year since 2005.

Paul Goggins: It has not proved possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Homophobia: Crime

Lady Hermon: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many incidents of homophobic crime were recorded in each Police Service of Northern Ireland district command unit area in each of the last 12 months; how many convictions there were in respect of such incidents; and what sentence was imposed in each case.

Paul Goggins: The information sought on convictions and sentencing is not available, as the court data records the conviction and sentence information in relation to the offence, without recording background information on motivation.
	Reduction of hate crime/incidents of homophobic crime for each PSNI district is set out in the following tables.
	
		
			  Homophobic( 1)  Incidents( 2)  in Northern Ireland in the 12 Months to September 2009 
			  Policing Area  2008  20093  Total 
			   Oct  Nov  Dec  Jan  Feb  Mar  Apr  May  Jun  Jul  Aug  Sept  
			 Antrim 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 6 
			 Ards 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 
			 Armagh 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 
			 Banbridge 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 3 
			 East Belfast 0 0 1 0 0 2 1 1 0 5 1 0 11 
			 North Belfast 1 4 2 1 1 1 1 5 3 1 2 2 24 
			 South Belfast 3 2 3 1 4 1 2 1 3 1 4 0 25 
			 West Belfast 0 1 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 2 0 1 7 
			 Ballymena 1 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 1 0 0 1 6 
			 Ballymoney 0 2 1 0 0 0 2 0 2 0 0 0 7 
			 Carrickfergus 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 5 
			 Coleraine 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 
			 Cookstown 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 4 
			 Craigavon 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 5 
			 Castlereagh 0 1 1 0 3 2 0 0 0 1 0 1 9 
			 Dungannon and South Tyrone 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 3 
			 Down 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 4 
			 Fermanagh 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 1 4 
			 Foyle 0 1 3 0 1 0 1 1 5 0 3 0 15 
			 Larne 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 
			 Limavady 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 
			 Lisburn 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 1 2 0 0 6 
			 Magherafelt 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 2 0 1 0 0 6 
			 Moyle 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 
			 Newtownabbey 2 1 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 7 
			 North Down 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 
			 Newry And Mourne 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 2 5 
			 Omagh 0 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 5 
			 Strabane 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 3 
			 No DCU assigned 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 
			 Total 10 17 22 10 12 13 13 16 28 18 15 10 184 
			 (1) A homophobic incident/crime is defined as any incident/crime which is perceived to be homophobic by the victim or any other person. Homophobia can be defined as a fear or dislike directed towards lesbian, gay or bisexual people, or a fear or dislike directed towards their perceived lifestyle, culture or characteristics. (2) Homophobic motivated incidents cover all such occurrences, whether a crime has been committed or not. When using incident figures in conjunction with crime figures please note that homophobic motivated crimes are included in the incident figures, and that more than one crime may be recorded in a single incident. Figures from April 2009 onwards are provisional and may be subject to revision. Source:  Central Statistics Unit, PSNI 
		
	
	
		
			  Homophobic( 1)  crimes( 2)  in the 12 months to September 2009 
			  Policing Area  2008  2009( 3)  Total 
			   Oct  Nov  Dec  Jan  Feb  Mar  Apr  May  Jun  Jul  Aug  Sept  
			 Antrim 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 5 
			 Ards 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 
			 Armagh 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 
			 Banbridge 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 
			 East Belfast 0 0 1 0 0 2 1 1 0 2 1 0 8 
			 North Belfast 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 3 4 1 2 0 18 
			 South Belfast 3 1 4 1 3 0 1 1 3 1 3 0 21 
			 West Belfast 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 0 0 4 
			 Ballymena 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 4 
			 Ballymoney 0 2 1 0 0 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 6 
			 Carrickfergus 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1 4 
			 Coleraine 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 
			 Cookstown 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 5 
			 Craigavon 0 1 1 0 1 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 6 
			 Castlereagh 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 
			 Dungannon and South Tyrone 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 2 
			 Down 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 3 
			 Fermanagh 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 
			 Foyle 0 0 3 0 1 0 1 0 6 0 2 0 13 
			 Larne 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 
			 Limavady 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 
			 Lisburn 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 
			 Magherafelt 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 
			 Moyle 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 2 
			 Newtownabbey 2 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 5 
			 North Down 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 
			 Newry And Mourne 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 4 6 
			 Omagh 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 4 
			 Strabane 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 
			 Total 10 10 22 9 7 6 10 10 23 10 12 6 135 
			 (1) A homophobic incident/crime is defined as any incident/crime which is perceived to be homophobic by the victim or any other person. Homophobia can be defined as a fear or dislike directed towards lesbian, gay or bisexual people, or a fear or dislike directed towards their perceived lifestyle, culture or characteristics. (2) Homophobic motivated incidents cover all such occurrences, whether a crime has been committed or not. When using incident figures in conjunction with crime figures please note that homophobic motivated crimes are included in the incident figures, and that more than one crime may be recorded in a single incident. (3) Figures from April 2009 onwards are provisional and may be subject to revision.  Source:  Central Statistics Unit, PSNI

Homophobia: Crime

Lady Hermon: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many complaints relating to the handling by the Police Service of Northern Ireland of cases of homophobic crime were reported in each of the last 12 months.

Paul Goggins: The Secretary of State and I speak regularly both to the chief constable and the chair of the Policing Board on policing issues. While the future of the full-time reserve has been one of a wide range of issues which has been raised, it remains the position that operational decisions affecting the PSNI, including the future of the full-time reserve, are a matter entirely for the chief constable.

Inquiries: Finance

Owen Paterson: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what provision he has made in his Department's budget for the  (a) Saville,  (b) Robert Hamill,  (c) Rosemary Nelson and  (d) Billy Wright Inquiry in 2010-11.

Paul Goggins: Provision made in the Northern Ireland Office budget for the  (a) Saville,  (b) Hamill,  (c) Nelson and  (d) Wright Inquiry in 2010-11 is shown in the following table.
	
		
			  Inquiry  2010-11 budget (000) 
			 Saville 0 
			 Hamill 2,150 
			 Nelson 1,148 
			 Wright 909 
		
	
	No provision has yet been made for the Saville Inquiry. It is anticipated that approximately 300,000 will be required in the financial year 2010-11, assuming operations cease by end April 2010. This is dependent on the inquiry delivering its report to the secretary of State by end March 2010 as indicated by the Tribunal.

Police: Reserve Forces

Nigel Dodds: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what discussions he has had with  (a) the Chief Constable and  (b) the Chairman of the Policing Board on the future of the full-time reserve.

Paul Goggins: In the course of his duties the Secretary of State speaks regularly to the Chief Constable and the Chairman of the Policing Board on a wide range of policing and security issues.
	Operational decisions affecting the PSNI, including the future of the Full-Time Reserve, are made by the Chief Constable in light of his assessment of the security situation and policing requirements. The Policing Board is responsible for holding the Chief Constable to account.

Prisoners Transfers

Lady Hermon: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many prisoners sentenced in Northern Ireland have been transferred to prisons in  (a) England and Wales,  (b) Scotland and  (c) the Republic of Ireland in each of the last 12 months; and if he will make a statement.

Paul Goggins: A total of eight prisoners transferred, temporarily or permanently, as set out in the following table. The majority of the transfers were to facilitate family contact which is an important element in reintegration on release.
	
		
			  Month  Prisoner numbers:  Transferred to:  Comments: 
			 November 2008 3 England 2 permanent transfers 
			1 temporary transfer 
			 December 2008 0   
			 January 2009 0   
			 February 2009 0   
			 March 2009 0   
			 April 2009 0   
			 May 2009 0   
			 June 2009 1 England Permanent transfer 
			 July 2009 0   
			 August 2009 0   
			 September 2009 1 Scotland Temporary transfer 
			 October 2009 3 2 to England One permanent transfer to England; 
			One temporary transfer to England 
			   1 to Scotland One transfer to Scotland, under a Mental Health order

Prisoners: Per Capita Costs

Lady Hermon: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what the average daily cost is of housing an adult prisoner in Northern Ireland; and whether he plans to seek to reduce that cost.

Paul Goggins: The Northern Ireland Prison Service does not calculate the cost per prisoner but rather the average cost per prisoner place, which is published in its Annual Report and Accounts.
	In 2008-09, the average cost per prisoner place was 81,340 with the daily cost per prisoner place 223.
	The Prison Service seeks to improve efficiency year on year and the target cost per prisoner place, set by Ministers, for 2009-10 is 78,750.

Prostitution

David Simpson: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland what estimate he has made of the number of illegal brothels in operation in each local authority area in Northern Ireland.

Paul Goggins: It is difficult to assess the levels of illegal brothels in precise terms given that those operating them tend to relocate frequently to avoid drawing the attention of police.
	The PSNI Analysis Centre is currently undertaking research into trends in the local vice trade. To date, no results are available in relation to this analysis.

Theft: Metals

Lady Hermon: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many incidences of theft of metals were recorded in each Police Service of Northern Ireland District Command Unit area in each of the last 12 months; how many convictions there have been in relation to such thefts; and what penalty was imposed in each case.

Paul Goggins: The information sought on convictions and sentencing in relation to theft of metals is not available, as the conviction and sentencing in association with these crimes would be recorded under the general offence of theft. Such detail is not recorded in relation to theft.

Woodlands Juvenile Justice Centre

Lady Hermon: To ask the Secretary of State for Northern Ireland how many  (a) males and  (b) females are serving sentences in the Juvenile Justice Centre in Northern Ireland; and how many of those young people had been eligible for punishment or rehabilitation in the community.

Paul Goggins: As of 11 November 2009 there were  (a) 10 males, including one due for release on 11 November 2009 and  (b , no females serving sentences in the Juvenile Justice Centre.
	It has not been possible to collate information relating to pre-custodial sentences in the time available before Prorogation. I will write to the hon. Lady and place a copy of the letter in the Library of the House.

Animal Experiments

Christopher Huhne: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department with reference to the answer to the hon. Member for Stroud of 1 September 2008,  Official Report, column 1518W, on animal experiments, what recent representations he has received on the practice of using death as an experimental endpoint in projects licensed under the Animals (Scientific Procedures) Act 1986; and if he will make a statement.

Alan Johnson: holding answer 9 November 2009
	The Home Office received on 2 November 2009 a report from the British Union for the Abolition of Vivisection (BUAV) which included representations on death as an experimental endpoint in animals used on projects licensed under the Animals (Scientific Procedures) Act 1986. We are considering those representations and will respond accordingly in due course.

Antisocial Behaviour Orders

Caroline Flint: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many anti-social behaviour orders have been issued in  (a) Doncaster,  (b) South Yorkshire and  (c) England since their introduction.

Alan Campbell: Antisocial behaviour orders (ASBOs) became available from 1 April 1999 and data on the number issued currently covers the period to the end of 2007.
	Between 1 April 1999 and 31 December 2007, a total of 14,189 ASBOs were issued at all courts in England and 380 were issued at all courts in the South Yorkshire Criminal Justice System area.
	Data collected centrally by the Ministry of Justice on the numbers of ASBOs issued are not available below Criminal Justice System area level.

Antisocial Behaviour Orders

Caroline Flint: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department in which local authority area the most  (a) anti-social behaviour orders and  (b) parenting orders have been issued since their introduction; and how many such orders were issued in each of those areas.

Alan Campbell: Data centrally collected by the Ministry of Justice on the number antisocial behaviour orders (ASBOs) issued cover all courts in England and Wales and are not available below Criminal Justice System (CJS) area level. ASBOs became available from one April 1999. Between one April 1999 and 31 December 2007 (latest available) courts within the Greater London CJS area issued the highest number of ASBOs of any CJS area; a total of 1,808.
	Parenting orders which can be attached to ASBOs were introduced through the Crime and Disorder Act 1998 and implemented nationally on one June 2000.
	Parenting order data covering the period 2000-08 provided by the Youth Justice Board below shows that Sunderland has issued the most parenting orders with a total of 474. This figure includes all categories of parenting orders as set out above which the youth offending Teams were aware of. Court data are not comprehensively available for parenting orders. The Department for Children, Schools and Families also collects data on the school attendance-related parenting orders.

Borders: Personal Records

Christopher Huhne: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what data is collected by the UK Border Agency in respect of international rail travellers entering the UK; and what such data will be required to be collected under the e-borders scheme.

Alan Johnson: holding answer 2 November 2009
	International rail travellers are subject to the same checks as all other arriving passengers in the UK. Non-EEA nationals entering the UK by rail are required to complete a landing card which captures up to 14 pieces of information, including bio-data and passport number. EEA nationals are required to provide a passport or national identity card.
	Under the e-Borders scheme, the legal obligations on rail carriers are identical to those imposed upon all other modes of transport. The e-Borders system requires carriers to provide the data contained in the machine readable zone (MRZ) of a passport. The eight data fields are: name, date of birth, nationality, gender, travel document type, state of issue, number and expiry date.
	In addition to travel document information, carriers may be required to provide other passenger information (OPI) to e-Borders, but only to the extent that it is known to the carrier.

British Nationality: Assessments

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many applicants for British citizenship have successfully completed (a) the Life in the UK test and (b) an English for speakers of other languages course in each year since these schemes were introduced.

Alan Johnson: Since the test was introduced for settlement back in early 2007, a total of 220,726 people have passed the test to obtain settlement (ILR) in the UK. A breakdown of the number of tests taken for Citizenship against those take for Settlement is given in the following table:
	Applicants may take the Life in the UK Test as many times as they wish but records are not kept of how many times each individual applicant takes the test.
	(Please note: These figures do not constitute part of National Statistics as they are based on internal management information. The information has not been quality assured under National Statistics protocols, should be treated as provisional and is subject to change.)
	
		
			Citizenship  Settlement 
			 4th quarter 2005 (from 1 November) Passes 5,249  
			  Pass Rate (%) 71.0  
			 1st quarter 2006 Passes 20,755  
			  Pass Rate (%) 69.4  
			 2na quarter 2006 Passes 24,537  
			  Pass Rate (%) 68.1  
			 3ra quarter 2006 Passes 29,708  
			  Pass Rate (%) 67.4  
			 4th quarter 2006 Passes 30,402  
			  Pass Rate (%) 66.2  
			 1st quarter 2007 Passes 54,725  
			  Pass Rate (%) 70.1  
			 2na quarter 2007 Passes 44,237 26,898 
			  Pass Rate (%) 64.8 76.3 
			 3ra quarter 2007 Passes Pass 26,130 23,332 
			  Rate (%) 65.7 74.4 
			 4tn quarter 2007 Passes 19,364 18,561 
			  Pass Rate (%) 68.4 76.1 
			 1st quarter 2008 Passes 29,446 24,004 
			  Pass Rate (%) 70.2 76.6 
			 2na quarter 2008 Passes 24,921 23,356 
			  Pass Rate (%) 68.9 75.6 
			 3ra quarter 2008 Passes 17,247 22311 
			  Pass Rate (%) 66.2 74.2 
			 4,n quarter 2008 Passes 14,974 20,911 
			  Pass Rate (%) 68.7 76.0 
			 1st quarter 2009 Passes 18,227 24,307 
			  Pass Rate (%) 70.2 77.8 
			 2na quarter 2009 Passes 13,796 22,963 
			  Pass Rate (%) 69.1 78.3 
			 3rd quarter 2009 (to 31 August) Passes 9,506 14,083 
			  Pass Rate (%) 72.2 78.6 
		
	
	The method of satisfying the ESOL requirements for naturalisation is not recorded on NCID in such a way that it can easily be reported on. (The individual case records would have to be examinedso a disproportionate cost response will have to be given so far as use of the ESOL route for this purpose is concerned.)

British Nationality: Assessments

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many applicants for UK citizenship were found to have submitted fraudulent certificates of  (a) a pass in the Life in the UK test and  (b) attendance at an English for speakers of other languages course in each year since these schemes were introduced.

Alan Johnson: The individual case records would have to be examined as we do not currently hold statistics regarding the submission of fake pass note letters (PNL's) for those that have taken the LitUK route. Earlier this year an applicant was successfully prosecuted and subsequently received a 15 month custodial sentence when they submitted a fake PNL with an Indefinite Leave to Remain application.
	No specific records are held for those having submitted bogus ESOL certificates.
	All records would also need to be examined and could be done so only at disproportionate cost.

British Nationality: Assessments

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many colleges which provided  (a) the Life in the UK test and  (b) the English for speakers of other languages course have been removed from the Government's list of approved educational establishments.

Alan Johnson: The information is as follows:
	 (a) At the start of the year there were 92 live test centres, during the year 23 centres have left the network and a further seven have been added. There are currently 76 live Life in the UK Test Centres across the country. However we plan to further reduce the number of centres to 60-65 by January 2010. Some are being removed from the network due to their close proximity to existing centres, but the main reason for downsizing the network is in response to declining demand rather than instances of malpractice or improprieties at individual centres.
	The existing centres are subject to stringent routine checks by senior Ufi staff to ensure that they meet the required standards.
	 (b) The Register of Education and Training Providers maintained by the Department for Education and Skills up to 31 March 2009 contains the names of Educational Establishments, but not the details of the course they teach. Therefore, it is not possible to say how many colleges proving English language courses were removed.
	The RETP contained approximately 15,000 registered educational establishments. Of this number, it is estimated that 4,000 establishments provided courses to International Students. The UKBA register of sponsors has further reduced this number to around 2,000 establishments.

Crime Prevention

Brian Jenkins: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what steps his Department has taken to seek to achieve reductions in levels of  (a) burglary,  (b) vehicle crime and  (c) violent crime since 2004.

David Hanson: I will write to the hon. Member

Crimes of Violence

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the recorded violent crime rate per 1,000 of the population was in each police force area in each year since 1998-99.

Alan Johnson: Crime rates per 1,000 population for violence against the person offences are shown in Tables A and B. Figures for 1998-99 to 2001-02 are presented separately from figures for 2002-03 to 2008-09 as it is not valid to compare across these time periods due to major changes in the Home Office Counting Rules for recorded crime.
	In April 2002, the introduction of the National Crime Recording Standard (NCRS) brought in a more victim-focused reporting system, where victim accounts had to be accepted unless there was credible evidence to the contrary. This was proposed by ACPO as a response to an HMIC report called 'On the Record' to ensure better consistency in recording throughout England and Wales. This is estimated to have had the effect of increasing recording of violence against the person by 23 per cent. in 2002-03 (it is also thought to have increased figures in the following year as forces continued to adjust to the new recording practice but precise estimates of this effect are not available).
	Police recorded violence against the person offences contain the full spectrum of assaults from pushing and shoving, with no physical harm, through to murder and around half of violent crime results in no injury. Less than 3 per cent. of violence against the person offences are the more serious offences of homicide, attempted murder and GBH with intent.
	
		
			  Table A: Recorded violence against the person  offences by police force area , 1998-99 to 2001-02 
			  Rates per thousand (population) 
			  Force  1998-99  1999-2000  2000-01  2001-02 
			 Avon and Somerset 8 9 10 12 
			 Bedfordshire 9 9 9 10 
			 Cambridgeshire 8 8 9 10 
			 Cheshire 7 6 6 6 
			 Cleveland 5 5 5 6 
			 Cumbria 11 10 8 11 
			 Derbyshire 9 10 9 10 
			 Devon and Cornwall 8 8 8 8 
			 Dorset 4 5 6 7 
			 Durham 8 9 9 10 
			 Dyfed-Powys 10 11 11 11 
			 Essex 5 6 7 7 
			 Gloucestershire 6 8 9 8 
			 Greater Manchester 14 16 15 16 
			 Gwent 20 25 26 16 
			 Hampshire 7 9 10 9 
			 Hertfordshire 4 4 4 4 
			 Humberside 11 10 10 11 
			 Kent 8 8 8 8 
			 Lancashire 7 7 8 11 
			 Leicestershire 11 12 11 12 
			 Lincolnshire 7 6 6 8 
			 Merseyside 9 10 11 11 
			 Metropolitan Police 17 20 21 22 
			 Norfolk 7 8 7 7 
			 Northamptonshire 9 8 8 9 
			 Northumbrla 9 10 9 11 
			 North Wales 7 9 8 11 
			 North Yorkshire 7 7 7 7 
			 Nottinghamshire 12 13 14 16 
			 South Wales 9 10 11 12 
			 South Yorkshire 5 6 6 6 
			 Staffordshire 10 12 16 18 
			 Suffolk 6 8 9 11 
			 Surrey 5 7 7 6 
			 Sussex 10 11 11 12 
			 Thames Valley 5 7 7 8 
			 Warwickshire 4 4 5 8 
			 West Mercia 6 7 7 15 
			 West Midlands 12 16 18 20 
			 West Yorkshire 8 8 8 9 
			 Wiltshire 7 7 7 7 
			  
			 England and Wales 10 11 11 12 
			  Notes: 1. All crime rates are based on population estimates for the middle of the previous calendar year (i.e. mid 2007 population estimates for 2008-09 crime rates). The population estimates are supplied by the Office for National Statistics. 2. Data for City of London are included in the England and Wales total but are not shown at force level due to the small resident population in this area. 3. The data in this table are prior to the introduction of the National Crime Recording Standard in April 2002. These figures are not directly comparable with those for later years. 
		
	
	
		
			  Table B: Recorded violence against the person  offences by police force area,  2002-03 to 2008-09 
			  Rates per thousand (population) 
			  Force  2002-03  2003-04  2004-05  2005-06  2006-07  2007-08  2008-09 
			 Avon and Somerset 14 18 21 20 20 17 17 
			 Bedfordshire 14 15 18 17 16 13 12 
			 Cambridgeshire 18 19 18 14 14 14 13 
			 Cheshire 11 14 16 19 17 15 14 
			 Cleveland 12 17 21 26 25 23 19 
			 Cumbria 12 14 19 19 16 16 14 
			 Derbyshire 16 17 17 16 16 17 14 
			 Devon and Cornwall 15 16 18 16 15 14 13 
			 Dorset 12 13 15 17 17 16 15 
			 Durham 13 11 12 17 17 14 12 
			 Dyfed-Powys 13 16 17 15 15 12 11 
			 Essex 14 16 16 15 14 14 13 
			 Gloucestershire 14 15 17 18 19 16 15 
			 Greater Manchester 20 21 21 21 22 20 18 
			 Gwent 27 23 23 21 21 18 17 
			 Hampshire 12 20 21 21 22 21 19 
			 Hertfordshire 7 12 16 16 16 13 11 
			 Humberside 19 29 27 25 27 21 20 
			 Kent 12 13 14 17 17 15 15 
			 Lancashire 11 19 22 20 19 17 16 
			 Leicestershire 17 19 23 22 21 19 19 
			 Lincolnshire 14 15 16 16 15 14 13 
			 Merseyside 17 19 25 25 19 15 14 
			 Metropolitan Police 25 25 27 26 24 23 23 
			 Norfolk 13 14 16 15 14 12 10 
			 Northamptonshire 16 17 17 16 16 16 14 
			 Northumbria 18 18 16 16 17 14 14 
			 North Wales 17 16 18 18 21 16 16 
			 North Yorkshire 11 13 16 15 13 12 10 
			 Nottinghamshire 16 18 19 21 21 19 18 
			 South Wales 17 18 17 17 16 18 17 
			 South Yorkshire 10 11 17 23 22 19 16 
			 Staffordshire 19 22 22 23 23 19 19 
			 Suffolk 12 14 15 15 15 13 13 
			 Surrey 8 9 10 11 13 13 12 
			 Sussex 12 13 18 18 19 16 13 
			 Thames Valley 12 14 16 17 19 20 19 
			 Warwickshire 11 13 12 13 14 14 11 
			 West Mercia 17 19 15 13 14 13 12 
			 West Midlands 20 22 21 22 22 21 19 
			 West Yorkshire 15 22 21 23 20 18 16 
			 Wiltshire 10 10 10 12 14 13 12 
			 
			 England and Wales 16 18 20 20 19 18 16 
			  Notes: 1. All crime rates are based on population estimates for the middle of the previous calendar year (i.e. mid 2007 population estimates for 2008-09 crime rates). The population estimates are supplied by the Office for National Statistics. 2. Data for City of London are included in the England and Wales total but are not shown at force level due to the small resident population in this area. 3. The data in this table take account of the introduction of the National Crime Recording Standard in April 2002. These figures are not directly comparable with those for earlier years.

Cybercrime

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many offences of unauthorised access to computer material with intent to commit or facilitate commission of further offences have been recorded in the last four years; and how many convictions have resulted.

Alan Johnson: Information is not available in the form requested. The relevant offences are those under Section two of the Computer Misuse Act 1990. In terms of police recorded crime, such offences are recorded under Home Office offence classification 53B 'Preserved other fraud and repealed fraud offences (pre Fraud Act 2006)'. Section two offences cannot be separately identified from other offences recorded within that classification.
	Information showing the number of defendants found guilty at all courts for offences under Section two has been provided by the Ministry of Justice for 2004 to 2007. Data for 2008 are planned for publication on 28 January 2010.
	The statistics relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offence for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been found guilty of two or more offences the principal offence is the offence for which the heaviest penalty is imposed. Where the same disposal is imposed for two or more offences, the offence selected is the offence for which the statutory maximum penalty is the most severe.
	The recorded crime and courts proceedings datasets are not directly comparable. The police recorded crime data is based on the number of offences recorded in each financial year. Prosecutions and convictions data is collected by the Ministry of Justice and is based on the number of offenders. These data are published on a calendar year basis and are counts of persons.
	
		
			  Number of defendants found guilty at all courts for unauthorised access with intent to commit or facilitate commission of further offences, under Section 2 of the Computer Misuse Act 1990, England and Wales, 2003 to 2007( 1,2) 
			  Offence: Unauthorised access to computer material with intent to commit or facilitate commission of further offences 
			   Number 
			 2004 2 
			 2005 7 
			 2006 4 
			 2007  
			 (1) The number of defendants found guilty in a particular year may exceed those proceeded against, as it may be the case that the proceedings in the magistrates court took place in the preceding year and they were found guilty at the Crown Court in the following year, or the defendant was found guilty for a different offence to the original offence proceeded against. (2) Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.

Cybercrime

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many offences of unauthorised access to computer material have been recorded in the last five years; and how many convictions have resulted.

Alan Johnson: Information is not available in the form requested. The relevant offences are those under section one of the Computer Misuse Act 1990 as amended by the Police and Justice Act 2006. In terms of police recorded crime, such offences are recorded under Home Office offence classification 53B 'Preserved other fraud and repealed fraud offences (pre Fraud Act 2006)'. Section one offences cannot be separately identified from other offences recorded within that classification.
	The Ministry of Justice are responsible for the collection of data on those found guilty of offences under section one of the Act. However, I understand that convictions data for this offence are not available prior to 2008. Data for 2008 are planned for publication on 28 January 2010.
	The statistics relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offence for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been found guilty of two or more offences the principal offence is the offence for which the heaviest penalty is imposed. Where the same disposal is imposed for two or more offences, the offence selected is the offence for which the statutory maximum penalty is the most severe.
	The recorded crime and courts proceedings datasets are not directly comparable. The police recorded crime data are based on the number of offences recorded in each financial year. Prosecutions and convictions data collected by the Ministry of Justice are based on the number of offenders. These data are published on a calendar year basis and are counts of persons.

Cybercrime

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department 
	(1)  how many offences of unauthorised modification of computer material have been recorded in the last four years; and how many convictions have resulted;
	(2)  how many offences of directly or indirectly impairing access to any programme or data held in a computer to which their access is unauthorised have been recorded in the last four years; and how many convictions have resulted.

Alan Johnson: Information is not available in the form requested. The relevant offences are those under section three of the Computer Misuse Act 1990 as amended by the Police and Justice Act 2006. In terms of police recorded crime, such offences are recorded under Home Office offence classification 53B 'Preserved other fraud and repealed fraud offences (pre Fraud Act 2006)'. Section three offences cannot be separately identified from other offences recorded within that classification.
	Information showing the number of defendants found guilty at all courts for offences under section three has been provided by the Ministry of Justice for 2004 to 2007. Data for 2008 are planned for publication on 28 January 2010.
	The statistics relate to persons for whom these offences were the principal offence for which they were dealt with. When a defendant has been found guilty of two or more offences the principal offence is the offence for which the heaviest penalty is imposed. Where the same disposal is imposed for two or more offences, the offence selected is the offence for which the statutory maximum penalty is the most severe.
	The recorded crime and courts proceedings datasets are not directly comparable. The police recorded crime data are based on the number of offences recorded in each financial year. Prosecutions and convictions data are collected by the Ministry of Justice and are based on the number of offenders. These data are published on a calendar year basis and are counts of persons.
	
		
			  Defendants found guilty at all courts for unauthorised modification of computer material( 1) , under section 3 of the Computer Misuse Act 1990, England and Wales, 2003 to 2007( 2, 3) 
			  Number 
			  Offence  2004  2005  2006  2007 
			 Unauthorised modification of computer equipment(1) 3 4 4 3 
			 (1) With effect from October 2007, this offence was revised under the Police and Justice Act 2006 to unauthorised acts with intent to impair, or with recklessness as to impairing, operation of computer, etc.  (2) The number of defendants found guilty in a particular year may exceed those proceeded against, as it may be the case that the proceedings in the magistrates court took place in the preceding year and they were found guilty at the Crown court in the following year, or the defendants was found guilty for a different offence to the original offence proceeded against.  (3) Every effort is made to ensure that the figures presented are accurate and complete. However, it is important to note that these data have been extracted from large administrative data systems generated by the courts and police forces. As a consequence, care should be taken to ensure data collection processes and their inevitable limitations are taken into account when those data are used.

Departmental Air Travel

Oliver Heald: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many first-class flights were taken by each Minister in his Department in 2008-09; and what the  (a) origin,  (b) destination and  (c) cost was of each such flight.

Phil Woolas: A list of all first class flights taken overseas which cost more than 500 can be accessed at
	http://www.cabinetoffice.gov.uk/media/226022/travel_20082009.pdf
	All travel by Ministers is undertaken in accordance with the Ministerial Code.

Departmental ICT

James Brokenshire: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what the  (a) start date,  (b) original planned completion date,  (c) current expected completion date,  (d) planned cost and  (e) current estimated cost is for each information technology project being undertaken by his Department and its agencies; and if he will make a statement.

Phil Woolas: The information is in the following table:
	
		
			  Business owner  Programme  Start date  Original panned completion date  Expected completion date  Planned cost  Current estimated cost 
			 IPS National Identity ServiceIPS element April 2007 2015(1) 2015(1) 5.550 billion (10 years April 2007 to April 2017 May 2007 Cost Report) 4.575 billion (10 years October 2009 to October 2019 October 2009 Cost Report) 
			 UK Border Agency Identity Cards for Foreign Nationals April 2007 March 2009 August 2010 9.6 million (for IT costs onlyhigh level estimate at start of project) 12.4 million 
			 UK Border Agency Immigration Casework (ICW) April 2008 June 2015 June 2015 370 million 366 million 
			 UK Border Agency Points Based System (PBS) April 2005 July 2009 March 2010 39.8 million 39.3 million 
			 UK Border Agency e-Borders November 2007 March 2014 March 2014 849.5 million 827.1 million 
			 Shared Services SBS Programme 2005 2011 2011 32 million 36 million (Scope of programme widened, including enhanced technology and establishment of Procurement Centre of Excellence) 
			 Home Office Next Generation IST Transformation Programme (NGISTT) August 2008 Strategic infrastructure programme currently in planning, completion date yet to be determined, but post 2015. Strategic infrastructure programme currently in planning, completion date yet to be determined, but post 2015. Planned investment (Extend and Blend Project) is 90 million cost, offset against savings of 198 million over six years. Future programme spend on additional projects is yet to be determined. Planned investment (Extend and Blend Project) is 90 million cost, offset against savings of 198 million over six years. Future programme spend on additional projects is yet to be determined. 
			 Home Office Interception Modernisation Programme April 2006 2016 2016 Up to 2 billion Initial estimates of the implementation costs are up to 2 billion over a ten year rollout period. The running costs will be offset by the phasing out of the costs of current systems. 
			 Home Office OSCTNet December 2008Full Business Case sign off September 2009 March 2010 16.2 million 18.9 million for original scope, plus 2 million to cover additional users 
			 (1) 2008 Delivery Plan includes a Scheme Release in 2015 as above. 
		
	
	The scope of this PQ includes only those projects valued at more than 5 million and has been limited to those in the Home Office Core and its Executive Agencies.

Departmental Telephone Services

Mark Oaten: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many helplines his Department operates; and how much his Department has received from the operation of such helplines in each of the last three years.

Phil Woolas: The information is as follows:
	 Home Office
	The core Home Office does not operate any helplines. However, a number of Home Office business areas fund or contribute to the running of helplines via third sector partners and external groups but do not receive any revenue from these arrangements.
	 Identity and Passport Service
	There are currently five Identity and Passport Service (IPS) helplines which all use 0300 numbers. The amount of revenue IPS received from the 0870 services in the years before IPS changed to 0300 numbers is given in the following table.
	 Criminal Records Bureau
	The Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) has six helplines which use 0870 numbers. The CRB does not receive any income from non-geographical contact telephone numbers.
	 UK Border Agency
	The agency is currently reviewing moving all of its main Contact Centre numbers to 0300 numbers and has recently transferred its Sponsorship and Employer Helpline to 0300. Information about numbers and revenue is given in the table.
	
		
			  Identity and Passport Service 
			   Number of helplines  Re venue received from  helplines () 
			 2008 5 320,898.90 
			 2007 5 353,423.40 
			 2006 5 383,433.30 
		
	
	All revenue received was used to offset the costs of running the services provided.
	
		
			  UK Border Agency 
			   Number of helplines  R evenue received from  helplines () 
			 2008-09 11 0 
			 2007-08 4 0 
			 2006-07 4 0

Deportation

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer to the hon. Member for Hertsmere of 12 October 2009,  Official Report, column 527-28W, on deportation, how many of the cases referred to in the table involved deportations or exclusions specifically on the grounds of fomenting extremism.

Alan Johnson: I have taken the term fomenting extremism as equating to unacceptable behaviour under the policy announced by my right hon. Friend, the then Home Secretary on 24 August 2005. The powers to exclude or deport an individual on the grounds of their unacceptable behaviour are directed at foreign nationals who foment hatred or violence in support of their extremist beliefs. I can confirm that during the period in question, 106 individuals were excluded and one individual was deported, on these grounds.

DNA: Databases

Sarah Teather: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department if he will bring forward proposals for the reform of the National DNA Database in light of the recent ruling of the European Court of Human Rights; and if he will make a statement.

Alan Campbell: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation

Drugs

Lindsay Roy: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what progress is being made in international efforts to combat the trade in illegal drugs; and if he will make a statement.

Alan Campbell: holding answer 10 November 2009
	The United Nations World Drugs Report 2009 indicates the markets in traditional opium-using countries in south-east Asia are declining and the markets for heroin, cocaine and cannabis in the developed world are stable or declining. It also indicates that the global problem with amphetamine-type stimulants (ATS) may be worsening, with increased seizures globally and diversifying locations and methods of manufacture.
	The Government support the existing international control system under the three United Nations drug conventions. They continue to advocate the principle established by the UN General Assembly Special Session on drugs that the problem needs to be addressed through strategies and measures on both supply and demand. The Government also believe that there continues to be a need to focus on the harms that drug misuse and trafficking cause to society, communities and individuals.
	The Government will continue to work with partners internationally to reduce the harm from drugs. Areas of international work that are relevant to combating the trade in illegal drugs include harmonisation between the work of the UN drugs bodies and other UN activity, for example in HIV/AIDS transmission from needle use, data collection and analysis standards; cooperation between states in supply reduction; controlling the flow of precursor chemicals; developing further and using more effectively practices found to reduce supply and demand; and methods of infrastructural development to make alternatives to drug crop cultivation viable for poor farmers.
	Examples of practical work by the Government and its agencies include the provision of projects to develop new livelihoods for farmers in drug producing areas. The Serious and Organised Crime Agency, working with law enforcement agencies and other bodies in the UK and abroad, has contributed to 85t of cocaine seizures in the past year and we have seen a decline in reported street level purity of cocaine in this country.

Fixed Penalties

Nigel Evans: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many fixed penalty fines  (a) have been issued and  (b) remain outstanding or not paid in (i) Ribble Valley parliamentary constituency, (ii) Lancashire and (ii) England in each of the last five years.

Alan Campbell: holding answer 9 November 2009
	Information on the number of fixed penalty notices (FPNS) for motoring offences in Lancashire and England and Wales is provided in the following table. The data provided in the table does not show data for Ribble Valley constituency as the data reported to the Home Office are provided at police force area level only.
	Information on the number of FPNs which remain outstanding is not reported to the Home Office.
	Information showing the number of persons issued with a penalty notice for disorder (PND) and the outcome of those paid in the Lancashire police force area and in England and Wales, 2003-07 (latest available) can be viewed in the table. PNDs figures cannot be broken down below police force area, therefore information for figures for Ribble Valley constituency is not available.
	Data for 2008 are planned for publication on 28 January 2010.
	Data for Scotland must be taken up through the Scottish Executive and data for Ireland must be taken up through the Northern Ireland office.
	
		
			  Fixed penalty notices issued for all offences by offence group and police force area 
			   2003( 1)  2004( 1)  2005( 1)  2006  2007 
			 Lancashire 236,000 95,200 80,000 73,024 70,076 
			 England and Wales(2) 3,637,200 3,435,300 3,203,000 3,018,281 2,599,983 
			 (1) Years prior to 2007 and 2006, figures have been rounded. (2) Figures unable to be provided for UK, instead England and Wales data provided.

Forced Marriage

Andrew Rosindell: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent discussions he has had with  (a) ministerial colleagues,  (b) local authorities and  (c) others on forced marriages.

Alan Campbell: The information is as follows:
	 (a) I chair the quarterly Inter-Ministerial Group on Domestic and Sexual Violence, which covers the issue of forced marriage, and also attend the Forced Marriage Multilateral meetings.
	These meetings bring together Ministers from Departments across Government, such as the Ministry of Justice; the Department for Children, Schools and Families; the UK Border Agency; the Department of Health; the Foreign and Commonwealth Office; and the Department of Communities and Local Government.
	(b) The Home Office chairs quarterly meetings with the Government office leads on Interpersonal Violence. Forced marriage is a standing item on the agenda and information from these meetings is disseminated to practitioners within the regions on a local level, including local authorities.
	The Forced Marriage Unit also runs a substantial national outreach and training programme, speaking at over 90 events each year to community groups, statutory agencies, including local authorities, and the voluntary sector.
	 (c) The Forced Marriage Unit chairs quarterly Round Table meetings on forced marriage, which unite statutory and voluntary agencies to discuss ways to tackle the issue.

Forced Marriage

Andrew Rosindell: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much funding his Department has allocated to tackling forced marriages in 2009-10.

Alan Campbell: In the financial year 2009-10, the Home Office and Foreign and Commonwealth Office jointly fund the Forced Marriage Unit 278,000 to provide some of the following key services:
	free and confidential advice and support to victims, concerned third parties and professionals, on the potential dangers of being forced into marriage
	an extensive outreach programme to raise awareness of the issue
	providing consular assistance ranging from action through the UK courts to rescue missions and immigration assistance in reluctant sponsor cases, where a victim of forced marriage is being pressured into sponsoring their spouses visa for entrance into the UK
	the Domestic Programme Fund which supports local projects tackling forced marriage
	Funding of 31,250 has also been provided to the FMU for the development of the multi-agency Forced Marriage Practice Guidelines, released in July 2009, which should help practitioners work more closely together to better identify and protect children and adults at risk of forced marriage.
	The Home Office also allocated a total of 3.5 million to the nine Government Offices for the regions and the Home Office Crime Team in Wales for 2009-10 to support local initiatives to tackle domestic violence. A number of regions have chosen to allocate specific funding to local initiatives tackling forced marriage in their areas.

Forced Marriage

Andrew Rosindell: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent steps his Department has taken to reduce the number of forced marriages.

Alan Campbell: The Forced Marriage Unit (FMU) launched a new two-year action plan for 2009 and 2010 earlier this year with the following key objectives:
	To strengthen safeguards in order to ensure that all victims of forced marriage receive sympathetic, effective and joined up support from all relevant UK agencies; and
	To eliminate forced marriage in the UK by challenging the practice before it takes place, through working with communities, victims and governments to overcome the culture of acceptance or of denial.
	To support this work, the FMU have launched the following initiatives;
	The Forced Marriage (Civil Protection) Act 2007 was implemented on 25 November 2008 with statutory guidance and offers civil remedies to victims or potential victims of forced marriage. The Act allows the court the power to make Forced Marriage Protection Orders (FMPO) which can be used to prevent forced marriages occurring or to protect victims who have already been forced into marriage.
	New guidelines in March to ensure UKBA staff taking entry clearance decisions have the tools to identify any risk of abuse such as where a person may be vulnerable to a forced marriage. Where that is present we will make clear what the rights of victims are and how the marriage visa will be dealt with.
	New practice guidelines (July) for frontline professionals to help them to work more closely together and better identify and protect children and adults at risk of forced marriage.
	A Forced Marriage Guide for MPs (July), which gives MPs information on forced marriage and the steps they should take if they are approached by constituents, including how to handle immigration cases.
	The Domestic Programme Fund (June) which offers specialist organisations the opportunity to apply for funds for project activities which support delivery of the 2009-10 action plan.
	An e-learning training package is currently being developed to support the practice guidelines and further equip practitioners with the tools to respond to and support victims and potential victims of forced marriage.

Identity Cards

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer of 26 October 2009,  Official Report, column 184WA, on identity cards, what action has been taken to inform employees in  (a) his Department and  (b) the Passport Service that they could apply for an identity card from 20 October 2009.

Alan Johnson: The information is as follows:
	 (a) A number of Home Office staff based in London whose work is connected to the implementation of National Identity Service, and are therefore able to apply for a card under the terms of the initial commencement order, have received an e-mail from the Identity and Passport Service, notifying them that they could apply for a national identity card as part of the operational trials.
	 (b) The Identity and Passport Service executive directors sent an e-mail to senior managers throughout the target areas (London, Merseyside and Durham) informing them of the start of operational trials and the option for staff to volunteer to apply for a card.
	At the same time a news item was also placed on the intranet informing all staff that they could apply for a card from 20 October, as part of the operational trials, which linked to the guidance on how to do so.

Identity Cards

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the answer of 26 October 2009,  Official Report, column 184WA, on identity cards, on which date identity cards will be extended to residents of Greater Manchester and to airside workers at Manchester and London City airports.

Alan Johnson: A further commencement order under the Identity Cards Act 2006 will specify when certain residents of Greater Manchester and airside workers at Manchester and London City airports will be able to apply for an identity card. This will be notified to Parliament in the usual way.

Identity Cards

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department pursuant to the Answer of 26 October 2009,  Official Report, column 184WA, on identity cards, how many applications have been received from people working in  (a) his Department and  (b) the Identity and Passport Service.

Alan Johnson: The commencement order that came into force on 20 October allows for a limited number of IPS and Home Office staff as well as airport operator staff at Manchester and London City airports to be among the first to apply for identity cards. So far more than 1,000 people have volunteered to apply for an identity card.

Immigrants: Domestic Violence

Lynne Jones: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many applications there were under the Domestic Violence Rule in  (a) 2006,  (b) 2007 and  (c) 2008; and what percentage of those applications were granted.

Alan Campbell: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Immigrants: Domestic Violence

Lynne Jones: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how long on average it took to process applications made under the Domestic Violence Rule in 2008.

Alan Campbell: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Immigrants: Employment

Mark Lancaster: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what assessment his Department has made of the effect on domestic workers requiring a visa of the cost of visa renewal.

Phil Woolas: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Immigration Controls

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many calls the UK Border Agency card verification service has received in each of the last 12 months; and how many such calls resulted in the identification of a false card.

Alan Johnson: Since identity cards for foreign nationals went live on 25 November 2008 up until mid October 2009, 260 calls have been received by the card verification service broken down by month as follows:
	
		
			   Number 
			 November 2008 0 
			 December 2008 5 
			 January 2009 2 
			 February 2009 (1) 
			 March 2009 (1) 
			 April 2009 (1) 
			 May 2009 5 
			 June 2009 24 
			 July 2009 46 
			 August 2009 46 
			 September 2009 78 
			 October 2009 (2)54 
			 Total 260 
			 (1) Unknown (2 )To date 
		
	
	None of these calls resulted in the identification of a false card. There are no figures for February, March, April 2009 because the verification service's management information system was not operating. However, by the end of April the system was repaired and is now able to accurately record figures.

Immigration Controls: Ministers of Religion

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many dependants of ministers of religion of each  (a) nationality and  (b) country of birth have (i) applied for and (ii) been granted permits under tier 2 of the points-based immigration system in each of the last 36 months.

Alan Johnson: I will write to the hon. Member

Independent Safeguarding Authority

Maria Miller: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what key performance indicators have been established for the Independent Safeguarding Authority.

Meg Hillier: A number of KPI's and priorities are detailed within the ISA's Business Plan 2009-10. These include:
	Inform those entitled to know of a decision being made within one day
	60 per cent. of stakeholders say they are clear about the role of the ISA
	75 per cent. of complainants satisfied by the way the ISA handled the complaint
	85 per cent. of complaints resolved within 21 days
	All invoices paid within 30 days
	Downtime of casework IT system below 5 per cent
	Increase the rate of recruitment applications from minority groups by 10 per cent
	Caseworker development programme 95 per cent. attendance by operational staff
	80 per. cent. of staff say they understand the values of the ISA
	90 per cent. of staff probation reports completed within six months
	Staff sickness average eight days per employee
	90 per cent. of staff return to work interviews undertaken within five days
	Staff turnover no more than 10 per cent

Members: Correspondence

Patrick McLoughlin: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department when the Minister of State for Immigration expects to reply to the right hon. Member for West Derbyshire's letter concerning Mr. Peter Edmondson of Duffield, Derby, dated 16 June 2009, reference: PM/OP/Edmondson.

Phil Woolas: My officials wrote to the right hon. Member on 19 May 2009, in response to his letter of 30 April about this case. We have no record of receiving a further letter of 16 June on behalf of Mr. Peter Edmondson. We will be happy to look into the matter on receipt of a copy.

Members: Correspondence

Julian Brazier: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department when the Minister of State (Borders and Immigration) will respond to the letters from the hon. Member for Canterbury of 20 May and 21 July 2009 on the gap entrant visa requirements.

Phil Woolas: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Members: Correspondence

Julian Brazier: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department when the Minister of State (Borders and Immigration) will respond to the letters from the hon. Member for Canterbury of 15 June and 1 September 2009 on changes in visa requirements for academics.

Phil Woolas: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

National Public Order Intelligence Unit

James Plaskitt: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what definition of extremist is used in respect of compiling data on the National Public Order Intelligence Unit (NPOIU); what forms of evidence gathered by forward intelligence teams are retained by the NPOIU; how many individuals are identifiable by spotter cards on the NPOIU database; and how many individual names are recorded on the NPOIU database.

David Hanson: Domestic extremism refers to the crime and disorder committed by the small number of individuals and organised groups who are prepared to break the law in support of single-issue causes. It does not refer to views or opinions.
	The National Public Order Intelligence Unit (NPOIU) collects information and intelligence so that the police can carry out threat and risk assessments to safeguard public safety, the right to peaceful protest, and to prevent crime and disorder. The data is also used to support the investigation of crimes that are carried out in furtherance of causes linked to protest activity.
	The collection of intelligence by NPOIU is carried out in compliance with the relevant legislation which sets out the method and purpose for its collection, retention and dissemination.
	Decisions to retain or dispose of information by the police service are carried out on a case by case basis, based on their assessment of the type and amount of information held on an individual and whether this is proportionate for policing purposes, and on risk-based decisions about public protection.
	The use of spotter cards by local forces is a matter for local Chief Officers. Owing to the manner in which data is stored on the NPOIU database, which includes, for example, open source material such as newspaper articles, it is not possible for the police to provide an exact figure on how many names are referenced on the database. Information kept on any individuals would be dealt with under a Subject Access Request made under the Data Protection Act.

Offences Against Children: Internet

Margaret Moran: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much and what proportion of his Department's budget has been allocated to tackling child abuse and the viewing of images of child abuse online in each of the last five years.

Alan Campbell: The Government set up the Child Protection and Online Protection Centre (CEOP) in 2006 to help protect children online. They have tackled both those who abuse children and those who are trading in images of such abuse. Since 2006 the Government have provided funding for the centre of:
	
		
			million 
			 2006-07 5.360 
			 2007-08 5.657 
			 2008-09 6.270 
			 2009-10 6.353 
		
	
	In addition, chief constables have their normal policing budget which they are able to use on the priorities for their forces. Any decision on funding or staffing for child protection activity is a matter for the chief constables for their area.

Parenting Orders

Caroline Flint: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department 
	(1)  how many parenting orders have been issued in  (a) Doncaster,  (b) South Yorkshire and  (c) England since their introduction;
	(2)  if he will issue guidance to local authorities and the police recommending that a parenting order should automatically be attached to an anti-social behaviour order or acceptable behaviour contract which is applied to a person under the age of 18 living at home.

Alan Campbell: Parenting orders were piloted between 30 September 1998 and 31 March 2000 and commenced in England and Wales in June 2000.
	Data showing the breakdown by area for the period 30 September 1998 and 31 March 2000 are not available. The Youth Justice Board (YJB) has since April 2000 collected the number of parenting orders by youth offending team (YOT) area, as reported to it by youth offending teams including education-related orders where the YOT has been involved. Since September 2004, the Department for Children, Schools and Families has collected data on the number of parenting orders in England related to non-attendance of children at school and exclusion from school at local authority level.
	The number of parenting orders relating to crime or antisocial behaviour and those related to education as reported to the YJB in Doncaster YOT area; South Yorkshire; England, and England and Wales, are shown in the following table.
	Plans to legislate for mandatory parenting orders when 10 to 15-year-olds breach their ASBO are contained in the Crime and Policing Bill. The implementation of such legislation would require detailed guidance to be prepared in advance for all applicant authorities for parenting orders.
	
		
			  Parenting Orders by legal basis: Doncaster YOT, South Yorkshire, England and England and Wales 
			   2000-01  2001-02  2002-03  2003-04  2004-05  2005-06  2006-07  2007-08  Total 
			  Doncaster  
			 Crime 5 0 1 2 0 0 0 3 11 
			 Education 0 0 1 2 1 10 11 2 27 
			 Other 1 0 0 0 1 
			 Referral Order 0 0 0 1 1 
			 ASBO 2 0 2 2 6 
			 Sex Offences Prevention Order 0 0 0 0 0 
			 Child Safety Order 0 0 0 0 0 
			 Free StandingYOT 0 0 0 0 0 
			 Free StandingLEA 0 0 0 0 0 
			  46 
			   
			  South Yorkshire  
			 Crime 11 8 13 20 9 8 10 11 90 
			 Education 0 9 8 16 10 22 22 22 109 
			 Other 11 0 0 0 11 
			 Referral Order 0 0 0 1 1 
			 ASBO 2 0 4 2 8 
			 Sex Offences Prevention Order 0 0 0 0 0 
			 Child Safety Order 0 0 0 0 0 
			 Free StandingYOT 0 0 0 0 0 
			 Free StandingLEA 0 0 11 16 27 
			  246 
			   
			  England  
			 Crime 715 776 731 649 951 1036 994 1030 6882 
			 Education 95 255 207 211 232 210 166 229 1605 
			 Other 155 119 199 190 663 
			 Referral Order 169 179 223 286 857 
			 ASBO 35 32 63 44 174 
			 Sex Offences Prevention Order 0 0 1 0 1 
			 Child Safety Order 0 0 1 0 1 
			 Free StandingYOT 6 7 14 8 35 
			 Free StandingLEA 0 0 18 21 39 
			  10,257 
			  Note: Data for Education and Free StandingLEA categories may not be complete, as YOTs are not always informed of these parenting orders

Passports

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department when he plans to designate passports under the Identity Cards Act 2006.

Alan Johnson: The exact timetable for future legislation has yet to be decided, but it is intended that the existing provisions of the Identity Cards Act 2006 will be amended by further primary legislation so that, from 2012, when fingerprint biometric passports are introduced, every adult who decides to apply for a British Passport will have the choice of being issued with a fingerprint biometric passport, a fingerprint biometric identity card or both documentsall on a voluntary basis.

Police: Administration

Douglas Carswell: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what recent assessment he has made of the levels of administrative burden upon police forces.

David Hanson: Since the Policing Green Paper in 2008 the Government have taken significant steps to reduce administrative burdens. The new single top down target to increase public confidence has given frontline officers more scope to exercise their professional discretionhelping them to do the job the public expect of them, with less time taken up on administration.
	The review undertaken by the permanent secretary to the Home Office of the data requirements placed on the police service by the Home Office is on track to deliver a 50 per cent. reduction by March 2010. It included scrapping Activity Based Costing, freeing up the equivalent of approximately 150 extra officers and staff. In addition we have scrapped the lengthy stop and account form and are supporting forces to introduce more proportionate crime recording processes.
	Jan Berry's forthcoming report as the independent reducing bureaucracy advocate will make recommendations on the next steps for government and police forces and authorities in reducing the administrative burden.
	In the spirit of reducing bureaucracy, the Government have no plans to survey forces further.

Police: East Midlands

Sally Keeble: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many police officers there were per head of population in each police force area in the East Midlands in  (a) 1997 and  (b) the most recent year for which figures are available.

David Hanson: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Police: Internet

David Ruffley: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much was spent on the development of the website maps.police.uk; what the budget for the website is for  (a) 2009-10 and  (b) 2010-11; and how many staff are employed to maintain the website.

David Hanson: The total cost of development was 230,700.
	There is an annual cost of 50,000 per year for 2009-10 and 2010-11 which covers web-hosting, maintenance and minor development work.
	There are no members of staff solely dedicated to maintain this system in either the National Policing Improvement Agency or police forces. The maintenance of this system is incorporated in day to day operations.

Police: Norfolk

Anthony D Wright: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how much was spent on policing in Norfolk in  (a) 1997 and  (b) the most recent 12 months for which figures are available.

David Hanson: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Police: Norfolk

Anthony D Wright: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many police officers there were in Norfolk constabulary in  (a) 1997 and  (b) the latest period for which figures are available.

David Hanson: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

Shotgun Passes

Tim Boswell: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many British visitor's  (a) firearms and  (b) shotgun passes were issued in (i) England and Wales and (ii) Scotland in each of the last 10 years; and how many prosecutions for breach of conditions of issue of each type of pass were brought in each of those years.

Alan Campbell: Information relating to visitor permit applications granted for individuals and groups in England and Wales is published in an annual Home Office Statistical Bulletin, the latest of which can be found online at:
	http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs09/hosb0509.pdf
	Relevant data for the period 1998 to 2005-06 (inclusive) and 2007-08 are reproduced in the following table. Due to the transition from in-force data collection systems to the National Firearms Licensing Management System (NFLMS), data for 2006-07 are not available centrally.
	No prosecutions at magistrates courts in England and Wales for Failing to comply with conditions under a visitor's permit under section 17(10) (b) of the Firearms (Amendment) Act 1988 have been reported to the Ministry of Justice between 1998 and 2007. Data for 2008 are planned for publication on 28 January 2010.
	Information with regard to Scotland is a matter for the Scottish Government.
	
		
			  Visitors' permits: Applications granted for individuals and groups, firearms and shotguns, England and Wales, 1998 to 2007-08 
			  Number (rounded) 
			   On behalf of  Group applications 
			  Firearms   
			 1998 1,380 170 
			 1999 1,200 150 
			 2000 1,410 150 
			 2001 1,080 120 
			 2002-03 1,520 160 
			 2003-04 960 160 
			 2004-05 930 210 
			 2005-06 960 190 
			 2006-07(1) (2) (2) 
			 2007-08 1,950 40 
			
			  Shotguns   
			 1998 3,560 570 
			 1999 3,430 640 
			 2000 2,860 630 
			 2001 2,530 580 
			 2002-03 2,860 640 
			 2003-04 2,720 580 
			 2004-05 3,000 670 
			 2005-06 2,790 540 
			 2006-07(1) (2) (2) 
			 2007-08 6,470 230 
			 (1) Figures for 2006-07 are not available due to the transition from in-force data collection systems to the National Firearms Licensing Management System (NFLMS).  (2) Denotes figures not available.   Source:  Firearm Certificates in England and Wales 2007-08 (HOSB 05/09, Table 9.

UK Border Agency

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many UK Border Agency projects do not have a  (a) signed-off business case and  (b) an end date; and what the total budget is of such projects.

Alan Johnson: UKBA has 12 areas of activity it treats as programmes and projects within its corporate portfolio that currently support the UKBA business plan, change programme and wider Home Office initiatives.
	Out of the 12 programmes and projects, two do not yet have a signed-off business case. The two projects are in the process of developing their business cases and are due to go through financial and other approval processes in early 2010.
	All 12 programmes and projects have a planned end date.

UK Border Agency

Andrew Dismore: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department from which 50 parliamentary constituencies the UK Border Agency received the highest number of enquiries regarding migration cases that are  (a) legacy cases,  (b) non-legacy cases and  (c) out-of-country visa applications ranked from highest to lowest in each of the last four years.

Phil Woolas: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation.

UK Border Agency: Consultants

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what projects have been carried out by consultants for the UK Border Agency in the last 12 months.

Alan Johnson: Consultants and contractors are employed on projects when required to complement and supplement civil servants. They provide skills and knowledge that are either highly specialist or not available within the Agency.
	UK Border Agency has 12 areas of activity it treats as programmes and projects within its corporate portfolio that currently support the agency business plan, change programme and wider Home Office initiatives. Of these all 12 have used consultants to support delivery as required.
	In making use of consultancy firms the United Kingdom Border Agency uses approved public sector procurement options including Framework Contracts provided by Buying Solutions, an Executive agency of the Office of Government Commerce in the Treasury, or other Government Departments when appropriate.
	Framework contracts are tailored to be subject matter specific allowing the United Kingdom Border Agency to source appropriately qualified and charged providers.

UK Border Agency: Contracts

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many contracts over the value of 5 million have been let by the UK Border Agency; and for what programmes each such contract was let.

Alan Johnson: Current contracts over the value of 5 million let by the UK Border Agency are as follows. This does not include expired or terminated contracts or contracts that are in procurement.
	
		
			  Source  Programme/Project/contract 
			 Border Force Haulage, Storage and Disposal of Excise Goods (from HMRC) 
			  Maintenance of five Existing Cutters (from HMRC) 
			  Supply and Maintenance of Mobile Scanners (from HMRC) 
			  Aerial Surveillance 
			  e-Borders 
			 Criminality and Detention Brook House Immigration Removal Centre (IRC) Operating Contract 
			  Harmondsworth IRC Rebuild 
			  Harmondsworth IRC Operating Contract 
			  Campsfield House IRC Operating Contract 
			  Colnbrook IRC Operating Contract 
			  Oakington Reception Centre Operating Contract 
			  Tinsley House IRC Operating Contract 
			  Dungavel House IRC Operating Contract 
			  Yarl'swood IRC Operating Contract 
			  Ticketing Services for UKBA Removals 
			  Escorting - In Country, Overseas and Short Term Holding Facility (STHF) 
			  Port of Dover - STHF Contract 
			 Immigration Group Refugee Integration and Employment Services 
			  Fulfilment and Appointment Booking Services 
			  Assisted Voluntary Returns 
			  Contact Centre Services 
			  Payment Processing 
			  Case Resolution Department Administrative Function 
			  Target Contracts - Asylum Accommodation 
			  Gateway - Refugee Resettlement Programme 
			  Asylum - One Stop Services 
			  Transport Plus 
			  Cash Payment Contract 
			  Initial Accommodation - Associated Services 
			  Immigration Casework System Integrator Contract 
			 International Group Production of Visa Vignette Products 
			  Service Management of Biometrics Messaging System 
			  Visa Application Centres 
			 RMG Security Guards 
			  Various IT and Application Infrastructure Services 
			  Record Services Contract

UK Border Agency: Contracts

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what contracts for  (a) services outsourced by the UK Border Agency and  (b) and UK Border Agency IT systems valued at over 250,000 per year are due to (i) be re-let and (ii) end in the next four years.

Alan Johnson: The UK Border Agency has outsourced services across the organisation. The decision to re-let is primarily driven by the business need and priority, with the commercial strategy and procurement route determined subsequently.
	The approach to re-letting evaluation is made towards the end of each contract in light of business need and available procurement options.
	The UK Border Agency contracts for outsourced services which may be re-let are as follows:
	
		
			  Source  Programme/project/contract 
			 Border Force Haulage, Storage and Disposal of Excise Goods (from HMRC) 
			  Maintenance of five Existing Cutters (from HMRC) 
			  Supply and Maintenance of Mobile Scanners (from HMRC) 
			  Maintenance for Baggage X-Ray 
			  Maintenance of Legacy Mobile Freight Scanners 
			  Supply and Maintenance of Trace Detection Equipment 
			  Freight Searching Services 
			  Maintenance and Obsolescence Management Services of Passive Millimetric Wave Machine 
			  Relocation Services 
			   
			 Criminality and Detention Harmondsworth IRC Operating Contract 
			  Campsfield House IRC Operating Contract 
			  Colnbrook IRC Operating Contract 
			  Oakington Reception Centre Operating Contract 
			  Dungavel House IRC Operating Contract 
			  Yarlswood IRC Operating Contract 
			  Ticketing Services for UKBA Removals 
			  EscortingIn Country, Overseas and Short Term Holding Facility (STHF) 
			  Port of DoverSTHF Contract 
			  Port of HarwichSTHF Contract 
			   
			 Immigration Group Refugee Integration and Employment Services 
			  Fulfilment and Appointment Booking Services 
			  Facilitated Returns Scheme for Foreign National Prisoners 
			  Assisted Voluntary Returns 
			  Contact Centre Services 
			  Payment Processing 
			  Secure Documents 
			  Transportation of Presenting Officers 
			  Case Resolution Department Administrative Function 
			  Target ContractsAsylum Accommodation 
			  GatewayRefugee Resettlement Programme 
			  AsylumOne Stop Services 
			  Transport Plus 
			  Cash Payment Contract 
			  Initial AccommodationAssociated Services 
			  Immigration Case Work System Integrator Contract 
			   
			 International Group Production of Visa Vignette Products 
			  Service Management of Biometrics Messaging System 
			  Visa Application Centres 
			   
			 RMG Security Guards 
			  Provision of Arrest Team Equipment and Training 
			  Provision of Conflict Training 
			  Leadership and Management Development 
			  Various IT and Application Infrastructure Services 
			  Maintenance of Electronic Security Systems 
			  Record Services Contract 
			   
			 HR Occupational Health Services

UK Border Agency: Contracts

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department what UK Border Agency services for  (a) IT,  (b) human resources,  (c) communications,  (d) building and  (e) finance and payroll services are provided (i) in-house and (ii) outsourced.

Alan Johnson: The UK Border Agency's corporate services are provided through a range of outsourced and in-house arrangements. Details of these are set out in the following table:
	
		
			   In-house  Outsourced 
			 IT The UK Border Agency commissions IT services through shared services arrangements and manages the development of specialised applications by external providers. Most IT services are provided through contracts with private sector suppliers managed by Home Office shared services. E-Borders services are also outsourced but managed directly by the Border Agency. The agency also receives some services from HMRC and FCO, again on the basis of outsourced services. 
			 Human Resources HR services are provided in-house via a combination of UKBA and Home Office HR services. Some recruitment campaigns are outsourced to third party suppliers under the supervision of HR. Transactional HR services are provided through Home Office shared services. IT requirements are outsourced. HR transactional services are provided through the HM Prison Service Shared Services Centre and payroll services through the Home Office Pay and Pensions Service. 
			 Communications The UK Border Agency uses a mix of in-house and bought in communications support and keeps the mix under review to ensure value for money. The following are largely provided in-house: staff communications, press and media relations, planning, stakeholder information, web content and visits. Elements of the following are contracted out where appropriate: design, events and marketing/customer information. The following services are mainly delivered externally; advertising, printing, web development and insight. 
			 Estates services The UK Border Agency commissions estates services through shared services arrangements. Estates services, including buildings maintenance, are provided through Home Office shared services, on the basis of a number of outsourced construction and facilities management contracts. Some estates services are also provided by the FCO and HMRC estates functions, again on the basis of outsourced contracts. 
			 Finance In-house finance services ensure the purchase to pay process is adhered to, from the initial creation of the requisition, to the payment of the invoices by Shared Service Centre. Receipting of goods and services to ensure that payments are made within suppliers' payment terms and conditions and within the prompt payment framework. Provision of monthly financial management and workforce planning information and reports for internal UKBA and wider Home Office. In-house services procure goods and services using the Government Procurement Card and perform monthly reconciliation's of statements. Transactional finance services are provided through Home Office shared services. IT requirements are outsourced to a private sector provider, and transactional services are provided through the HM Prison Service Shared Services Centre. 
			 Payroll services The UK Border Agency commissions payroll services through shared services arrangements provided by the Home Office. Payroll services are provided through the Home Office Pay and Pensions Service. IT requirements are outsourced.

UK Border Agency: Manpower

Chris Grayling: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many staff there were at each grade in the UK Border Agency on the latest date for which figures are available.

Alan Johnson: The Immigration, Asylum and Nationality Act 2006 has, since it came into force on 29 February 2008, allowed the UK Border Agency to issue civil penalties of up to 10,000 per worker to employers who are found to be liable for employing illegal migrant workers.
	Internal management information shows that for the period 29 February 2008 to 19 October 2009, no civil penalties have been issued to public bodies. 3,164 penalties have been issued to employers and 1,301 remain unpaid.
	These figures do not constitute part of National Statistics as they are based on internal management information. The information has not been quality assured under National Statistics protocols, should be treated as provisional and is subject to change.

Warehouse Parties: Milton Keynes

Mark Lancaster: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many illegal raves have taken place in the Milton Keynes local authority area in each of the last five years; and how many  (a) crimes and  (b) accidents were reported in conjunction with such events.

Alan Campbell: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation

Young Offenders: Milton Keynes

Mark Lancaster: To ask the Secretary of State for the Home Department how many crimes of each category were committed by young people aged  (a) under 16 and  (b) between16 and 18 years in the Milton Keynes local authority area in each of the last five years.

David Hanson: It has not been possible to respond to the hon. Member in the time available before Prorogation

Children and Family Court Advisory Support Service: Finance

Kelvin Hopkins: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how much funding his Department has allocated to the Children and Family Court Advisory Support Service in each of the last three years; and for what purposes.

Tim Loughton: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what the budget of the Children and Family Court Advisory Support Service was in each of the last three years.

Dawn Primarolo: CAFCASS's budget for 2007/08 was 107,133,000. On top of this, CAFCASS received funding for additional activities, namely 80,000 for ContactPoint and 1,500,000 for Family Contact Services.
	CAFCASS funding was set for three years as part of the comprehensive spending review 2007 for 2008/09, 2009/10 and 2010/11. Re-profiling of this budget has since taken place to reflect the high level of demand, particularly in public law cases. CAFCASS overall budget for the three year CSR period has not changed as a result of this re-profiling. In 2009/10 CAFCASS have received an additional 2.54 million to strengthen their capacity to offer support to children who are the subject of care proceedings. This includes 1.6 million for the London region where demand has been highest. In 2008/09 and 2009/10 CAFCASS received funding for additional activities as well, namely ContactPoint and Family Contact Services.
	
		
			  CAFCASS funding CSR 2007 
			   2008/09  2009/10  2010/11 
			 CSR Allocation 114,855,000 124,094,000 132,822,000 
			 Reprofiling 3,600,000 1,000,000 -4,600,000 
			 Additional Allocation  2,540,000  
			 
			 Annual Budget Total 118,455,000 127,634,000 128,222,000 
			 Contact Point 210,000 520,000  
			 Family Contact Services 2,300,000 2,000,000

Children in Care

Caroline Flint: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what estimate he has made of the likely effect on expenditure of local authorities in England of any increase in the number of children removed from families for their own safety or welfare.

Dawn Primarolo: Local circumstances vary substantially and local authorities with their Children's Trust partners are best placed to judge how best to allocate resources to ensure all children receive the protection they need.
	In May 2009, the Government announced 57.8 million new investment to support The protection of children in England: action planThe Government's response to Lord Laming, as part of a wider 130 million package to support social work reform. This investment will help increase the capacity of the system to respond to demands. In addition, expenditure on looked-after children increased by 44 per cent. in real terms between 2000-01 and 2007-08. During this period, the number of children looked after remained broadly stable.
	The Government are monitoring the number of care order applications and other indicators carefully and working with local government partners to monitor the implications for local children's services.

Children: Foster Care

Tim Loughton: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many kinship care foster placements broke down in each local authority in England in the last 12 month period for which figures are available.

Dawn Primarolo: holding answer 9 November 2009
	Information on the number of family or friend foster placements which ended, resulting in a change of placement during the year by local authority can be found in the table.
	The reason for a change of placement is not collected centrally and so we cannot distinguish between planned placement moves and placement breakdowns.
	
		
			  Table 1: Number of family or friend foster placement changes, during the year, by  local a uthority( 1)  y ear ending 31 March 2009  c overage: England 
			   Number of placement changes 
			  England 1,900 
			   
			  North East 110 
			 Darlington 10 
			 Durham 25 
			 Gateshead 5 
			 Hartlepool 5 
			 Middlesbrough 5 
			 Newcastle Upon Tyne 5 
			 North Tyneside  
			 Northumberland  
			 Redcar and Cleveland 10 
			 South Tyneside 5 
			 Stockton-On-Tees 10 
			 Sunderland 20 
			   
			  North West 430 
			 Blackburn with Darwen 15 
			 Blackpool 10 
			 Bolton 25 
			 Bury 25 
			 Cheshire 30 
			 Cumbria 10 
			 Halton  
			 Knowsley 10 
			 Lancashire 35 
			 Liverpool 35 
			 Manchester 60 
			 Oldham  
			 Rochdale 15 
			 Salford 10 
			 Sefton 20 
			 St. Helens  
			 Stockport 15 
			 Tameside 15 
			 Trafford 15 
			 Warrington 15 
			 Wigan 35 
			 Wirral 30 
			   
			  Yorkshire and The Humber 220 
			 Barnsley 5 
			 Bradford 35 
			 Calderdale 15 
			 Doncaster 15 
			 East Riding of Yorkshire 5 
			 Kingston Upon Hull, City of 20 
			 Kirklees 10 
			 Leeds 50 
			 North East Lincolnshire 5 
			 North Lincolnshire  
			 North Yorkshire 10 
			 Rotherham 25 
			 Sheffield 10 
			 Wakefield  
			 York  
			   
			  East Midlands 100 
			 Derby 20 
			 Derbyshire  
			 Leicester 20 
			 Leicestershire 10 
			 Lincolnshire 10 
			 Northamptonshire 15 
			 Nottingham 15 
			 Nottinghamshire 10 
			 Rutland 0 
			   
			  West Midlands 220 
			 Birmingham 70 
			 Coventry 25 
			 Dudley 15 
			 Herefordshire 0 
			 Sandwell 10 
			 Shropshire  
			 Solihull 5 
			 Staffordshire 20 
			 Stoke-On-Trent 15 
			 Telford and Wrekin  
			 Walsall 20 
			 Warwickshire 10 
			 Wolverhampton 10 
			 Worcestershire 15 
			   
			  East of England 140 
			 Bedfordshire 5 
			 Cambridgeshire  
			 Essex 50 
			 Hertfordshire 35 
			 Luton 15 
			 Norfolk 10 
			 Peterborough  
			 Southend-on-Sea  
			 Suffolk 10 
			 Thurrock  
			   
			  London 290 
			 Inner London 150 
			 Camden 15 
			 City Of London 0 
			 Hackney 10 
			 Hammersmith and Fulham 5 
			 Haringey 10 
			 Islington 10 
			 Kensington and Chelsea  
			 Lambeth 20 
			 Lewisham 10 
			 Newham 10 
			 Southwark 15 
			 Tower Hamlets 5 
			 Wandsworth 15 
			 Westminster 10 
			   
			  Outer London 150 
			 Barking and Dagenham  
			 Barnet 15 
			 Bexley - 
			 Brent 30 
			 Bromley  
			 Croydon 10 
			 Ealing 10 
			 Enfield 10 
			 Greenwich 10 
			 Harrow  
			 Havering 10 
			 Hillingdon  
			 Hounslow 5 
			 Kingston Upon Thames  
			 Merton 5 
			 Redbridge  
			 Richmond Upon Thames  
			 Sutton  
			 Waltham Forest 5 
			   
			  South East 220 
			 Bracknell Forest 5 
			 Brighton and Hove  
			 Buckinghamshire  
			 East Sussex 15 
			 Hampshire 70 
			 Isle Of Wight 10 
			 Kent 15 
			 Medway Towns 5 
			 Milton Keynes  
			 Oxfordshire 25 
			 Portsmouth 10 
			 Reading  
			 Slough  
			 Southampton 10 
			 Surrey 25 
			 West Berkshire 0 
			 West Sussex  
			 Windsor and Maidenhead  
			 Wokingham  
			   
			  South West 150 
			 Bath and North East Somerset  
			 Bournemouth  
			 Bristol, City of 20 
			 Cornwall 10 
			 Devon 20 
			 Dorset 10 
			 Gloucestershire 25 
			 Isles Of Scilly 0 
			 North Somerset 10 
			 Plymouth 10 
			 Poole  
			 Somerset 10 
			 South Gloucestershire 5 
			 Swindon  
			 Torbay  
			 Wiltshire 15 
			 (1) Figures exclude children looked after under an agreed series of short term replacements.

Departmental Air Travel

Simon Hughes: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many flights within Great Britain officials of his Department took in 2008-09; and at what cost to the public purse.

Diana Johnson: holding answer 2 November 2009
	The number of flights undertaken within Great Britain by officials during April 2008 and March 2009 was 335 at a cost of 70,356.

Departmental Public Expenditure

Graham Brady: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families which Minister in his Department has been assigned responsibility for overseeing the delivery of value for money in his Department; whether his Department has established a public sector reform team to implement service reforms; and if he will make a statement.

Vernon Coaker: My hon. Friend the Under-Secretary of State for Schools (Ms Johnson) has taken on responsibility for the Department's value for money (VfM) remit, which will include oversight of our CSR07 VfM programme and the additional operational efficiency programme (OEP) efficiencies agreed at Budget 2009.
	Both of these programmes are managed by a value for money team who co-ordinate activity across the Department, throughout its NDPBs and within the sectors in which they operate.
	Progress towards targets set for the CSR07 efficiency programme and the operational efficiency programme (OEP) will be stated in the 2009 autumn performance report in December 2009.

Departmental Public Expenditure

Michael Gove: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families pursuant to the answer of 10 September 2009,  Official Report, columns 1937-38W, on schools: finance, which individual programmes and corresponding allocations were aggregated under the items listed in the answer as  (a) literacy and numeracy, central driving and  (b) curriculum.

Diana Johnson: Further to the information provided on 9 September 2009, a more detailed breakdown of the Literacy and Numeracy, Central Driving and Curriculum programmes is provided as follows.
	
		
			  Departmental report allocation 
			  (a) Literacy and Numeracy, Central driving  000 
			 Central Development 10,000 
			 National Strategies 278,553 
			 Making Good Progress 316,060 
			 Personalised learning 50,000 
			 Literacy  numeracy, central driving, total 654,613 
			  Notes:  1. Central Development  This predominantly supports new policies for the White paper: Your child, your schools, our futurebuilding a 21st century school system. Smaller elements cover the School Standards Advisor's team and continuance of research programmes.  2. Making Good Progress  This is a programme of one to one tuition to assist children who are falling behind. It supports 300,000 pupils for English and another 300,000 for maths.  3. Personalised learning  This programme underpins the Assessment for Learning Strategy which aims to embed best practice in assessment for learning. It is supported by the effective use of Assessing Pupils' Progress materials, in every classroom. 
		
	
	
		
			  (b) Curriculum  
			 Primary Curriculum Review 9,000 
			 PSHE/Citizenship 2,914 
			 Children  Young People's Culture 105,316 
			 Curriculum Policy 1,500 
			 Languages  Geography 55,000 
			 Science Technology Engineering  Maths 53,116 
			 Curriculum - Other 2,675 
			 Healthy schools 2,720 
			 Curriculum total 232,241 
			  Notes:  1. Children and Young People's Culture  This funds a range of projects (including Sing Up, Find Your Talent and Music Partnership Projects) ensuring pupils have quality experiences in arts and culture.  2. Languages and Geography  This supports the implementation of the National Languages Strategy: to improve teaching and learning and on widening participation.  The Action Plan for Geography promotes this subject as one relevant to the 21st century, and supports teachers to enable pupils' success.  3. Science Technology Engineering and Maths  The science, technology, engineering and maths (STEM) programme aims to improve attainment and engagement in science subjects. This programme also aims to provide skills suitable for the workplace and employers.

Departmental Travel

Justine Greening: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how much his Department and its predecessors spent on  (a) car hire,  (b) train travel,  (c) hotels and  (d) restaurant meals for (i) Ministers and (ii) staff in his Department in each of the last five years.

Diana Johnson: The data requested was for the Department for Children, Schools and Families (DCSF). DCSF was established under the machinery of Government changes on 28 June 2007, therefore the response covers its predecessor the Department for Education and Skills (DFES).
	Spend for Rail Travel and Hotels is inclusive for both Ministers and Staff and is shown in the following table for each of the last five years. Car Hire costs for Ministers and Staff are shown separately.
	The Government Car and Despatch Agency (GCDA) supply car hire for Ministers they are only able to supply data for the latest financial year 2008/2009. Data for earlier years is not readily available and could be obtained only at disproportionate costs.
	Restaurant meals for Ministers and Staff within the DCSF cannot easily be extracted. Accounting records are not readily available and the information required to obtain data at this level of detail for a five year period would incur disproportionate costs.
	Expenditure, however, has to be incurred in accordance with the principles of 'Managing Public Money' and the Treasury handbook on 'Regularity and Propriety'.
	
		
			  Financial years  Car hire  Train travel  Hotels  Ministerial car hire 
			 2005 135,663 7,600,205 1,161,915 (1) 
			 2006 118,340 4,882,187 1,039,714 (1) 
			 2007 74,692 4,860,154 1,006,349 (1) 
			 2008 96,498 5,115,201 1,191,780 (1) 
			 2009 193,122 5,620,264 1,510,651 360,900 
			 (1) = Not known.

Educational Visits: Low Incomes

Jim Cunningham: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what assistance his Department provides to the children of low-income families to enable them to participate in  (a) school trips and  (b) other extra-curricular activities.

Diana Johnson: As part of the over 1 billion funding the Government are making available to support extended services in 2008-09 to 2010-11, over 200 million is available specifically to help schools provide and commission a range of activities for children and young people. The Children's Plan contained the commitment that:
	This funding will help subsidise access to these opportunities by disadvantaged children, young people and children in care, who through their economic circumstances would otherwise be unable to participate. The funding will give schools the confidence to focus on providing what would most benefit children and young people, not just limited to what they can afford to pay for.
	We are running a pathfinder with over 400 schools in 18 LAs. This started in September 2008 and has been successful in helping schools identify children who are unable to participate in activities, including trips, because of cost.

Home Education: Finance

David Laws: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what funding he has allocated to local authorities to support home educators following the recommendations of the Badman review of elective home education in England.

Diana Johnson: We intend to ensure that our funding arrangements for local authorities support the proposals arising from the recommendations of the Badman Review of Elective Home Education in England.
	Implementation of the recommendations relating to the registration and monitoring of home educated children will be subject to legislation and the results of our public consultation. We estimate, subject to discussion with the Local Government Association, that the overall additional costs for these elements will be 21.65 million in the first year (2011/12) with additional ongoing annual costs of 9.78 million. This funding would be made available to local authorities under the New Burdens arrangements.
	So far as local authority support for the education of home educated pupils is concerned, we plan to strengthen the school census guidance for the January 2010 return to ensure that all local authorities are aware that they can already include in the Alternative Provision Return for Dedicated Schools Grant (DSG) home educated pupils whom they support financially and who have a statement, or have significant special educational needs that have not been formally recognised through a statement; and pupils whom they fund to attend college for post-14 qualifications including GCSEs and Diplomas. These pupils will then count as a unit for DSG purposes.
	We will make further changes to the schools census from January 2011 to allow local authorities to include in their Alternative Provision return home educated pupils accessing the additional services set out in the recommendations, including funding them to take their GCSEs if they opt to enter as private candidates rather than through attending college courses. We currently expect to count these pupils as 0.1 of a unit for DSG purposes but we will reflect further on this figure in the light of consultation and experience.
	The cost of these measures relating to DSG will depend on the numbers of home educated children and the services they may seek.

Pupils: Costs

Jim Cunningham: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what his most recent estimate is of the cost to parents of having a child at state school.

Diana Johnson: In February 2009, we published the Cost of Schooling Survey 2007. This survey was commissioned to provide robust and up-to-date evidence on the costs to parents associated with sending their children to maintained schools.
	The survey found that the total amount spent by parents in 2007 was, on average, 683.79 for a child at primary school and 1,195.47 for a child at secondary school. These figures include the amount spent on school uniform, PE kit, school trips, class materials, stationery items, swimming lessons, school fund contributions, school lunches, travel, school photographs, charity contributions and other activities.

Qualifications and Curriculum Development Authority

Michael Gove: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families what the cost has been of relocation of the Qualifications and Curriculum Development Authority from London to Coventry; how much was spent on  (a) consultants for advice in relation to the move and  (b) on physically moving; how many (i) retention payments, (ii) relocation payments and (iii) redundancy payments were provided to staff at each grade; how many staff received each type of payment; whether retention payments were single payments; what costs were met through relocation payments; and if he will make a statement.

Iain Wright: In the final report from his Independent Review of Public Sector Relocation in March 2004, Sir Michael Lyons recommended that 20,000 civil service jobs should move from London, to contribute to the reform of public services and to improve regional growth and national competitiveness. Following the Government's response in July 2004, the Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (QCA) undertook to relocate 400 posts to Coventry by March 2010, as part of the Department's response to the Lyons agenda. The organisation remains on course to achieve this goal. Interim Ofqual, which is currently part of QCA, is now fully based in Coventry.
	For the period 1 April 2007 to 30 June 2009, total expenditure on relocation was 24.5 million. Of this, some 3 million was spent on consultants to provide specialist advice and skills not held within the organisation. The costs incurred over the short term will be offset by longer term savings. In particular, the rent payable for the organisation's office space will reduce from 6 million per annum in London to 1.4 million per annum in Coventry, and QCDA is using the opportunity of the relocation to restructure.
	Staff cost savings of approximately 400,000 per annum have already been generated, and this is expected to grow as more staff are recruited in the West Midlands. QCDA's annual administrative costs will be a forecast 5 per cent. lower in real terms after the relocation is completed.
	Expenditure on moving, including retention, relocation and redundancy payments provided to staff, and numbers of staff in receipt of payments is shown in the following table.
	
		
			   
			   2008-09  2009-10 (up to 30 September 2009) 
			  Staff Grade  Retention( 1)  Relocation  Redundancy  Retention( 1)  Relocation  Redundanc y 
			 B  4,585 6,516 17,499 109 26,461 
			 C 27,209 6,946 257,798 58,622 11,505 167,208 
			 D 50,991 91,232 318,961 90,382 71,801 200,292 
			 E 23,587 55,593 351,107 177,082 47,386 527,297 
			 F   160,647 82,158 11,641 120,982 
			 Total 101,787 158356 1,095,208 425,743 142,442 1,042,240 
			
			 Number of staff 30 28 29 93 39 38 
			 (1) Retention payments are all single payments  Source:  Qualifications and Curriculum Authority (September 2009) 
		
	
	Costs met through relocation cover reimbursement of staff claims for physical moves to the Midlands, including for example stamp duty on the purchase of a new house or additional commuting costs to Coventry.

Teachers: Training

Michael Gove: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many initial teacher training providers for  (a) primary and  (b) secondary school teachers were graded at C or below in their last two inspections for Training and Development Agency for schools performance profiles.

Vernon Coaker: Ofsted grades initial teacher training (ITT) providers on the following scale: Grade 1outstanding; grade 2good; grade 3satisfactory; grade 4inadequate. Providers inspected up to July 2008 were graded under three areas: Management and quality assurance, training and standards. The grades for these areas are in turn translated into Training and Development Agency for Schools (TDA) quality categories A, B or C using agreed calculations on the permutations of grades. A grade 3 in any area automatically results in quality category C designation.
	The number of ITT providers awarded a TDA quality category of C or below based on their last two inspections was zero for primary school teachers and seven for secondary school teachers.

Teachers: Training

Michael Gove: To ask the Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families how many initial teacher training providers had been graded at C or below at their most recent inspection prior to  (a) 1997,  (b) 2002,  (c) 2005 and  (d) 2009.

Vernon Coaker: Ofsted grades initial teacher training (ITT) providers on the following scale: Grade 1outstanding; grade 2good; grade 3satisfactory; grade 4inadequate. Providers inspected up to July 2008 were graded under three areas: Management and quality assurance, training and standards. The grades for these areas are in turn translated into Training and Development Agency for Schools (TDA) quality categories A, B or C using agreed calculations on the permutations of grades. A grade 3 in any area automatically results in quality category C designation.
	The requested information is available from 2005/06 and is provided in the table. primary and secondary provision is separately graded. A provider offering both types of provision may be counted more than once in this table.
	
		
			  ITT providers awarded quality grade C. Years: 2005/06 to 2007/08. Coverage: England 
			   Providers awarded quality grade C  
			   Mainstream providers   
			   Primary  Secondary  Employment based providers( 1)  Total number of providers 
			 2005/06 17 22 106 239 
			 2006/07 9 21 110 246 
			 2007/08 4 18 100 236 
			 (1) Full inspection of employment based routes began in 2008/09. Until inspection evidence is available they have been allocated a nominal uninspected C grade. 
		
	
	Ofsted inspection grades for 2008/09 have not yet been translated into TDA quality categories. In 2008/09, Ofsted awarded 11 providers a grade 3. There are 190 providers pending inspection.